Contact Energy FY26 Result: A year of delivery
Contact Energy Limited Level 2 Harbour City Tower, 29 Brandon Street, Wellington 6011 | PO Box 10742, Wellington 6143
P: +64 4 499 4001 | W: contactenergy.co.nz
10 August 2026
Contact Energy FY26 Result: A year of delivery
Twelve months ended 30
June 2026 (FY26)*
Twelve months ended 30 June
2025 (FY25)
Reported Against underlying
i
EBITDAF
ii
$1,011m ↑ 31% from $774m
Profit $423m ↑ 62% from $261m
Profit per share 41.5 cps ↑ 27% from 32.7 cps
Operating free cash flow
iii
$648m ↑ 49% from $434m
Operating free cash flow per share 64.0 cps ↑ 18% from 54.4 cps
Average ROIC
iv
5.9% ↑ 100bp from 4.9%
Total assets $10,661m ↑ 56% from $6,813m
Stay-in-business capital expenditure (cash) $145m ↑ 32% from $110m
Growth capital expenditure (cash) $375m ↑ 3% from $363m
* Includes Manawa from 11 July 2025. Prior period does not include Manawa.
Strategic highlights
• Completed Manawa acquisition and integration; adding 2.4TWh renewable output in-year.
v
• Added new flexibility with first 100MW battery online. Started construction on another 200MW.
• Expanded flexible supply agreement to support NZ Steel’s electric arc furnace.
• Progressed construction of Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal and advanced Tauhara 2 drilling.
• Entered commissioning of Kōwhai Park solar. Confirmed Glorit solar investment.
• Secured consent for Southland Wind Farm with a pathway to supply NZAS potline 4.
• Contracted 50MW HFO to manage dry year risk and support security of supply.
• Entered All-of-Government gas supply agreement, for schools, hospitals and public entities.
• Supported 165,000 retail customers to take advantage of off-peak energy.
vi
• Launched The Good Initiative; more than 60 community groups supported.
Delivering financial performance through Manawa integration and renewable investment
Contact Energy has reported net profit of $423m in FY26 and operating earnings (EBITDAF) of
$1,011m. The period includes the acquisition of Manawa Energy from 11 July 2025, which
contributed to the uplift in earnings.
The improved operating result was driven by a significant lift in renewable output, up 2.9TWh
including PPAs, with total output 98% renewable in FY26. This reflected the addition of the
Manawa hydro assets and its contracted PPAs (wind and geothermal), which together
contributed 2.4TWh, along with a full period of generation at Contact’s new Te Huka 3
geothermal plant. Higher renewable output supported increased contracted sales.
With national hydro inflows in FY26 at 118% of mean, and New Zealand’s hydro storage ending
the period 135% of mean, market conditions contrasted sharply with those of FY25. Average
pricing on electricity sold was lower at $140/MWh, down 11% from $157/MWh in FY25, reflecting
the normalisation of market conditions from a challenging FY25. CFD sales were at lower prices,
Contact Energy Ltd
2
reflecting generation costs. Contact spent less on gas purchases and acquired generation, costs
of which were more expensive in FY25 when fuel was scarce.
The acquired Manawa irrigation business contributed to a lift in other income. In FY25 other
income was affected by losses on the sale of excess gas to Methanex. Operating costs reflected
the combined operations of Contact and Manawa. Cost-reduction synergies of $28m have been
secured on a run-rate basis, 100% of target, with $22m recognised in FY26 within other operating
costs.
“The 2026 financial year has been transformational for Contact, with the completion of the
Manawa acquisition and the welcoming of its people and assets. The strong performance of the
combined entity has set us up well as we move forward to execute the Contact31+ strategy,” said
Chief Executive, Mike Fuge.
Operating free cash flow of $648m was up 49% on FY25, driven by the acquisition, improved
operating performance and a positive movement in working capital. This was partly offset by
higher interest and tax paid and higher maintenance capex reflecting the larger asset base.
In February 2026, Contact raised $575m of new equity. This reduced net debt and will enable
Contact to advance the execution and potential upsizing of renewable energy projects which
would accelerate the Contact31+ strategy.
The Board declared a final dividend of 24 cents per share, taking the annual dividend declared
for FY26 to 40 cents per share. Shareholders will have the option to participate in Contact’s
dividend reinvestment plan at a two percent discount.
Supporting New Zealand’s security of energy supply
In FY26, Contact took pragmatic steps to support New Zealand’s security of energy supply both
for electricity and gas.
In August 2025 we entered into a 10-year agreement with Genesis for 50MW of Huntly Firming
Options (HFOs), mirroring Genesis’ agreements reached in parallel with Meridian and Mercury.
Collectively the agreements help keep Huntly’s Rankine units operational in the event of future
supply constraints in a dry year.
Contact has invested in two grid-scale batteries at Glenbrook near Auckland. The first 100MW
battery came online this March and construction started on a second 200MW battery in that same
month. The second battery is expected online in Q1 2028. This will take Contact’s installed
battery capacity to 300MW, enabling Contact to free up natural gas used in peak periods,
reallocating this to customers.
In September 2025, Contact signed an agreement with the Ministry of Business, Innovation and
Employment to supply gas to around 100 essential public services. The agreement, which runs
for the seven years from 1 October 2025, sees Contact supply around 2PJ of gas a year,
ensuring schools and hospitals have certainty of supply - and price. This was made possible by
the seven-year supply agreement reached in July 2025 with Greymouth Gas.
“Contact’s actions to secure gas for the medium term will support security of supply for essential
institutions like schools and hospitals, as well as Kiwi businesses and homes. This way we can
help them continue to operate and walk alongside them as they transition to a renewable energy
future,” said Mr Fuge.
Supporting customers backed by renewable growth
In line with its strategy to lead New Zealand’s renewable energy future, Contact continued
construction across its committed solar, geothermal and battery projects and has further
advanced development options from its 11TWh p.a. pipeline. Contact continues to work closely
Contact Energy Ltd
3
with existing and potential customers to align proposed future developments with their
requirements.
In August 2025, Contact entered a new 11-year 50MW supply agreement with major industrial
customer NZ Steel to cover periods of higher production from its new electric arc furnace. The
agreement for additional energy mirrors the structure of the 30MW off-peak deal reached in 2023,
giving NZ Steel long-term renewable energy supply for the ongoing operation of its wider
business.
“Long-term, flexible electricity supply solutions like these can work for a wide range of customers
looking for reliable, renewable energy; all while supporting security of supply,” said Mr Fuge.
Contact continues to extend its advantage as New Zealand’s geothermal leader, with
construction well progressed at the Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal development. The plant is
scheduled to be online in Q3 CY2027 and will deliver baseload renewable generation to partly
replace output from the 1950s-built Wairakei geothermal station. At Tauhara, pre-FID drilling has
been underway to advance steamfield development for the proposed Tauhara 2 geothermal
plant.
Commissioning is underway on the Kōwhai Park solar farm built through Contact’s joint venture
with Lightsource bp. The joint venture’s second project, the Glorit solar farm, reached financial
close in June. The summer-weighted generation from these solar farms is well suited to support
the ~0.5TWh p.a. of dairy electrification load that Contact has under contract.
“Since 2021, Contact has maintained a continuous infrastructure build programme, with $2.4
billion committed to renewable projects in the last five years. Our investment has helped to bring
the market back into supply and demand balance. Long-dated futures prices have reduced by
around 30% since the start of the year, currently at the lower end of our view of long-run
wholesale prices,” said Mr Fuge.
In April, consent was granted for Contact’s proposed Southland Wind farm; expected to deliver
an average annual output of more than 1.2TWh. Contact has signed a letter of intent with Rio
Tinto for a PPA to support the potential restart of 50MW line 4 potline at NZAS, new demand that
would be backed by generation at Southland Wind. Contact has also further advanced its
process to identify a strategic wind partner for its extensive wind pipeline.
Contact has today separately announced that it is working together with CDC Data Centres
(CDC) to explore a potential data centre development at Stratford, Taranaki. For details see the
release “Contact partners with CDC to explore data centre development”.
Leading the energy transition at home
Total retail connections reached more than 690,000 across electricity, gas, broadband and
mobile, up 50,000 on FY25. The continued focus on multi-product customer growth saw the
increase of around 15,000 in the period compared to FY25.
Supporting New Zealanders, Contact continued to see growth in its Time-of-Use products with
more than a third of customers on Good Plans that offer free, or discounted power in return for
shifting usage to off peak periods. Around 165,000 households are taking part, up from 144,000
last year. Since launching in August 2021, customers have received more than 403 million hours
of free power. We have expanded our Hot Water Sorter programme to 30,000 households, up
around 50% on last year, shifting 13GWh of electricity use out of peak periods in FY26.
Last winter, backed by $5m for FY26, Contact launched The Good Initiative, a grassroots
programme to support communities and customers in need. In its first year, Contact has
partnered with 60 community groups, covering the cost of energy, and provided more than
23,000 instances of support to New Zealand households and communities. Contact’s investment
in The Good Initiative will increase to $7.5m in FY27 to further support customers in need. Our
Contact Energy Ltd
4
partnership with Women’s Refuge continues with Contact providing free power and broadband to
all refuges and safehouses nationwide.
Outlook
Looking ahead, the next twelve months will see Contact advancing the execution of its
Contact31+ strategy, launched in November 2025.
“I have huge aspirations for New Zealand and the part the renewable energy economy must play
in creating jobs, building regional communities, powering manufacturing, attracting new industry,
and growing the country’s export earnings. We have a clear strategy, strong balance sheet and
the proven execution capability to see us lead New Zealand’s renewable energy future,” said Mr
Fuge.
1/ CONTACT DETAILS
Investor enquiries Media enquiries
Shelley Hollingsworth Louise Wright
Head of Strategy and Investor Relations Head of Communications and Reputation
+64 27 227 2429 +64 21 840 313
investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz media@contactenergy.co.nz
2/ CONFERENCE CALL
A conference call will be held at 11am NZDT on 10 August 2026 regarding Contact’s FY26
results announcement. If you would like to attend the live presentation, please see the details
below to view the webcast off your chosen device:
Click here to enter the webcast: LIVE EVENT LINK
Or access this link via our website: https://contact.co.nz/aboutus/investor-centre
i In FY25, the release of the Ahuroa Gas Storage (AGS) onerous contract provision increased reported EBITDAF by $98M and profit by $71M.
These impacts have been removed from underlying performance. All variances reflect year-on-year changes in underlying performance.
ii
Refer to slide 46 of the FY26 results presentation for a definition and reconciliation between statutory profit and the non-GAAP performance
measure earnings before net interest expense, tax, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment and write-offs, and changes in fair value of
financial instruments (EBITDAF).
iii
Refer to Note A3 of the 2026 Full Year financial statements for a definition and reconciliation between cash flow from operating activities and
the non-GAAP measure operating free cash flow. Operating free cash flow represents cash available to repay debt, to fund distributions to
shareholders and growth capital expenditure.
iv Refer to slide 19 of the FY26 results presentation for a definition of average return on invested capital (ROIC).
v
Includes 0.8TWh renewable output acquired through long-term Power Purchase Agreements (PPAs).
vi As at 30 June 2026.
---
1
1
2026 full year results
presentation
10 August 2026
Twelve months ended 30 June 2026
2
Disclaimer and important information
This presentation contains summary information and statements about Contact and its
businesses and activities as at the date of this presentation. The information is not held
out as being complete or exhaustive, nor does it contain all the information which a
prospective investor may require in evaluating a possible investment in Contact.
While all reasonable care has been taken in compiling this presentation, neither Contact
nor any of its directors, employees, shareholders nor any other person gives any
representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this information or accepts any
liability for any errors or omissions.
Contact recommends that you read this presentation in conjunction with both its market
announcements and the materials attached to those announcements, and in particular
the market announcements and materials itreleased on the date of this presentation.
These are available on the NZX website (at www.nzx.com), ASX website (at
www.asx.com.au) and on Contact's website (www.contact.co.nz).
This presentation may contain certain forward-looking statements with respect to a
variety of matters. All such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks,
significant uncertainties, assumptions, contingencies, and other factors, many of which
are outside the control of Contact, which may cause the actual results or performance of
Contact to be materially different from any future results or performance expressed or
implied by such forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements speak only
as of the date of this presentation. Except as required by law or regulation (including the
NZX Listing Rules and the ASX Listing Rules), Contact undertakes no obligation to
update these forward-looking statements for events or circumstances that occur
subsequent to the date of this presentation or to update or keep current any of the
information contained herein. Any estimates or projections as to events that may occur in
the future (including projections of revenue, expense, net income and performance) are
based upon the best judgement of Contact from the information available as of the date
of this presentation.
EBITDAF, free cash flow, operating free cash flow and return on invested capital are
financial measures that are “non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice) financial
information” under Guidance Note 2017: ‘Disclosing non-GAAP financial information’
published by the New Zealand Financial Markets Authority, “non-IFRS financial
information” under ASIC Regulatory Guide 230: ‘Disclosing non-IFRS financial
information’ and “non-GAAP financial measures” within the meaning of Regulation G
under the U.S. Exchange Act of 1934.
Such financial information and financial measures (including EBITDAF, free cash flow
and operating free cash flow) do not have standardised meanings prescribed under New
Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (“NZ IFRS”),
Australian Accounting Standards (“AAS”) or International Financial Reporting Standards
(“IFRS”) and therefore, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by
other entities, and should not be construed as an alternative to other financial measures
determined in accordance with NZ IFRS, AAS or IFRS accounting practice) measures.
Information regarding the usefulness, calculation and reconciliation of these measures is
provided in the supporting material.
This presentation does not constitute legal, financial, tax, accounting, investment or other
advice. Further, this presentation does not constitute a recommendation or offer of
financial products for subscription, purchase or sale, or an invitation or solicitation for
such offers, and may not be relied on in connection with any purchase of a Contact
security. Any person who is considering an investment in Contact should obtain
independent professional advice prior to making an investment decision, and should
make their investment decision having regard to their own objectives, financial situation,
circumstances and needs.
Numbers in the presentation have not all been rounded and might not appear to add.
All references to $ are New Zealand dollar unless stated otherwise.
Alltrademarks, service marks andcompany namesare thepropertyoftheir respective
owners. All company, product and service names used in this presentation are for
identification purposes only. Use of these names, trademarks and brands does not imply
endorsement or that they are or will be customers of Contact and reflects public
announcements of intention only.
3
Agenda
FY26 Highlights
Mike Fuge
Chief Executive Officer
Financial results &
outlook
Strategy update
Matt Forbes
Chief Financial Officer
Supporting materials
Mike Fuge
Chief Executive Officer
Slides 4 to 9
Slides 10 to 22
Slides 23 to 29
Slides 31 to 51
4
FY26 highlights
Total shareholder return FY26
Continued representation within
DJ BIC Asia Pacific and MSCI indices
Delivering for
shareholders
Manawa acquisition completed
100%of the$28M identified
cost synergies secured (run-rate basis)
Manawa hydro and PPAs increased
renewable output by 2.4TWh in FY26
Generation at new Te Huka 3
geothermal plant 0.4TWhin FY26
Contracted 50MW Huntly Firming
Option for 10 years to manage dry
year risk, supporting security of supply
Delivering portfolio
change
Delivering renewable
energy growth
Delivering financial
performance
Delivering for
customers
Delivering for
the market
+9%
+37%
Renewable output YoY
renewable in FY26
3
98%
Financial close reached on Glorit solar
150MWac / 287GWh p.a.
Kōwhai Park solarin commissioning
150MWac / 275GWh p.a.
Glenbrook-Ohurua
100MW battery online and 200MW
battery under construction
+31%
+62%
NPAT $423M
up $162MYoY
EBITDAF
1
$1,011M
up $237M YoY
40cps
Total dividend
Average ROIC
2
5.9% up 100bpsYoY
+100bps
Commenced electricity supply to
NZ Steel’s new EAF
4
AoG
5
contract providing 2PJ
ofgas to core community assets
165khouseholds choosing
discounted or free off-peak energy
6
Contact Good Initiative $5M
supporting customers and communities
1. Refer to slide 46for a definition and reconciliation between statutory profit and the non-GAAP profit measure earnings before net interest expense, tax, depreciation, amortisation, change in fair value of financial instruments
(EBITDAF). FY25 EBITDAF is an underlying figure that excludes release of the AGS onerous contract provision that increased reported EBITDAF by $98M and profit by $71M. |2ROIC average is calculated as NOPAT (4-year average) /
Average IC (4-year average). Refer toslide 19 for the operating free cash flow reconciliation and for the basis of calculation of return on invested capital. | 3. Renewable generation includes wind and geothermal PPA purchases but
excludes short-term acquired generation purchases e.g. fuel replacement via ASX which will reflect the renewable mix of the market | 4. Electric Arc Furnace (EAF). | 5. All of Government (AOG). | 6. As at 30 June 2026.
5
New Zealand electricity market was 93% renewable in FY26
Inflows & hydro:
Hydro inflows 118% of post market mean.
1
Total market renewable percentage was
93%
2
, the highest rate achieved since the
market was introduced.
Network and transmission
pressures continue:
Lines cost increases
from 1 April 2025.
8
Demand returns:
Demand was robust, up ~3% on FY25,
~1% normalised for NZAS
6
demand
response.
7
Gas production continues to decline:
2P Gas production forecast for 2027
is down 24% compared to the
same forecast last year.
9
High inflows, energy storage and record renewable generation have led to subdued pricing
1. Source: NZX Hydro. |2. Source: EMI. | 3. Source: Electricity Authority. Generation output by plant. | 4. AhuroaGas Storage Facility (AGS). |5. Source: ASX.Change in ASX Settlement prices at Otahuhu for Q3 2026 from 31
December 2025 to 30 June 2026. | 6. New Zealand Aluminium Smelters Ltd. On 1 July 2024, responding to dry market conditions, Meridian called on its demand response contract with NZAS resulting in operations being
turned down and demand for electricity being reduced temporarily in 1H25. | 7. Source: EMI and Contact. | 8. Source: Commerce Commission. From 1 April 2025, Commerce Commission-approved changes to network
charges began to take effect, increasing household bills by $10-$25 per month on average (depending on region and usage profile). |9. Source: MBIE electricity & gas data.
ASX futures soften:
Winter 2026 pricing fell by more than
60% over 2H FY26, reflecting high energy
storage.
5
Longer-term futures pricing fell 27% over
2H FY26,
2
with the market moving into
supply / demand balance on the back of
renewable generation investment.
Energy storage:
FY26 ended with hydro lakes at 135% of
mean
3
, gas storage (AGS
4
) close to full, and
the Genesis coal stockpile at 1,189kt (up
70% on prior year), all contributing to low
fuelling risk for winter 2026.
Market update
6
▪NZAS now operating on long-
term supply contracts coupled
with demand response.
▪1TWhof committed dairy
electrification projects to be
supported by summer-
weighted generation.
▪NZ Steel’s Electric Arc Furnace
backed by shaped supply
contract.
▪Market and regulatory settings
have evolved alongside the
energy transition.
oNon-discrimination
obligations and super-peak
market making have been
implemented.
oEnhanced EA enforcement
and regulatory powers have
been introduced.
▪NZAS demand response
mechanisms in place for dry
year support.
▪Huntly Firming Options
signed to support dry year
capacity.
▪Strategic coal reserve and
stored gas and hydro.
▪Fast Track consenting
regime now operating.
▪New renewable generation
added 4TWh over the last
five years (BCG).
1
▪Electricity market reached
93% renewable in FY26.
▪Industry-wide focus on energy
wellbeingconsumer care and
reducing barriers to access.
▪Disconnections viewed as last
resort.
▪No disconnection or
reconnection fees (Contact).
▪In FY26 Contact Good Initiative
provided ~$5M of customer
and community support.
The market has adapted for the energy transition
Investing at
pace in
renewable
energy
Managing fuel
security and dry
year risk
Enhancing
market
settings
Supporting
energy
wellbeing
Sector investment, customer innovation and market settings have all advanced as New Zealand has progressed through the energy
transition
▪RMA Reform: Planning and
Environment Bills expected to
pass by end of year.
▪~3TWh of generation either
committed or under
construction and expected to
come online by 2027.
2
▪Consultation to conclude in 2026 on MBIE’s proposed Winter
Reliability Obligation framework.
▪Potential to extend HFO for further dry year support.
▪Potential for right-sized LNG import terminal to enhance fuel
diversity.
▪Potential for diesel storage as an additional strategic reserve.
▪Contact advocating for a
market-wide obligation to
connectto further lift energy
wellbeing outcomes.
▪$7.5M committed through
Contact Good Initiative in
FY27 to support customers
and communities.
Delivered
Looking ahead
Innovating for
industrial and
commercial
customers
▪Potential reopening of NZAS
Line 4 potline at Tiwai Point.
▪Continued dairy
electrification, aligned to
summer load.
▪Estimated New Zealand data
centre capacity of up to
~725MW by 2035 (Invest NZ).
3
1. Boston Consulting Group. Energy to Grow: Securing New Zealand’s Future (2025). | 2. Company announcements and Contact’s analysis. | 3. Invest New Zealand, Data and AI infrastructure Report (2026). Data
based on base case scenario.
Market update
7
Renewable investment programme continues
Glenbrook-Ohurua
Battery 2
200MW / 400MWh
Target online Q1 CY28
Target IRR >10% at FID
3
Te Mihi Stage 2
Geothermal
101MW / ~840GWh p.a.
(~200GWh net uplift)
4
Target online Q3 CY27
Target IRR ~10% at FID
3
Glorit
Solar
150MWac / 287GWh p.a.
Target online Q4 CY28
Target IRR >12% at FID
2
Te Mihi Stage 2
•Construction underway.
Earthworks began March 2026.
•Battery packs under
construction with lithium price
locked in second half 2025.
•Steamfieldseparator, heat
exchangers and turbines for the
first unit installed. Cooling
tower nearcomplete.
•Delays being incurred in
equipment delivery, in part due
to global shipping constraints.
•Target online remains Q3 CY27.
•Financial close reached in
June 2026.
•Early works underway.
•Notice to proceed issued to
EPC contractor.
1. Total construction cost over the life of the projects including joint venture and project financing (solar). | 2.Target Contact IRR includes joint venture returns and margin on acquired generation. Return on
acquired generation will ultimately depend on sales channel and market conditions. | 3. Representing target ungeared project IRRs. | 4. Indicative average uplift from new generation accounting for the planned
partial closure of Wairakei geothermal station.
Glenbrook-Ohurua
Battery 2
Glorit
Auckland
Wellington
Strategy delivery
Current projects under construction represent ~$1.3b of investment
1
, ~0.5TWh of net new generation
Under construction:
Kōwhai Park
In commissioning
Glenbrook-OhuruaBattery 1
Online Mar 2026
Te Huka 3
Online Dec 2024
Tauhara
Online May 2024
Recent projects –Continuous build programme since 2021:
+275GWh p.a.
+100MW / 200MWh+430GWh p.a.+1,450GWh p.a.
8
Benefits from Manawa integration realised
Strategy delivery
An $84M uplift has been secured in FY27, excluding benefits from generation normalisation, 35% higher than the long-run benefit
indicated at deal announcement
22
28
FY26FY27
Opex synergies delivered,$M (in-year)
Integration benefits secured, FY27
1
100%
of identified cost
synergies have been
secured at $28M
(FY26 exit run-rate basis)
$23M to $28M
targeted at deal
announcement
EBITDAF
uplift $M
Change
$/MWhGWh
2652500Mercury volume resold to C&I and CFD channels
2
4450869Mercury volume shifted to ASX-linked pricing
3
(14)(22)640Mercury wind PPA repricing
56Net repricing benefit
28Cost synergies achieved (FY26 exit run-rate)
84Total uplift
Integration benefits of
$84M
secured for FY27
(excluding generation normalisation)
1
+35%
on long-run expected
benefits indicated at deal
announcement
Legacy Manawa development options Huriwaka
(wind), Kaihiku(wind)
4
and Argyle (solar) are being
actively advanced.
Together they represent potential to contribute
2.1TWh p.a. of output.
5
Development pipeline advanced
1. Benefits have been illustrated excluding generation normalisation as this can be expected to fluctuate year on year with hydrology and wind conditions. | 2. Indicative price change reflects a mix of FY27
channel pricing of $168/MWh for C&I (net price) and $155/MWh for CFD, which are 95% and 98% sold respectively. Compared to fixedprice in FY26. Includes portfolio benefit of $16M givenContact’s ability
to sell 300GWh of Manawa generation that would previously be held as a risk buffer.| 3. Repriced with reference to ASX. As at publication, ~97% of FY27 repricing is confirmed. Compared to fixed price in
FY26. | 4. Kaihikuis a 50:50 JV with Pioneer Energy. | 5. All development options remain subject to FID. Pending appropriate market conditions and projects meeting returns thresholds.
9
Contact has delivered on the FY26 plan
FY26 operational plan
▪Multi-product customers >156k (up from 149k).
Decarbonise
our portfolio
Create
outstanding
customer
experiences
Strategic theme
Impressive delivery of the strategic targets outlined at the start of the year
Manawa
integration
In-year benefits target:
▪Targeting net price up by ~2%.
Exit run-rate benefits target:
1. Cumulative measure, shown on a total contracted basis. | 2. Total retail operating costs (direct and indirect) / average connections. Includes customer acquisition costs. This is $113 per connection based on
closing connections.| 3. This is a through-the-cycle measure. Actual result will be impacted by hydrology, fuel and other market conditions. | 4. Based on the sale of 300GWh risk management buffer at a blend of
FY27 CFD and C&I pricing. Refer to slide 8 for detail.
▪Cost to serve <$116/connection.
2
FY26 achieved
▪Opex reduction $10M to $20M.
▪Portfolio benefits $5M.
3
▪Opex reduction $22M to $25M.
▪Portfolio benefits $10M to $20M.
3
Multi-product customers 165k.
Net price target exceeded.
Cost to serve $117per connection.
2
Opexreductionof $22Machieved in-year.
Portfolio benefits >$5M achieved in-year.
Portfolio benefits of $16M secured for FY27.
4
Exit run-rate achieved.
Opexreduction exit run-rate of $28Machieved.
▪Close TCC gas generation plant late CY25.
▪Sustained New Zealand leadership position in the Asia Pacific DJSI.
▪Scope 1 & 2 emissions <650ktCO
2
e.
TCC closed, at end-of-life, after 30 years in service.
FY26 Scope 1 & 2 CO2e of 319kt (gross).
Contact maintained in the Dow Jones Best-in-Class Asia
PacificIndex(formerlyAsia Pacific DJSI).
▪Achieve FID for CO
2.
Grow
Demand
▪New demand facilitated since FY21 to reach >250MW.
1
▪At least 50% of new demand contracted in-year structured
with favourable shape (considering load and generation).
The CO
2
project is under development with active technology
trials underway.
New demand facilitated since FY21 is 258MW of which 157MW is
currently operational. Additional 101MW expected online in FY27.
New in-year demand contracted in FY26 of ~28MW of which
26MW issummer-weighted.
▪Glenbrook-Ohurua Battery 1 online Q1 CY26.
Grow
renewable
development
Subject to market conditions and obtaining consents, achieve FID on:
▪Consents lodged on at least 2 renewable development projects.
▪Kōwhai Park solar online Q2 CY26.
▪Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal on track for online Q3 CY27.
▪Solar (e.g. Glorit, Argyle); and/or
▪Glenbrook-Ohurua Battery 2 (200MW).
Glenbrook-Ohurua Battery 1 online in March 2026.
Te Mihi Stage 2 on track to be online for Q3 CY27.
Kōwhai Park in commissioning, expected online Q3CY26.
Lodged for Glenbrook-OhuruaBattery 2 and Stratford hybrid-solar.
FID achieved (Glorit). Reached financial close in June 2026.
FID achieved. Construction underway.
Strategy delivery
10
Financial results
and outlook
11
Twelve months ended
30 June 2025 (FY25)
1
Twelve months ended 30
June 2026 (FY26)
1
Against underlying
2
Reported
3% from $3,306M↓$3,206MRevenue
3
31% from $774M↑$1,011MEBITDAF
4
900bps from 23%↑32%EBITDAF margin
62% from $261M↑$423MProfit
27% from 32.7c↑41.5cProfit per share
49% from $434M↑$648M
Operating free cash
flow
5
18% from 54.4c↑64.0c
Operating free cash
flow per share
5
100bps from 4.9%↑5.9%Average ROIC
18% from $355M↑$419MDividend declared
3% from 39.0c↑40.0c
Dividend declared per
share
32% from $110M↑$145M
Stay-in-business(SIB)
capital expenditure
(cash)
3% from $363M↑$375M
Growth capital
expenditure (cash)
6
Summary of key financial performance measures
Strong result with $1,011M EBITDAF reflecting investments in
renewable generation
1. Includes Manawa from 11 July 2025. Prior period does not include Manawa. | 2. In FY25, the release of the AGS onerous contract provision increased reported EBITDAF by $98M and profit by $71M. These impacts
have been removed from underlying performance. All variances and commentary reflect year-on-year changes in underlying performance. | 3. Revenue figures align with the treatment of realised movements in
financial instruments within the segment note of the financial statements.| 4. FY26 EBITDAF was$1,037M excluding Manawa transaction and integration costs of $26M. Refer to slide 46for a definition and
reconciliation of profit to EBITDAF. | 5. Refer to slide 19 for a reconciliation of operating free cash flow. | 6. Includes capitalised interest.
Delivering on the benefits of
the Manawa acquisition with
100% of cost synergies
delivered: $22M in-year
($28M run-rate basis)
TCC closureand reduction
in gas generation (down
79% on FY25)
Increasing sales to major users
in the long-term inflation-
protected, strategic fixed price
sales channel
Manawa acquisition added
2.4TWh of additional volume
in-year from hydro generation
and PPA contracts
Glenbrook-OhuruaBattery 1
online, shifting 11GWh of
volume in the first 3 months
of operating
Key themes from the results
Record performance
reflecting greater scale
from renewable
development and the
Manawa acquisition
12
Profit, $M
EBITDAF up $237M (31%) on FY25 (underlying), reflecting the Manawa acquisition and increase in renewable generation
Profit of $423M for FY26
EBITDAF, $M
Prior period gas
and acquired
generation prices
were elevatedby
short-term
Methanex gas,
NZAS demand
response and fuel
scarcity
conditions.
Combination of
higher channel
pricing and a mix
shift between
strategic and
retail channels.
Renewables up
with the addition
of Manawa
generation,
normalisation of
hydro output, and
a full year of Te
Huka 3.
This now includes
Manawa irrigation
income.
Prior period
included losses on
sale of excess
Methanex gas.
4
3
1
FY26 results
FY25
EBITDAF
1
1. Renewables
2. Net
volume
2
Higher contracted
sales volumes
underpinned by
higher generation
and Manawa
contracted sales
acquired as part of
the transaction.
6
3. Long Term
channel
pricing
5.Gas, carbon
and acquired
generation
price
6.Other
income
122
88
40
51
103
98
774
-21
-32
-8
-106
872
225
-114
1,011
4.Market
channel
pricing
Hydro conditions
led to a
normalisation of
CFD prices. These
were elevated in
FY25 as risk
management
contracts reflected
challenging
market conditions.
5
7
7.Fixed
operating
costs
Manawa fixed costs,
inflation impacts, non-
recurrence of AGS
provision unwind benefit
and transaction and
integration costs
($8M higher than
prior period).
Partly offset by in-year
cost synergies and
productivity benefits.
FY25 profit
1
Net
interest
costs
EBITDAFDepreciation
& Amortisation
TaxChange in
FV of
financial
instruments
FY26 profitAsset
impairment
/ write-offs
FY26EBITDAF
AGS onerous contract release (pre-tax)
Acquired Manawa hydro (measured at GWAP)
Manawa transaction & integration costs
261
423
237
39
71
-21
-40
17
-8
-62
331
56
AGS onerous contract release (after-tax)
Realised change in FV of financial instruments
Unrealised change in FV of financial instruments
1. In FY25, the release of the AGS onerous contract provision increased reported EBITDAF by $98M and profit by $71M. These impacts have been removed from underlying performance. All variances and commentary reflect
year-on-year changes in underlying performance.
32.7
41.5
Profit per
share, cps
13
Wholesale EBITDAF, $M
1
Retail EBITDAF,$M
Corporate / unallocated costs, $M
Operating performance by segment
EBITDAF up by $237M
Refer to slides 14 -16
Refer to slide 17
-49
-41
FY25
0
Electricity
Volumes
125
130
Electricity
Prices
17
Other
products
2
4
OpexFY26
+7
Electricity gross
margin
(-$6M)
Electricity
and
network
cost
inflation
Price
recovery
2.Other products includes retail gas and telco gross margins.
FY26 results: Segmental performance
1. Simply and Western included within Wholesale EBITDAF.
EBITDAF is shown excluding a $98M provision release in FY25
(underlying EBITDAF).
3. Increase net of in-year synergies. | 4.Stats NZ CPI increase
over the 12 months to June 2026 plus wage inflation.
55
18
FY25
6
Transaction
&
Integration
Cost
Increase
9
Acquired
Manawa
corporate
costs
5
Inflation &
Non
Recurring
69
24
FY26
-73
-93
-20
4
Manawa transaction & integration
895
1,145
281
FY25
15
Generation
costs
(including
acquired
generation)
Total
contracted
revenue
15
Trading,
merchant
revenue
and losses
FY26
+250
3
14
Electricity generated or acquired, GWh
Generation volume rises significantly, reflecting greater scale and portfolio diversity
FY25FY26
Electricity generated or acquired costs, $M
Generation costs
FY26 results: Wholesale business
Gas and diesel
Acquired
Thermal
Renewable
Gas storage
1
Carbon costs
Electricity and gas
transmission and
levies
Other operating
costs
Generation volumes
•
Contribution from Manawa hydro assets and a normalisationof
hydro output led to a 53% increase (1,735 GWh) in hydro
generation. Despite high inflows, generation was ~718GWh below
Contact’s mean expectation for FY26 (5,750GWh) owing to a
period of spill in summer 2025.
•
Geothermal volumes were up 371GWh on FY25 (8%) supported
bya full period of TeHuka 3. This was partially offset by statutory
outages at Tauhara, TeHuka 3 and Wairakei.
•
Thermal generation supported Winter 2025, however, strong
hydro inflows and new renewables brought online in the last 18
months reduced the need for thermal with generation falling
859GWh, 79% year on year.
•
PPA purchases of827GWh in FY26 reflected wind and
geothermal PPAs acquired with Manawa.
•
Market acquired generation was purchased to cover geothermal
statutory outages and when spot prices were advantageous.
Totalvolume was up 223GWh on FY25. Costs were $84.4/MWh
lower than FY25 despite HFO premiums now being included.
Costs
•
Renewable generation costs were up $69M (46%) on FY25,
including $66M from hydro ($53M driven by operating new
stations).
•
Thermal generation costs were down $139M (-60%) on a lower
cost of gas per unit (FY25: $15.4/GJ, FY26: $13.9/GJ).
4,543
4,914
3,297
5,032
1,088
462
685
827
FY25
229
FY26
PPA purchases
Market acquired
Thermal
Hydro
Geothermal
9,390
11,687
134
197
149
37
218
41
233
143
94
27
122
61
203
26
31
122
80
123
8
Generation
type
14
Cost
type
11
Generation
type
Cost
type
511511
526
526
+15
88%
Renewable % of
own generation
98%
$54.40/MWh
$44.96/MWh
1. In FY25, gas storage costs included a $14.6 million provision unwind released
throughout the year.
Development
Market acquired
PPAs
15
601
657
169
307
471
312
146
361
4
5
-9
FY25
37
5
-12
FY26
Other net income
Steam sales
Strategic fixed price sales
CFD sales
C&I net price
Retail segment sales
C&I channel
and decarbonisation
support costs
1,386
1,666
+281
3,675GWh
$178.7/MWh
Contracted
revenue, $M
Diversified mix of long-term and ASX-linked sales channels
2,008GWh
$155.4/MWh
-14GWh
+$15.8/MWh
-289GWh
-$49.5/MWh
Contracted wholesale revenue increased in aggregate as Contact made
additional sales backed by the addition of the Manawa assets and PPAs.
•
Sales to the retail segment were down 14GWh as lower average customer
usage offset growth in customer connections during FY26. Pricing on sales
to retail increased by $15.8/MWh to $178.7/MWh, reflecting higher wholesale
electricity prices over recent years.
•
C&I channel sales were up 694GWh driven by growth in customer contract
volumes, including the addition of contracts acquired through the Manawa
transaction. Net Price increased $20.6/MWh reflecting contract repricing and
the inclusion of higher-priced contracted volumes acquired through
Manawa.
•
CFD sales volumes were down 289GWh as a greater proportion of
contracted sales were directed into strategic long-term channels and C&I
contracts. Hydro conditions led to a normalisationof CFD pricing, down
$49.5/MWh to $155.4/MWh. Prices were elevated in FY25 as risk
management contracts reflected challenging market conditions.
•
Strategic fixed price volumes were up 2,180GWh driven by the acquisition of
the long-term Mercury CFD from Manawa, a full year of Tauhara-linked
CFDs, increased sales to NZAS and the commencement of the NZ Steel
contract. Prices were up by $7.8/MWh as new long-term agreements better
reflect Contact's long-run view of electricity pricing.
•
Other income was $33M higherdue to the inclusion of irrigation net income
from Manawa (+$11M), non recurrence of gas sold at a loss in FY25 (+$14M)
and Peaker GT22 insurance proceeds ($12M).
Wholesale contracted revenue
1,864GWh
$164.7/MWh
+694GWh
+$20.6/MWh
FY26 results: Wholesale business
3,907GWh
$92.5/MWh
+2,180GWh
+$7.8/MWh
Year-on-year
changes to
volume and
price
FY26 volumes
and price
16
Trading EBITDAF, $MLong / short position, GWh
9.0%
($7.4/MWh)
1.5%
($1.2/MWh)
In FY26 high hydro inflows coupled with strong
wind conditions in 1H26 and the addition of new
renewable generation brought online in the last 12
months led to subdued spot prices. FY26
conditions were shaped by:
•
Elevated but highly concentrated hydro inflows
led to spill, reducing hydro output.
•
High wind conditions in 1H26 compounding the
increase in supply and adding to spill conditions.
•
Subdued wholesale spot prices throughout the
year.
•
A shift away from merchant exposure, to long-
term contracts.
Contact’s LWAP/GWAP spread fell to ~1% on the
back of revised portfolio dynamics following the
Manawa integration and geothermal build, very
low spot prices, and improved FTR
1
outcomes. This
resulted in a very low absolute LWAP / GWAP
spread, significantly reducing Contact's LWAP /
GWAP losses.
Trading revenue
Merchant sales: short-term sales channel available when
the spot prices exceed the opportunity cost of Contact
generation.
LWAP / GWAP losses: locational price
differences between where electricity is
generated and purchased.
Wholesale trading and merchant revenue
$80.4MWh
Spot purchases and
sell CFD settlement
Spot sales and buy
CFD settlement
Merchant generation
100
19
-80
-14
FY25FY26
20
5
507
8,883
-8,883
FY25
11,464
-11,464
FY26
507
234
234
FY26 results: Wholesale business
LWAP/GWAP
losses
$197.9MWh
Trading EBITDAF reflected reduced merchant exposure and subdued wholesale spot prices
1. Financial Transmission Rights(FTRs).
17
1
Retail business performance
EBITDAF, $M
Retail EBITDAF up $7M despite higher energy and lines costs, supported by Gas and Telco margin growth and 50k connection growth
VarianceFY26FY25
Revenue & Tariff
,
$M
Tariff$MTariff$M$M
+$38/MWh128$350/MWh1,2071,079
Electricity revenue
-$2/GJ95$47/GJ198103
Gas revenue
-$1/connection16$71/cn117101
Telco revenue
-347
Other income
2371,5271,290
Total revenue
$134$129
Cost to serve/customer
1
666k633k
Average connections
$117$116
Opex per connection
1. Reflects total operating costs (direct and indirect) less customer acquisition costs / closing customers. | 2. Retail connections and customers only, excludes Simply Energy.Gross Margin (GM) is Revenue less Cost of
Goods (Networks, meters, levies, energy, carbon and telco). | 3. Input costs shown per MWh at the GXP. | 4. From 1 April 2025, Commerce Commission-approved changes to network charges began to take effect,
increasing household bills by $10–$25 per month on average (depending on region and usage profile). Costs are increasing annually.
13
17
18
33
-11
-16
-74
-78
4
FY25
3
FY26
Other
Gas GM
Electricity GM
Telco GM
Other operating
expenses
-49
-41
FY26 results: Retail business
FY26
Gas
642
692
FY25
445
148
465
437
415
124
79
Customers
Telco
Electricity
73
Closing customers & connections
2
, ‘000s
$181/MWh$164/MWh
Energy cost
3
$153/MWh$132/MWh
Networks,
meters and
levies
3
Retail EBITDAF increased by $7M on FY25 largely due tostrong
growth in Gas and Telco margins, partially offset by high wholesale
prices and rising distribution costs:
•
+$130M increase in electricity input costs, which were not fully
passed through to customers.
•
The average Retail electricity tariff increased by +12% reflecting
widespread retail price rises to partially offset higher wholesale
costs and full recovery of lines cost increases.
•
Around 90% of customers received a price increase in the last 12
months.
Cost pressures on the lines component of the tariff are expected to
remain as the increased costs of transmission and distribution
infrastructure continue to be incurred.
4
Moderating wholesale prices are expected to lower the electricity
component over time.
Connections grew strongly throughoutFY26, particularly through
Telcoand Time of Use (ToU) electricity Good plans, with a focus on
multi-product customers.
•
Total connections +50k on FY25with Telco up 24k and Energy
up 26k.
•
Multi-product customers up 10% on FY25, driven by strong
Telco product attachment alongside ToUGood plans growth.
Opex–increased by $1/connection, largely driven by wage
inflation,partially offset by increased connections, and productivity
improvements through continued growth in digitised interactions.
18
Other operating cost movement FY26, $M
FY26 movement commentary
Manawa acquired opex
•
$93M Manawa related opexfrom FY25 Manawa financial statements
($117M) excluding one-off bad debt for Prime Energy (-$7M),
transaction costs (-$7M) and transmission costs which Contact
includes in gross margin (-$10M).
Base movement and headwinds
•
$9M general inflation of 3.1% impacting operating costs. These have
been seen across all cost categories including labour cost.
•
$2M increase in bad debts over Retail mass market and C&I segment
with Kiwi Crunch liquidation.
Synergies & productivity delivered
•
$22M from Manawa related synergy delivered within FY26.
•
$2M related to continued efficiency from Retail cost to serve.
Growth
•
$2M incremental costs with TeHuka 3 online vs prior year.
•
$2M incremental investment related to retail connection growth.
Manawa transaction and integration related costs
•
$8M additional transaction and integration related costs incurred
with transaction related costs up $3M and integration costs up $5M.
Operating costs increase on inflation and growth
FY26 results: Operating costs
93
24
26
276
FY25Manawa
acquired opex
9
2
General
inflation and
headwinds
Synergies and
productivity
4
GrowthFY26
underlying
Manawa
transaction
and
integration
costs
FY26 reported
11
361
387
FY26 Manawa transaction and integration costs
FY25 Manawa transaction and integration costs
General inflation (3.1%)
Headwind & non-recurring costs
11
16
FY26 BAUInflation
4
GrowthSynergies &
productivity
FY27 BAU
361
360
Expected other operating cost movement FY27
1
, BAU $M
18
1. BAU opexwill exclude SaaS implementation and Manawa integration costs.
19
•
Higher EBITDAF on FY25 (underlying), as detailed on slide 12.
•
Working capital change was a positive $20M impact to OpFCF(vs. negative $35M in FY25), mainly due to a
reduction in carbon unit inventory reflecting changes in thermal generation.
•
Tax paidwas $13M higher,reflecting the addition of provisional tax payments for Manawa and KCE groups,
offset by a lower FY25 final tax payment that is paid during FY26.
•
Interest paid, net of capitalisedinterest, rose by $45M. Linked to increased borrowing in support of the
Manawa acquisition.
•
FY26 stay-in-business (SIB) capital expenditure includes previous accelerated programme ($14M),
geothermal and hydro enhancement projects and integration ($12M), Wairakei extension ($21M) and risk-
rated and improvement projects ($98M).
Comparison
against FY25
12 months
ended
30 June
2026
12 months
ended
30 June 2025
$237M
↑
$1,011M
$774MEBITDAF
$55M
↓
$20M
($35M)Workingcapital changes
($13M)
↑
($119M)
($106M)Taxpaid
($45M)
↑
($122M)
($77M)Interest paid, net of interest capitalised
($35M)
↑
($145M)
($110M)SIBcapital expenditure
$15M
↓
$3M
($12M)Non-cash items includedin EBITDAF
$213M
↑
$648M
$434MOperating free cash flow
9.6 c↑64.0 c54.4 cOperating free cash flow per share
up 900bps↑64%55%Cash conversion (OpFCF /EBITDAF)
Return on invested capital (ROIC)
Cash conversion higher driven by strong EBITDAF growth and reduced value of fuel inventory
Cash flow and capital expenditure
Sources and uses of cash, $M
FY26 results: Cash flow
20017496251
NOPAT, $M
1. NOPAT is calculated as annual EBIT less tax (tax includes annual tax expense and movements in deferred tax over the year as aproxy for cash tax paid). Invested capital is calculated as the average of the opening and closing
balance of: net working capital (adjusted to remove current borrowings, current net derivatives and excess cash above $50M) +non-current assets (adjusted to remove non-current derivatives). The ROIC calculation includes
movement in the AGS provision for FY23, FY24 and FY25. | 2. ROIC average is calculated as NOPAT (4-year average) / Average IC (4-year average). | 3.ROIC (FY) is calculated as Annual NOPAT (FY) / Average IC (FY).
648
387
575
375
121
358
253
18
4
47
Sources
3
Uses
1,3951,395
Cash Accumulated
Net debt drawdown
OpFCF
Dividend re-invested
(DRP)
Sale of asset
Strategic investments / acquisitions
Growth investment
Dividends paid
Realised losses on market derivatives
Financing costs
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3.7%
3.7%
3.3%
3.7%
4.9%
5.9%
ROIC (average)
2
ROIC (FY)
3
475
Net operating profit after taxes (NOPAT) / Invested capital (IC)
1
Average IC, $M
4,482
4,518
4,874
5,349
5,670
7,412
FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26
Equity raise
557
20
Approach and FY26 highlights
•Contact’s capital management strategy is
anchored to maintaining an investment grade
credit rating, which is supported by a net debt
to EBITDAF sustainably below 3.0x. At FY26
year-end, the point estimate of net debt to
EBITDAF was 2.1x.
•During FY26, Contact issued an inaugural
€500m European Medium Term Note (EMTN).
This debt was certified against the Green
Bond Principles under Contact’s Sustainable
Finance framework and supported the
funding of the Manawa acquisition.
•Contact repaid the $14M of remaining NEXI
export credit facility and $88M US Private
Placement debt (USPP) early in April and May
2026 respectively and closed out the related
cross currency swaps.
Looking ahead
•The first reset date of the Capital Bond issued
in 2021 is approaching in November 2026.
Contact intends to redeem the bonds at this
reset date and issue a replacement in line with
market expectations.
Post the $575M February equity raise and debt consolidation, Contact is well positioned to advance investments aligned with Contact31+
Closing net debt, $M
Face value of borrowings less cash
Interest rate, %
Weighted average gross interest
1
on average borrowings
Net debt to EBITDAF, X
Includes S&P adjustments
2
Borrowing maturities, $M
Average tenor of 7.2 years as at 30 June 2026
Streamlined balance sheet
1. Gross interest includes all interest on borrowings, bank commitment fees and deferred financing costs. Unwind of leases, provisions and capitalised interest not included. | 2.Illustrated here on a point basis based on
expected S&P adjustments. See breakdown of S&P approach on slide 47.
774
1,025
1,831
2,314
21
-514
-766
-150
FY21
25
-168
FY22
49
1,474
-140
FY23
47
-229
FY24
50
FY25
63
2,905
FY26
645
882
1,383
1,649
1,850
2,202
Lease obligationsBorrowingsCash on hand
250
350
434
435
1,011
225
250
150
350
FY27FY28
300
FY29FY30FY31FY32FY33FY52FY55
400
650
Undrawn bank facilities
Domestic bonds
Capital bonds
AMTN
EMTN
1.4
1.8
2.6
2.7
2.3
2.1
FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26
974
892
1,310
1,727
1,973
5.2%
FY21
5.4%
FY22
5.8%
FY23
6.1%
FY24
5.8%
FY25
5.2%
3,057
FY26
Average gross interestAverage gross debt
FY26 results: Key balance sheet metrics
21
Dividend for FY26 of 40 cents per share
•The final dividend of 24 cents per share is imputed up to 79% or 19 cents per share for qualifying shareholders.
•This takes the total FY26 dividend declared to 40cents per share, representing a pay-out of 65% of FY26
operating free cash flow and 114% of the average operating free cash flow over the preceding 4 financial years
(FY22-FY25).
•The record date is 18 August 2026; payment date is 23 September 2026.
•The NZD / AUD exchange rate used for the payment of Australian dollar dividends will be set on
25 August 2026.
Dividend per share for FY26 up 3% to 40cps
Dividend reinvestment plan (DRP)
•Shareholders will have the option of full, partial or no participation. If a shareholder elects to participate, they
will remain in the plan at the same participation level until they elect to terminate or amend their
participation level.
•A 2% discount will be offered for the FY26 final dividend and Contact will have the right to terminate or
suspend the plan at any time.
•Dividend reinvestment plan application forms must be in by 19August 2026 to confirm participation in the
plan.
•The trading period for setting the price for the DRP is 17 August 2026 to 21 August 2026. The DRP strike price
will be announced: 25 August 2026.
Ordinary dividends, $M
Declared
Final dividend
Interim dividend
% pay-out of annual operating free cash flow
35
35
37
39
83%
97%
68%82%
Operating free cash flow
Average operating free cash flow for the preceding four financial years
Contact’s dividend policy is to pay dividends of 80-100% of average operating free cash flow
of the preceding four years. As the historic measure will not capture the operating free cash
flow contribution from Manawa within the history, the Board will apply discretion in the first
few years post-acquisition, if the measure is temporarily above 100%, so that it is not
constrained in delivering the expected DPS uplift. This has been the approach taken in FY26.
If the shares issued in FY26 as consideration for Manawa, the February 2026 equity raise, and
the acquisition of KCE are excluded, the dividend declared would represent a pay-out of 50%
of FY26 operating free cash flow and 89% of the preceding 4-year average.
326
261
FY22
333
266
82%
FY23
318
256
92%
FY24
352
282
101%
FY25
368
294
114%
FY26
330
282
➢Annual operating
free cash flow
100%
80%
Dividend level
as a % of preceeding
4yr operating fcf
164
165
181
227
260
109
109
110
128
159
FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26
273
274
291
355
419
cps
424434
1. All dividend decisions are a matter for the Board at the conclusion of each reporting period. These align to the dividend policyand
are dependent on business and market conditions when each payment decision is made.
Dividend expectations
•Contact expects to lift the total dividend in FY27 to 42 cents per share.
1
‒On this basis, dividends in FY27-FY28 are expected to be imputed up to ~70%.
•Reliable ordinary dividends are expected to increase over time with growth in operating free cash flow.
Reflects 65% of FY26 operating free cash flow and 114% of the average operating free cash flow for the preceding four years
65%
648
40
22
Normalised and expected FY27 EBITDAF $1,045M
1
Assumptions based on mean hydrology and wind conditions
$299M$90/MWh3,335GWh
Strategic fixed
price
$367M$155/MWh2,370GWhCFDs
$335M$168/MWh1,995GWhC&I
$652M$171/MWh3,810GWhRetail
$116MOther income
4
$1,769M
-$0M$0/MWh5,850GWhHydro mean
-$11M$2.5/MWh4,635GWh
Geothermal
average
-$52M$178/MWh
5
291GWhThermal
-$102M$107/MWh950GWhRenewable PPAs
-$82M$193/MWh
6
x425GWhMarket acquired
-$247M
-$98MTransmission/Storage$56MLength
7
-$360MOpex BAU-$56MLocation losses
8
-$7MOpex –Integration costs
-$12MOpex –SaaS implementation cost
-$379MTotal Opex
-$477MTotal $0MTotal
* Fuel is natural gas, carbon and PPA costs.
2,324
46
Channel choices maximise
long term value
2
1
Net price
3
driven by
best commercial practices
2
x
=
FY assumptions that deliver expected & normalised EBITDAF for FY27
Fuel cost
Net Revenue
Trading
Fixed costs
Hydrology & Asset
availability optimise generation
3
4
Total
x
=
Access to and price of fuel*
drives financials & risk position
Total
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
=
=
=
=
=
=
1,895
100
3,810
3,335
CFDs
C&I
Retail
Strategicfixed
$155/
MWh
$168/
MWh
$171/
MWh**
ContractedUncontracted
1,769
-247
-98
-360
0
1,045
-19
x
53
48
42
38
55
107
116116
152152152
42
40
35
45
80
94
135
68
50
Aug-
26
Sep-
26
Oct-
26
Nov-
26
31
Dec-
26
Jan-
27
Feb-
27
Mar-
27
Apr-
27
May-
27
Jun-
27
ASX Futures, $/MWh
At 23 Jul 2026
$90/
MWh
OTA monthly
OTA Quarterly
BEN Monthly
BEN Quarterly
1. Normalised and expected EBITDAF assumes mean hydrology and wind for the year and assumes planned asset availability / capacity i.e. adjusts for planned in-year outages (e.g. geothermal statutory outages, hydro
refurbishments).| 2. All volumes are at the Grid Exit Point (GXP). | 3. Net price is equal to tariff less pass-through costs (network, meters and levies) /MWh. | 4. Steam sales, retail gas gross margin, telco gross margin, irrigation and other
income. | 5. Gas price of $15/GJ, carbon price of $59/unit and thermal portfolio heat rate (9.8GJ/MWh). | 6. Acquired generation price includes premiums paid for HFO and NZAS demand response. | 7. Length of 557GWh assumed. | 8.
Locational losses of 5.6% on spot purchases and settlement of CFDs sold at a wholesale price of $87/MWh.
=
Trading delivers value to
largely offset locational losses
5
Digitalisation & continuous
improvement optimise fixed costs
6
Opex(BAU)
$M
** Retail volume contracted. Competitive risk remains on pricing achieved.Note: All figures are subject to rounding.
GWh:
=
=
Integration & Saas
implementation
23
Strategy
update
Empowered
people and leaders
Unite our people behind
Contact31+ and develop NZ’s
best energy leaders
Relationships with
our stakeholders
Maintain enduring trust with
stakeholders, investing for secure, affordable
renewable energy while upholding our
environmental commitment
Productivity
Drive disciplined growth by
simplifying processes and
deploying automation
Tech advantage
Establish a distinctive edge in
data and AI on a simplified and
secure technology platform
Extend our advantage as
NZ’s geothermal leader
Scale on high-quality existing fields,
explore new options, and continue to
improve our cost-leadership position
Build into new demand
with wind and solar
Deliver lowest-cost diversified wind
and rapidly deploy solar, anchored on
long-term industrial partnerships
Lead the energy
transition at home
Empower our customers to shift
energy use, while making every
interaction easy and personal
Lead on new flexibility in NZ
Accelerate batteries, build advantage in
hydro flex and maintain gas flex,
optimising our portfolio in real time
Strategic pillars
Leading New Zealand’s renewable energy future
Values
Performance edgeOwn the futureBrave humility
Underpinned by continued operational excellence across our diverse and resilient portfolio
Enablers
24
25
Contact31+ is anchored on building renewables in
connection with long-term industrial partnerships
Data Centres
Metals
Electrification of dairy
Opportunities for new electricity demand exist at scale across key sectors
Tangata whenua
relationships
Environmental
stewardship
Grid / network
connectivity
Fuel flexibility
management
Local government
engagement
Sustainable business
practices
Planning and project
governance
Energy firming and
resilience
Community
involvement
Consenting
processes
Local contracting
relationships
Flexible load
contracting
Dairy decarbonisation could see
1.8 –4.6TWh
2
of new demand
Opportunities totalling 4 –6TWh
1
from
existing and proposed sites
Announced metals projects could add
>600GWh
3
of new demand
Enabling capabilities:
Contact can draw on its deep set of enabling capabilities to support customer energy transition and growth
1. Based on ~185MW total capacity at existing sites, with ~15% average 2025 utilisationestimated, and the disclosed, uncommitted pipeline capacity across major existing and potential large operators. | 2. Includes
known and committed biomass and electricity conversions. Upper bound is based on manufacturing and fuel use disclosure in Fonterra’s FY25 Climate Statement. Suitability for electrification to be confirmed. It is
expected a portion of load from shifting dairy manufacturing away from coal will go to biomass. | 3. Includes NZ Steel’s Electric Arc Furnace and the potential reopening of NZAS Line 4 potline. The consented
National Green Steel EAF presents further upside.
26
Total uncommitted generation pipeline of 11TWh+,
provides optionality to meet demand as it materialises
We are advancing 4TWh+ of development options, to be
anchored on long-term industrial partnerships
Huriwaka
250MW | 890GWh
Southland wind
>325MW | 1,210GWh
Te Mihi Stage 3
Up to 100MW | 830GWh
1
(Up to ~300GWh net uplift)
2
Tauhara 2
50 –70MW | 415 –580GWh
Stratford BESS
200MW | 400MWh
Argyle
80MWac | 180GWh
Stratford Solar (hybrid)
150MWac | 312GWh
1. Ultimatesize is subject to additional consented mass-take. | 2. Represents potential net uplift in output after accounting for the planned closure of the Wairakei geothermal station. | 3. Fluidtake is partially
consented. Ultimate size is dependent on additional land access and consented mass-take. |4. TeMihi Stage 3 is included on a net uplift basis.
Consent granted
In Fast-Track
Contact31+ priority
development options,
representing ~4TWh of
net new renewable output
And can draw additional projects from our 11TWh+ total pipeline as customer needs evolve
Tauhara 3
Up to 100MW | 830GWh
3
High priority proposed
Contact31+ growth
projects subject to FID
Future development
pipeline options
under assessment
11
Solar
Geothermal
4
Wind
0.5
0.7
Renewable generation development pipeline options, TWh
4
7
7TWh
4TWh
27
A pathway is in place for NZAS to act as long-term customer
underpinning Contact’s 1TWh+ Southland Wind Farm
Electricity stats
Up to
55 Turbines
>325MW
total capacity
Average annual output expected to be
>1,210GWh
Non-binding letter of intent (LOI) signed with Rio Tinto for a PPA to
support the potential restart of 50MW Line 4 potline at NZAS.
Consent approved April 2026.
Specialised infrastructure
advisor, Mafic, appointed to run
identification and selection
process for a strategic partner for
Contact’s extensive wind pipeline.
We have engaged a shortlist of credible wind partners.
Project updates
Contact is advancing strategic partner identification and targeting mid-2027 for Final Investment Decision
28
High-capacity fibre connection
Solar and battery development options
Available transmission capacity
Diverse high-capacity fibre,
both terrestrial and subsea,
provides connection to
Auckland where New
Zealand’s international
cables land.
350MW transmission capacity
available within 1-2 years with
minimal substation work.
600MW expected to be
available within 2-3 years
following planned upgrades.
3
150MWac / 312GWh p.a. solar
farm in consenting, with DC
coupled batteries potentially
providing up to 750MWh
storage.
2
500MW grid-scale battery
capacity consented.
Land owned and under option
Existing site complemented
by significant adjacent land
options.
Able to support scalable
renewable and load growth
opportunities.
Long-term member of the community
50 years operating in the
Stratford community.
Long-standing relationships
with local stakeholders
including councils and
tangatawhenua.
1. IT / compute load of 250MW. Approximately 350MW total load including ancillary load at peak times (subject to final design). | 2. Based on batteries with 5-hour duration. | 3. BCG analysis based on Transpower
data and disclosures.
Following the March 2026 closure of Contact’s Taranaki Combined Cycle baseload gas plant (TCC), Contact is taking steps
to leverage the unique combination of site resources and support growth in the Taranaki region
Contact and CDC will seek resource consent for a 250MW data centre
1
. It would be supported by co-located battery
storage development. Current activities focus on consenting, site and infrastructure design, customer engagement
and development planning.
Contact has partnered with CDC to explore data centre
development at its highly strategic Stratford site
Existing generation
The operation of Contact’s
existing 200MW fast-start
gas peaking assets at
Stratford is not impacted
by the data centre concept.
.
29
Extend our advantage
as New Zealand’s geothermal leader
Build into new demand with
wind and solar
Lead the energy transition at home
Lead on new flexibility in
New Zealand
Strategic pillars
FY27 pillar targets
•Te Mihi Stage 2 on track (for delivery FY28)
•Tauhara 2 FID taken
1
•Tauhara 3 option progressed
•0.5TWh industrial energy demand electrified
•Kōwhai Park solar delivered
•FID on 1-2 additional solar farms
1
•1+ wind farms consented
•Glenbrook-Ohurua100MW battery delivered
•Additional 200MW battery under construction
•Manawa portfolio benefits of $10-20M p.a. delivered
•Future technology stack selected and execution commenced
•Cost-to-serve $135 per customer
2
•15 –20MW retail demand flex under management
Benefits of
productivity
programme clear
Manawa
benefits
delivered
42cps
dividend in
FY27
3
FY27 financial targets
1. Each FID to be considered in isolation with all information available at the time. Pending appropriate market conditions and projects meeting returns thresholds. | 2. Cost-to-serve per customer (real 2026). Target
rebaselined to include all direct and indirect retail opex other than cost to acquire (previous method did not include all indirect costs allocated from corporate). Will be measured excluding any SaaS implementation
costs associated with investment in future retail platform. This differs from $/connection previously measured under Contact26. | 3.All future dividend decisions are at the discretion of the Board at the time.
What you can expect from us in the next 12 months
We have already accelerated the delivery on a number of our FY27 Contact31+ strategy pillar targets
Accelerated / early (FY26) delivery
30
Questions
31
Supporting
materials
Market update
32
National electricity demand
Source: EMI, Contact.
Does not include NZAS.
National electricity demand, TWh
Regional
change, %
FY26vs FY25
Source: EMI, Contact.
NZAS demand response is estimated by comparing total demand in FY25
against average demand at the Tiwai node over the preceding 4 years.
Market demand
NZ electricity demand up ~3% (up ~1% normalised for NZAS demand response)
National electricity demand in FY26 was up ~3%
year-on-year to 42TWh. Adjusting for NZAS
demand response –called by Meridian in 1H25
to support challenging hydro conditions –
demand was up ~1%.
Demand at the Central North Island node was
down 15% due to the impact of the Winstone
Karioi pulp mill and Tangiwai sawmill closures
in August 2024, reflecting broader challenges in
wood and paper processing without the
protection of fixed price electricity hedging.
Huntly node demand increased 7% in FY26, due
to population growth in the Waikato/Hamilton
region and increasing electricity use from
electrification and industrial customers.
Seasonal conditions at irrigation nodes, along
with population growth, have resulted in a 4%
increase in demand in South Canterbury.
Southland demand growth appears to be
driven by ongoing industrial electrification,
particularly in the dairy and meat processing
sectors, alongside broader regional growth.
0%
7%
1%
4%
0%
(0%)
(2%)
0%
8%*
4%
0%
1%
(15%)
1%
3%
1%
4%
1%
5.1
4.9
5.0
5.0
5.0
4.2
5.0
10.3
10.6
10.2
10.5
11.2
10.9
11.1
25.8
26.1
25.8
25.6
25.9
25.7
25.9
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26
41.2
41.6
41.1
41.1
42.1
40.9
42.0
+2%
+3%
North IslandSouth Island (ex NZAS)NZAS
3%
33
Hydro generation was up ~15% on
FY25, driven by high inflows from
Q2 FY26.
Impacts included:
•
The lowest thermal generation
share since the introduction of
the market (~6%).
•
Lower spot wholesale prices
than in FY25.
•
Lower total industry carbon
emissions.
Geothermal generation volume
was up ~6% with the addition of
TOPP 2 and Ngā Tamariki OEC5 in
2H26 and a full operational period
of Te Huka 3.
Solar increased from 17GWh to
~270GWh, ~0.7% of total market
generation.
Battery storage discharged
~40GWh during the period.
2
Generation by type, TWh
•FY26 began with storage levels close to the post-market average before a short dry spell saw levels draw
down over winter. Hydro storage reached its lowest level in August 2025, some 0.5TWh higher than the
lowest point in August 2024.
•Strong inflows from September drove a rapid recovery, with storage peaking in December 2025.
•Drier conditions followed through the second half of the year, although storage remained above
historical averages for the remainder of the period, closing with national hydro storage 135% of post-
market mean.
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
Jul-
24
Dec-
24
Jul-
25
Dec-
25
Jun-
26
1H251H26
National hydro storage, TWh
Carbon
emissions (mT)
Source: EMI (generation data), MBIE (emissions data, Electricity data tables) and NZX Hydro data.
1. Carbon emissions for FY26 Apr-Jun quarter have been estimated using historic conversion rates with actual generation data. | 2. Battery storage discharge is not included in total generation numbers.
Record renewable period
Fuel supply
High hydro inflows and new renewable generation online pushed thermal generation market share to its lowest since the market wasintroduced
2H262H25
2.9
2.7
2.9
0.3
3.5
3.7
3.8
7.6
9.0
9.6
23.9
21.4
24.7
2.4
1.7
0.5
3.9
4.2
2.3
FY24FY25FY26
Gas
Coal
Hydro
Geothermal
Wind
Solar
Non-identified
44.1
42.9
44.0
2.1
1
4.2
4.1
MeanActual
34
The market is responding to record investment in
renewable generation and actions to reduce dry year risk
Wholesale and futures electricity pricing, $/MWh
Source:EMI wholesale pricing, OTA, to 30 June 2026.
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
Jun-
17
Jun-
18
Jun-
19
Jun-
20
Jun-
21
Jun-
22
Jun-
23
Jun-
24
Jun-
25
Jun-
26
Long-dated futures (>12 months)Short-dated futures (<12 months)Monthly average spot price
1. Change in ASX Settlement prices at Otahuhu for Q3 2026 from 31 Dec 2025 to 30 June 2026. Source: ASX.| 2. Company announcements and Contact’s analysis.| 3. 2025 real –Otahuhu Node OTA,
Auckland. This is a through-the-cycle measure in a balanced market. Prices achieved are a function of the market at a point in time.
Reliable, plentiful
natural gas
5 year average
spot price
=$139/MWh
10 year average
spot price
= $127/MWh
Gas outages & availability decline
•
Reduced thermal generation allowed more gas to
be stored in AGS, while Genesis replenished its coal
stockpile (backed by the HFO). As a result, short-
dated futures moved lower alongside spot prices,
responding to low risk of fuel scarcity in Winter
2026.
•
The low fuelling risk led to ASX settlement prices for
Q3 2026 falling >60% over 2H FY26
1
.
Short-term pricing (reflected in short-dated futures)
•
Long-dated futures declined 27% over 2H FY26,
reflecting an expectation that the market is largely
moving back into supply / demand balance.
•
~3TWh of generation either committed or under
construction and expected to come online by 2027
2
.
•
Contact expects the long-term wholesale price to
settle around $115-125/MWh
3
reflecting the marginal
costs of new renewable projects and the costs
associated with firming renewable intermittency.
Long-term pricing (reflected in long-dated futures)
•
Spot wholesale electricity prices fell sharply
following Winter 2025 as intense rainfall and high
wind conditions lifted renewable generation
volumes.
•
This displaced the need for thermal generation
(leading to the lowest thermal generation market
share since the introduction of the market).
•
These conditions led to the lowest recorded
monthly average spot price in January 2026
($4/MWh).
FY26 spot wholesale pricing
Wholesale market pricing
35
Retail electricity market connection trends
•
Retail competition remained active, with customer churn broadly
unchanged at ~19.5%.
•
Tier 1 retailers now hold ~86% market share. Growth over the last 2
years was led by Meridian (+12% over two years, excluding Flick),
followed by Contact (+6%) and Mercury (+3%).
•
Genesis’ decline has been driven by the closure of Frank Energy
(announced June 2025) and a shift to focus on margin quality over
raw customer numbers.
•
Tier 2 retailers held steady, while Nova fell by 9%. The ~41k
connection loss across Tier 2 retailers was largely driven by
Meridian’s acquisition of Flick Energy in May 2025.
•
Contact added 27k electricity connections over the past two years,
resulting in a 20% market share.
Change in retail customer electricity connections, ‘000s
30 June 2024 –30 June 2026
2yr % change2yr ICP delta (1000s)
Retail electricity tariff changes, c/ kWh
Tier 2: -41k connections
Retail pricing trends
•
Residential electricity prices have risen steadily, at a compound
annual growth rate of ~6% over the five years to March 2026.
•
Average prices increased ~11% in the year to March 2026, reaching
38.3 c/kWh.
•
The lines component rose 13%, while the energy and other
component increased 10%.
•
Cost pressures on the lines component of the tariff are expected to
remain as the increased cost of transmission and distribution
infrastructure continues to be incurred.
2
•
Moderating wholesale prices are expected to lower the electricity
component over time.
12 months
ended:
Tier 1: +93k connections
Source: EMI –residential ICPs only
Source: MBIE
18.6
19.5
20.7
20.9
23.0
11.6
12.0
12.4
13.5
15.3
Mar-22Mar-23Mar-24Mar-25Mar-26
30.2
31.5
33.1
34.4
38.3
+6%
Competition remains strong as Tier 1 retailers extend market
share leadership
Retail electricity market
Lines (c/kWh)Energy & Other (c/kWh)
1
1. Compound annual growth rate. | 2. From 1 April 2025, Commerce Commission-approved changes to network charges began to take effect, increasing household bills by $10–$25 per month
on average (depending on region and usage profile). Costs are increasing annually.
6%
3%
24%
-9%
2%
3%
1%
11%
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
90
-40
-6%
GenesisMercuryMeridianNovaPulseElectric Kiwi2Degrees/
Vocus
OtherContact
Breakdown of an average household
electricity bill
38.5%
8.0%
24.5%
11.0%
13.0%
4.5%
0.5%
Generation
Transmission
Distribution
Metering
Retail
GST
Levies
Source: Electricity Authority
36
Supporting
materials
Financial results
37
Guidance topics
FY27 Guidance CommentaryFY27 guidance
FY26
result
FY26 guidance
1
$375M -$385M$387M$385M -$395M
Other operating costs
$360M$361M$360M
Other operating costs –BAU
2
Reflects costs of implementing new systems designated as SaaS, reduces SIB
capex, includes costs to FID for the Future Retail Platform.
$10M -$15M--
Other operating costs –SaaS
Non-recurring costs relating to the Manawa acquisition.$5M -$10M$26M$25M -$35M
Other operating costs –Manawa integration and
transaction
$178M -$188M$145M$170M -$185M
Stay in business (SIB) capex (cash)
$134M -$139M$82M$115M-$125M
SIB capital expenditure BAU
Completion of programme in FY26.-$14M$12M-$13M
SIB accelerated programme
Spend brought forward into FY26 with remainder expected in FY28. -$15M-
SIB capital expenditure Tauhara spare rotor
Completion of extension work activities to occur within FY27.~$17M$21M$20M-$25M
SIB capital expenditure Wairakei
Continued upgrade work on Highbank and Coleridge hydro sites. $7M -$12M$5M
$18M -$22M
SIB capital expenditure Manawa refurbishment
Decommissioning relating to TCC and Wairakei. ~$5M$1M
SIB capital expenditure decommissioning provisions
-$5M
SIB capital expenditure Geothermal Wells
Completion of system integration from Manawa transaction. ~$15M$2M
SIB capital expenditure integration
Te Mihi Stage 2, Glenbrook-Ohurua Battery 2 and pre-FID activity. $460M-$470M$375M$500M-$510M
Growth capital expenditure (cash)
3
Increase with Battery and Wairakei depreciation and increase in digital assets.$310M-$320M$294M$280M-$290M
Depreciation and amortisation
$120M-$130M$140M$115M -$125M
Net interest (accounting)
$100M-$110M$122M$105M-$115M
Cash interest(in operating cash flow)
FY27 lower tax due to benefits of investment boost policy and tax credit on
decommissioning of TCC.
$80M-$90M$119M$120M-$130M
Cashtaxation
Including (gains) / losses on ASX market making.$5M-$10M($4M)$5M-$10M
Realised (gains) / losses on market derivatives not in a hedge
relationship
Increase in the ordinary dividend to reflect benefits of the Manawa acquisition.42 cps40 cps40 cps
Target ordinary dividend per share
Increase due to impact of lower cash tax and higher capitalised interest due to Te
Mihi Stage 2 and Glenbrook-OhuruaBattery 2.
65 -70%64%~50%
Operating cash flow conversion
1. Updated at 1H26 results. | 2. Includes corporate costs (ex integration and transaction) of $69M in FY26 (vs. $60-70M guidance) and ~$65M in FY27 guidance. | 3. Growth capital expenditure includes capitalisedinterest.
38
$376M$95/MWh 3,960GWh
Strategic fixed
price
$264M$155/MWh1,700GWhCFDs
$289M$165/MWh1,750GWhC&I
$627M$164/MWh3,825GWhRetail
$100MOther income
4
$1,656M
-$0M$0/MWh5,750GWhHydro
-$20M$4/MWh4,950GWhGeothermal
-$59M$215/MWh
5
275GWhThermal⁴
-$83M$100/MWh830GWhRenewable PPAs
-$52M$260/MWh200GWhMarket acquired
6
-$214M
-$90MTransmission/Storage$139MLength
7
-$370MOperatingexpenses –BAU -$140MLocation losses
8
-$35MOpex -integration and transaction costs
-$405MTotal Opex
-$495MTotal-$1MTotal
FY26assumptions that deliver normalised & expected
EBITDAF of $945M over a financial year
Hydrology & asset availability
optimise generation
3
4
Total
x
=
Access to and price of fuel*
drives financials & risk position
Channel choices maximise
long term value
2
1
Net price
3
driven by
best commercial practices
2
Total
x
=
Trading delivers value
offsetting locational losses
5
Digitalisation & continuous
improvement optimise fixed costs
6
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
=
=
=
=
Normalised and expected EBITDAF assumptions
1
FY26 results
With reconciliation to actual performance
x
x
=
=
=
=
Normalised & ExpectedFY26 at start of year
Lower renewables
FY26 EBITDAF normalised for non-recurring
Manawa transaction and integration costs
Renewable generation below mean (-754GWh)
Calculated at thermal SRMC
Fixed costs
Transmission & storage costs were $18M lower than forecast,
supported by LCE rebates. Reclassification of $10M to fixed costs.
Integration & transaction costs were $9M lower than forecast.
Non-recurring Manawa related costs
Reported FY26 EBITDAF
132
25
94
34
36
26
8
945
1,011
1,037
Lower thermal heat rate due to final run of TCC and acquired
generation price lower than assumed (-$80/MWh)
Market channel price
Lower GWAP on merchant sales was more than offset by very low
location losses. Contact’s LWAP/GWAP spread reduced to ~1%
Lower sales volumes wereoffset by meeting sales with lower
thermal and more acquired generation at lower prices
Net volume impact
Increased long-term channel price
Retailnet price outperformed guidance
assumption by $10/MWh
=
Gas, carbon, acquired generation price
$M
1. Normalised and expected EBITDAF assumes mean hydrology and wind for the year and assumes planned asset availability/capacity i.e. adjusts for planned in-year outages (e.g. geothermal statutory outages, hydro
refurbishments). | 2. All volumes are at the Grid Exit Point (GXP). | 3. Net price is equal to tariff less pass-through costs (network, meters and levies) /MWh. |4. Steam sales, retail gas gross margin, broadband gross
margin, irrigation and other income. | 5. Gas price of $16/GJ, carbon price of $80/unit and thermal portfolio heat rate (10.5GJ/MWh). | 6. Acquired generation price includes premiums paid for HFO (operational from 1 Jan
2026) and NZAS demand response. | 7. Length of 770GWh for FY26 assumed. | 8. Locational losses of 6.5% on spot purchases and settlement of CFDs sold at a wholesale price of $180/MWh.
39
57
76
100
939
-265
-291
-315
-346
-459
-85
-56
-74
-80
-185
-94
-269
-326
-256
1,023
FY22FY23
1,269
53
FY24
1,476
50
FY25
1,640
-14
FY26
Electricity sales margin
Other gross margin
Fixed operating costs
Location losses
Variable fuel costs
546
573
663
774
1,011
Operating earnings (EBITDAF)
106
115
127
136
132
3.69
1.39
FY22
3.73
1.42
FY23
3.80
1.22
FY24
3.69
1.73
FY25
3.68
3.91
FY26
5.08
5.14
5.02
5.42
7.58
RetailLong-term sales
117
126
116
200
138
1.13
0.39
FY22
0.52
0.15
FY23
1.62
0.59
FY24
1.09
0.46
FY25
0.23
0.68
0.83
FY26
1.52
0.67
2.20
1.55
1.74
ThermalAcquiredPPA Purchases
Electricity sales
Variable fuel costs
11111
3.94
3.28
FY22
3.92
3.19
FY23
3.63
3.39
FY24
3.30
4.54
FY25
5.03
4.91
0.01
FY26
7.22
7.10
7.02
7.84
9.96
HydroGeothermalBattery
(i) Renewables
(ii) Thermal, acquired and PPAs
133133
150
186
155
0.94
2.10
0.63
FY22
1.10
1.44
0.09
FY23
1.13
2.57
0.51
FY24
1.17
2.30
0.51
FY25
1.86
2.01
0.23
FY26
3.66
2.63
4.21
3.97
4.10
Commercial and IndustrialCFDsSpot sales
(i) Long-term channels
(ii) Market channels
Price
($/MWh)
Volume
(TWh)
Price
($/MWh)
Volume
(TWh)
Fuel cost
($/MWh)
Volume
(TWh)
Fuel cost
($/MWh)
Volume
(TWh)
Integrated portfolio performance
Continuing operations, $M
1
EBITDAF
1
2
1
2
1. Refer to slide 46for a definition and reconciliation of EBITDAF. EBITDAF figures are underlying i.e. excluding the impacts of the ($113M) AGS onerous contract provision expense in FY23, a $12Mnet movement in the AGS
provision in FY24, and a release of the AGS provision of $98M in FY25.
117
121
137
158
140
8.739
7.772
9.232
9.390
11.687
Price
($/MWh)
Volume
(TWh)
Historic performance
40
Greenhouse gas emissions
Carbon reporting
1.Contact’s swaption with Genesis Energy ended 31 December 2022 and was not called during FY23. |2. All science-based targets are expressed as absolute emissions reductions and measured
on a calendar-year basis.| 3. The target for Scope 3 emissions from use of sold products increased due to Contact’s role in supplying gas to essential All-of-Government public services.
FY26FY25FY24FY23FY22TargetUnitIndicator
317,255
740,468947,491526,621786,842
45% reduction of
2018 Scope 1 and 2
emissions by 2026,
equivalent to
647,443 tCO2e.
2
tCO2eDirect GHG emissions (Scope 1)
316,112
739,790947,131526,282786,544tCO2e-Stationary combustion (generation)
824
409332307297tCO2e-Mobile combustion
50
11428321tCO2e-Fugitive emissions
269
155tCO2e-Stationary combustion (ancillary equipment)
2,460
1,1839751,9571,399
tCO2eIndirect GHG emissions (Scope 2)
319,715
741,651948,466528,579788,241tCO2eSub-total Scope 1 and 2
390,731
369,583265,034273,673394,784tCO2eIndirect GHG emissions (Scope 3)
15,517
8,7996,5226,1976,37134% reduction of
2018 Scope 3 GHG
emissions from use
of sold products by
2026, equivalent to
244,311 tCO2e.
2
45% reduction of
2018
Scope 1 and Scope 3
emissions from all
sold electricity by
2026, equivalent to
688,253 tCO2e.
2
tCO2e-Category 1 –Purchased goods and services
79,634
87,20379,18588,26657,876tCO2e-Category 2 –Capital goods
4,251
8,0065,1301,050149,743tCO2e-Category 3 –Fuel and energy
1
478
205254108444
tCO2e-Category 4 –Upstream distribution and
transportation
93
695847108tCO2e-Category 5 –Waste
1,720
1,0811,6011,274567tCO2e-Category 6 –Business travel
2,044
956927965832tCO2e-Category 7 –Employee commuting
267,348
250,612170,929175,603178,554tCO2e-Category 11 –Use of sold products
3
8,678
339429164289tCO2e-Category 13 –Downstream leased assets
11,979
12,313---tCO2e-Category 14 –Investments
711,456
1,111,2351,213,500802,2521,183,025tCO2eTotal Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions
41
Growth capital expenditure
1. Excludes ~$0.6M of development capex that was incurred by Manawa prior to acquisition. | 2. Total under current board approvals. | 3. Additional funding was approved in FY26 to close out the Tauhara project including
replacement of pipework and acid dosing systems. | 4. For TeMihi Stage 2 at FID, the board approved an additional $49M contingency (over and above the contingency amount already included in the expected and
approved total construction cost of $712M) to account for a scenario where a broader range of risks materialiseand to ensure prudent balance sheet management. If called on, this would take the total cost to $761M. | 5.
Relates primarily to deployment of demand flex technology and Clutha consenting. | 6. Solar covers both Kōwhai Park and Gloritinvestment and excludes pre-FID development expenses for solar which are captured
within receivables. Gloritobtained Financial Close during FY26.
Growth capital expenditure –cash basis, $M¹
Total²
Remaining under
current approvals
12 months ended
30 June 2026
Up to
30 June 2025
940827905Tauhara
3
305310292Te Huka 3
712305205201Te Mihi Stage 2
4
3861121Wind
163155691Glenbrook-Ohurua Battery 1
235207271Glenbrook-Ohurua Battery 2
392316-Tauhara Unit 2
211219Other
5
33511721196Capitalised interest
2,7896863751,727Total
Contact’s FY26 growth investment demonstrates progress in the strategic execution of its renewable development pipeline
Project status
•
Construction commenced in FY25 on three major renewable projects:
Glenbrook-OhuruaBattery 1, Kōwhai Park solar and TeMihi Stage 2
geothermal. Contact’s firstbattery is now operational, with final costs and
close out activities to come.
•
Construction of Glenbrook-OhuruaBattery 2 commenced during FY26
and Notice to Proceed was issued to the EPC contractor for Gloritsolar.
•
Construction of the Tauhara and TeHuka 3 geothermal plants is now
complete, with remaining spend relating to final close out activities.
•
Tauhara 2 is now in the Select stage as well as pre-FID drilling works.
•
Contact does not currently have any wind projects under construction.
The reported wind development spend reflects pre-FID activity only.
Total²
Remaining under
current approvals
12 months ended
30 June 2026
Up to
30 June 2025
866322-Solar
6
9216CO
2
840183Forestry
179652489Total
Investment in joint ventures and associates, $M
FY26 results: Cash flow
Financial treatment
•
For major growth projects, Contact capitalisesinterest from the point of
FID—or from the commencement of significant pre-FID works—through
to commissioning. The capitalisationrate reflects the average interest rate
across the portfolio.
•
Contact’s investments in the Kōwhai Park solar farm and Gloritsolar farm
are accounted for as investments in joint ventures and associates, and are
therefore excluded from growth capital expenditure.
42
Output from Contact generation and renewable PPAs sold to the national grid, GWh
Generation and sales position
3,333
3,114
3,283
3,185
3,388
4,543
4,914
3,752
3,698
3,940
3,919
3,628
3,297
5,032
1,360
1,592
1,046
1,620
1,088
229
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25
11
827
FY26
8,445
8,404
8,269
7,543
8,636
8,928
11,013
439
Operational data
Renewable %
84%81%
87%
98%
94%
81%88%
Geothermal generation, GWh
FY26 geothermal generation was 371GWh higher than FY25. A full period of generation Te Huka 3 was
partially offset by statutory outages at Te Huka 3, Tauhara and Wairakei.
1,415
1,240
1,386
1,380
376
1,045
1,081
1,055
998
1,405
1,255
1,261
335
339
331
308
1,064
1,287
1,384
340
299
322
323
274
986
1,062
198
155
189
176
316
300
309
203
277
316
210
206
FY20FY21FY22FY23
127
FY24
229
FY25FY26
3,333
3,114
3,283
3,185
3,388
4,543
4,914
Hydro generation, GWh
Thermal generation, GWh
871
1,126
673
164
1,395
692
147
291
234
179
148
223
378
195
213
190
125
78
3
79
FY20
18
81
FY21
4
81
FY22
2
FY23
1
FY24
18
FY25
0
81
FY26
1,439
1,673
1,127
517
1,620
1,088
229
Thermal generation was 859GWh lower than FY25 due to high hydro inflows and additional
renewable generation brought online in the last 18 months displacing both Contact, and the
market’s, need for thermal generation outside of winter 2025. Following the closure of TCC, Contact’s
mean expected thermal volume is now 250 –300GWh p.a.
Te Huka
Ōhaaki
Poihipi
Wairakei
Te Mihi
Tauhara
Te Huka 3
Whirinaki
Te Rapa -direct
Te Rapa -spot
Stratford Peakers
TCC
BatteryRenewable PPAsThermalHydroGeothermal
1,657
1,667
1,775
1,740
1,594
1,445
1,480
2,095
2,031
2,165
2,179
2,034
1,852
1,979
669
904
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26
3,752
3,698
3,940
3,919
3,628
3,297
5,032
North Island
South Island -ex Clyde & Rox
Clyde
Roxburgh
43
Plant and fuel performance
Geothermal fuel extracted at Wairakei vs consented, mT
Wairakei, Poihipi and Te Mihi conversion effectiveness,
MWh per kT extracted
% of geothermal fluid extractedWairakei mass extracted
20
40
60
80
100
0
100%
90
FY20
98%
87
FY21
100%
89
FY22
98%
FY23
100%
91
FY24
95%
87
FY25
97%
89
FY26
89
+4%
31.1
30.5
31.0
30.4
29.2
29.7
29.9
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26
+1%
Geothermal fuel performance
Taranaki combined cycle (TCC)
Hydro
Geothermal
2
Stratford Peakers
Plant availability
1
1. Availability Factor calculation includes all station outages (Planned, Maintenance, Forced) but not plant deratings. | 2.Reduction in geothermal net capacity in FY23 was a result of decommissioning wells on the Wairakei
steam field. Increases in FY24 and FY25 related to Tauhara and Te Huka 3 respectively. | 3. Statutory turnarounds occur after the first operating year of a new plant, again in operating year 3, and every four years thereafter. The
table shows which plant have a major statutory turnaround in the next 3 calendar years. The GWh impact is an estimate based on understood scope at the time of publishing. Turnarounds in FY27 and FY28 are indicative.
Excludes impact of reduced Wairakei field output in FY27 associated with Wairakei station decommissioning and switchover to Te Mihi Stage 2.
Diesel Peakers
Despite a planned outage at Wairakei in FY26, total mass extracted,
and extracted volumes as a % of consented mass take, were up on
FY25 (which included a planned outage (25 days) at Te Mihi and an
electrical outage at Wairakei A&B station).
Upcoming geothermal statutory turnarounds (outages)
3
Frequency & typeFYImpact
(GWh)
Plant
4y Stat Turnaround2716
Te Huka 1&2
4y Stat turnaround + ext works27320Wairakei
4y Stat turnaround2831Poihipi
Y1 Stat Turnaround2873Te Mihi Stage 2
Y3 Stat Turnaround28169
Tauhara
Y3 Stat Turnaround2857
Te Huka 3
4y Stat turnaround29158Te Mihi
Pool revenueElectricity
Output,
GWh
Capacity
factor
AvailabilityNet
capacity
MW
$M$/MWh
12118067320%84%377FY22
181071645%85%377FY23
2571841,39542%82%377FY24
22933069221%89%377FY25
271831479%93%377FY26
Pool revenueElectricity
Output,
GWh
Capacity
factor
AvailabilityNet
capacity
MW
$M$/MWh
4781213,94057%83%784FY22
290743,91957%84%784FY23
5941643,62853%90%784FY24
5381633,29748%87%784FY25
410815,03240%78%1,295FY26
Pool revenueElectricity
output
GWh
Capacity
factor
AvailabilityNet
capacity
MW
$M$/MWh
4581403,28391%97%425FY22
254803,18589%94%410FY23
6011773,38889%94%586FY24
8451864,54384%90%649FY25
360734,91488%92%649FY26
Pool revenueElectricity
Output,
GWh
Capacity
factor
AvailabilityNet
capacity
MW
$M$/MWh
3821217910%53%202FY22
312071488%77%202FY23
3917522312%50%202FY24
8221737822%70%202FY25
10122814%85%202FY26
Pool revenueElectricity
Output,
GWh
Capacity
factor
AvailabilityNet
capacity
MW
$M$/MWh
259740%95%158FY22
1.249120%82%158FY23
1.168710%97%158FY24
12661181%92%158FY25
0.112200%95%167FY26
Operational data
44
Hawea storage,GWh
Gas storage, PJ
Closing storage
Closing storage (current)
Fuel storage movements
Source: NZX Hydro data
113
252
188
141
85
263
160
275
322
265
242
232
330
174
377
252
-183
-326
-291
-286
-151
-278
-263
-265
1H232H231H242H241H252H251H262H26
Inflows
Opening storage
Releases
253
191
139
87
264
160
275
261
4.7
2.4
3.4
2.8
1.6
3.4
3.3
3.9
2.7
1.7
0.9
1.3
3.1
1.9
2.1
0.9
-0.7
-0.7
-1.5
-2.5
-1.3
-2.0
-1.6
-0.9
-4.3
1H232H231H242H241H252H251H262H26
Gas Injected
Gas Extracted
Opening Storage
2.4
3.4
2.8
1.6
3.4
3.3
3.9
3.8
Operational data
4
Balance
classified as
long term
storage (PJ)
44
44444
Transferred to long-term storage
45
Contracted gas volumes,PJ
Uses of gas, PJ
Gas storage monthly injections and extractions, PJ
Contracted and stored gas
Gas injectedGas extracted
5.4
5.9
6.5
7.0
5.4
3.0
3.03.0
2.2
5.0
3.0
2.6
2.2
2.8
2.8
2.8
3.8
0.2
CY26
1
CY27
CY28
CY29
CY30
CY31
CY32
CY33
CY34
CY35
2
9.0
8.4
8.5
8.6
9.7
8.1
5.8
Aug-
25
-0.13
0.24
Sep-
25
-0.50
0.00
Oct-
25
-0.76
0.01
Nov-
25
-0.61
0.02
Dec-
25
0.99
0.27
Jan-
26
-0.05
-0.08
0.17
Feb-
26
-0.14
0.03
0.29
Mar-
26
0.00
Jul-
25
0.26
Apr-
26
-0.32
0.01
-0.17
May-
26
-0.17
0.20
Jun-
26
-0.02
16.1
15.1
15.5
8.8
-3.0
1.9
-1.6
-6.1
-13.0
-9.2
-2.0
-2.8
-2.5
-2.2
-4.3
-4.2
-1.5
-2.6
-2.0
FY23FY24FY25
-0.5
FY26
Net extraction (injection)
Generation
Customer sales
Wholesale sales
Purchases
Operational data
1.CY26reflectsactualvolumesandforecastsforthesecondhalfoftheyear.|2.CY26-CY35reflectsthemaximumvolumeofgasavailableundercontracts.
Short-term gasGreymouthPohokura
46
EBITDAF is Contact’s earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, asset impairment
and write-offs, and changes in fair value of financial instruments.
EBITDAF is commonly used in the electricity industry so provides a comparable measure of Contact’s
performance.
Reconciliation of statutory profit back to EBITDAF:
Variance onprior
year
12 months
ended
30 June 2026
12 months ended
30 June 2025
%$M
Against underlying
1
ReportedReportedUnderlying
1
62%
162
423331261Profit
7%
21
294273
Depreciation and
amortisation
na
(56)
(21)35
Change in fair valueof
financial instruments
40%
40
140100 Net interest expense
60%
62
166132104Tax expense
800%
8
91
Asset impairment / write-
offs
31%
237
1,011872774EBITDAF
Reconciliation between Profit and EBITDAF
The movements between FY26 and FY25 underlying profit are
as follows:
•Depreciation and amortisation: increased by $21M as a
result of an increase in fixed assets from the purchase of
Manawa and a full year of TeHuka 3 depreciation. This has
been partially offset by significantly lower usage of thermal
assets compared to FY25.
•Net interest expense:higher than FY25 as a result of
additional borrowing to complete the Manawa acquisition
and interest no longer being capitalised on TeHuka 3.
•Tax expense:increased by $62M due to the tax impact of
higher operating earnings.
•Asset impairment / write offs: Assetwrite offs related to
equipment replaced during first Tauhara outage (inclusive
of pipework upgrade) and inventory related to TCC post
decommissioning.
Non-GAAP profit measure
1. All variances and commentary reflect movements in underlying performance. In FY25, reported results include a release of the AGSonerous contract provision of $98M pre-tax ($71M after tax). Underlying performance
excludes the impact of the provision release.
47
S&P Net Debt / EBITDAF ratio
FY26FY25FY24FY23FY22$M
Estimated
Actuals from S&P ratings report
Net Debt
3,0512,4491,9131,5561,099
Carrying value of borrowings
(90)(94)(41)(43)(55)
Fair value adjustments
18116514212053
Restoration and environmental provisions net
of tax
(238)(238)(113)(113)(113)
Hybrid bond credits
1
(766)(514)(146)(89)(4)
Accessible cash
2
2,1381,7681,7631,431980
S&P Adjusted Net Debt
EBITDAF
1,011774663573546
Reported EBITDAF (underlying)
-(15)---
Utilised AGS provision released
(3)(13)(6)(27)(9)
Realised gains/losses on market derivatives
75444
Share based compensation
1411---
Transaction costs related to the Manawa
acquisition
1,029762661551541
S&P Adjusted EBITDAF
2.12.32.72.61.8
Net debt/EBITDAF (x)
1. 50% equity credit for capital bonds. | 2. Cash less restricted cash held by Macquarie for ASX prudential.
•These calculations have been
provided as an illustration of
the adjustments made by
Contact’s ratings agency, S&P
Global, when assessing
Contact’s Net Debt/EBITDAF
ratio.
•Net Debt has been adjusted
from the financial statements
to include certain long-term
liabilities where S&P considers
these to have debt-like
characteristics.
•Adjusted EBITDAF reflects
S&P’s view of core operating
items (unrelated to investing
and financing).
S&P adjustments
48
Reconciliation of change in fair value of financial
instruments
DescriptionChangeFY25FY26
Realised /
unrealised
Change in fair value offinancial instruments $M
Realised gains or losses on the settlement of
electricity derivatives entered into to meet Contact’s
market making obligations
17(13)4
Realised(A) Net market making
Mark-to-market of open electricity derivatives in
future periods
224
Unrealised
Market making
NPV of the changes to the forecast forward
wholesale price path vs the wholesale path when
the contracts were agreed
(70)(7)(77)
NZAS long-term sale CFD
37(13)24
Kōwhai Park acquired PPA
66-66
Mercury CFD (Manawa)
Mark-to-market of open electricity / interest rate
derivatives in future periods
9(4)5
Other non-hedged movements
Contact recognises a share of the profit that joint
ventures make in the Income Statement. This is the
amount within their profit that relates to the joint
venture’s unrealised derivative movements.
(5)-(5)
Share of unrealised gains/(losses) from joint
ventures
39(22)17
Unrealised
(B) Unrealised movements in non-hedge effective
electricity derivatives
56(35)21
Realised
and
unrealised
Total change in fair value offinancial instruments
as per segment note (A+B)
Commercial hedges recognised in EBITDAF that do not qualify for hedge accounting
Financial contracts that hedge portfolio sales that
are settled in the period
(10)(5)(15)
Realised
Financial Transmission Rights (FTR) settlements
and Exchange for Physical (ASX)
Realised settlement (difference between the fixed
contract and spot settlement)
92(134)(42)
Net settlement of NZAS and Mercury contracts in
the period
5-5
Reclass share of unrealised gains/(losses) from joint
ventures to Statement of Comprehensive Income
143(174)(31)
Change in fair value of financial instruments as
per Income Statement
In the period, Contact acquired Manawa
Energy and all of its associated long-term
sales contracts. This included several major
contracts for difference (CFD) that are not
eligible for hedge accounting. The most
significant of these is the sale of electricity
to Mercury Energy.
As with Contact’s existing CFDs ineligible
for hedge accounting, movements in
expected wholesale prices, when
compared to forward wholesale prices
when the contracts were entered into,
drive changes in their recorded fair value.
These non-cash movements, which relate
to future periods, are recognised in the
current period in the change in fair value
of financial instruments line item. These
movements increase the volatility of
Contact’s reported Net Profit After Tax.
Fair value of financial instruments
49
Historical financial information
FY26
FY25FY24FY23
FY22Unit
ReportedUnderlying
2
ReportedUnderlying
2
ReportedUnderlying
2
3,2063,3062,8672,1182,387
$MRevenue
1
2,1952,4342,5322,1922,2041,6131,5001,820
$MExpenses
1
1,011872774675663460573546
$MEBITDAF
423331261235230127211182
$MProfit
648434424282330
$MOperating free cash flow
64.054.453.936.042.4
cpsOperating free cash flow per share
4039373535
cpsDividends declared
10,6616,8136,2085,8085,166
$MTotal assets
5,4324,0533,5893,0042,326
$MTotal liabilities
5,2292,7602,6192,8042,840
$MTotal equity
3747423628
%Gearing ratio
3
Historic performance
1.Revenue and expense figures align with the treatment of realised movements in financial instruments within the segment note of the financial statements. | 2.In FY23 Contact recognised a net onerous contract
provision expense for AGS of ($113M) within EBITDAF and ($84M) within profit. In FY24 Contact recognised a net movement in the AGS onerous contract provision of $12M within EBITDAF and $5M within profit. In
FY25, the release of the AGS onerous contract provision increased reported EBITDAF by $98M and profit by $71M. Underlying performance excludes these impacts. | 3. Gearing ratio is calculated as: Senior debt -
including finance lease liabilities / (Senior debt -including finance lease liabilities + Equity).
Note:From FY24 Contact no longer reports impairments and write-offs within EBITDAF. These are now reported separately to better reflect underlying performance. FY24 EBITDAF is stated excluding $50M of
write-offs and impairments. Previous years have not been restated (FY22 includes a $1.5M peaker write-off).
50
FY26FY25
Year ended 30 June 2026Year ended 30 June 2025
GWAPVolumeGWAPVolume
$M$/MWhGWh$M$/MWhGWhNote: this table has not been rounded andmight not add
657179 3,675601163 3,689Electricity sales to Retail segment
3311512,189208 1331,566Electricity sales to C&I (netback)
1,270920CfDs –Tiwai support sales
677411Tauhara PPAs
1,517-CfDs –Mercury
1
507394CfDs –Other Long term sales
1,6181,903CfDs and ASX -Short term sales
637114 5,589569157 3,629Electricity sales –CfDs
1,62414211,4541,3771558,883 Total contracted electricity sales
5 202475 21 229 Steam sales
2314Other income
2(12)Net income on gas sales
11-Irrigation net income
11Net income on electricity related services
374Net other income
1,66614211,701 1,386 1529,112 Total contracted revenue
(323)(32)10,175(389)(44)8,928Generation costs
2
(203)(134)1,512(122)(264)462 Acquired generation cost
(526)(45)11,687(511)(54)9,390Generation costs (including acquired generation)
824 8110,1861,742 1958,928Spot electricity revenue
117771,512 116252462 Settlement on acquired generation
9418011,6981,8581989,390 Spot revenue and settlement on acquired generation (GWAP)
(509)(87)(5,875)(1,143)(218)(5,255)Spot electricity cost
(427)(76)(5,589)(695)(191)(3,629)Settlement on CFDs sold
(936)(82)(11,464)(1,838)(207)(8,883)Spot purchases and settlement on CfDs sold (LWAP)
523420507 Trading, merchant revenue and losses
1,145895Wholesale EBITDAF
2
-98Onerous contract provision unwind
1,145994Wholesale EBITDAF reported
Wholesale segment
Segmental performance
1. Mercury volume included from 11 July 2025 (completion of Manawa acquisition). | 2. FY25 EBITDAF (underlying) excludes the release of the AGS onerous contract provision equated to
$98M.
51
FY26FY25FY24FY23
UnitResidential gas
FY26FY25FY24FY23
unitResidential electricity
71,53870,369
68,09266,605
#Average connections
414,387
401,332388,459380,482
#Average connections
1,5211,509
1,5841,504
TJSales volumes
2,871
2,8092,7982,688
GWhSales volumes
21.321.4
23.322.6
GJ per ICPAverage usage
6.9
7.07.27.1
MWh per ICPAverage usage
63.052.9
45.142.1
$/GJTariff
348.4
311.5287.9272.1
$/MWhTariff
-32.0-29.1
-24.5-22.9
$/GJNetwork, meters and levies
-163.4
-142.2-128.0-122.7
$/MWhNetwork, meters and levies
-17.0-11.0
-9.8-10.1
$/GJEnergy costs
-191.2
-174.5-158.8-138.6
$/MWhEnergy costs
1
-3.9-4.4
-3.1-4.2
$/GJCarbon costs
-6.2
-5.11.110.8
$/MWhGross margin
10.18.5
7.74.9
$/GJGross margin
-43
-36877
$ per ICPGross margin
215
182
181112
$ per ICPGross margin
-18
-14329
$MGross margin
1513
127
$MGross margin
FY26FY25FY24FY23
UnitSME gas
FY26FY25FY24FY23
UnitSME electricity
3,8722,662
2,9723,519
#Average connections39,893
41,65444,11346,962
#Average connections
2,721607
7941,063
TJSales volumes582
651754794
GWhSales volumes
703228
267302
GJ per ICPAverage usage
14.6
15.617.116.9
MWh per ICPAverage usage
37.638.5
31.025.2
$/GJTariff
355.4
313.4282.2259.3
$/MWhTariff
-10.4-13.9
-11.6-9.5
$/GJNetwork, meters and levies
-161.9
-132.9-118.3-117.0
$/MWhNetwork, meters and levies
-17.0-11.0
-9.8-10.1
$/GJEnergy costs-190.8
-174.5-157.3-138.6
$/MWhEnergy costs
1
-3.9-4.4
-3.1-4.2
$/GJCarbon costs
2.7
5.96.63.6
$/MWhGross margin
6.39.2
6.51.4
$/GJGross margin
40
9311262
$ per ICPGross margin
4,473
2,130
1,750412
$ per ICPGross margin
2
453
$MGross margin
186
51
$MGross margin
FY26FY25FY24FY23
Retail segment EBITDAF
FY26FY25FY24FY23
Unit
Telco
-16
-11832
$MElectricity Gross margin
136,730
116,70995,16879,057
#Average connections
33
18179
$MGas Gross Margin
71.4
72.171.869.6
$/cust/mthTariff
17
13106
$MTelco Margin
-61.2
-62.8-63.4-63.5
$/cust/mthNetwork, provisioning, modems
34
213547
$MTotal Gross Margin
10.3
9.38.46.2
$/cust/mthGross margin
3
479
$MOther net income
17
13106
$MGross margin
-78
-74-74-69
$MOther operating costs
-41
-49-32-14
$MRetail segment EBITDAF
-2.7%
-3.8%-2.6%-1.2%
%
EBITDAF margins (% of
revenue)
Retail segment
Segmentalperformance
1.Energy costs reflect electricity purchased from solar customers: $1.2M in FY24, $2.7M in FY25 and $3.2M in FY26.
---
Results announcement
(for Equity Security issuer/Equity and Debt Security issuer)
Results for announcement to the market
Name of issuer Contact Energy Limited
Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2026
Previous Reporting Period 12months to 30 June 2025
Currency NZD
Amount (000s) Percentage change
Revenue from continuing
operations
$3,242,490
-5.7%
Total Revenue $3,242,490 -5.7%
Net profit/(loss) from
continuing operations
$423,446 27.8%
Total net profit/(loss) $423,446 27.8%
Interim/Final Dividend
Amount per Quoted Equity
Security
$0.24000000
Imputed amount per Quoted
Equity Security
$0.07388889
Record Date 18/08/2026
Dividend Payment Date 23/09/2026
Current period Prior comparable period
Net tangible assets per
Quoted Equity Security (in
dollars and cents per
security)
$4.12 $2.87
A brief explanation of any of
the figures above necessary
to enable the figures to be
understood
Net tangible assets per Quoted Equity Security have increased
compared to prior period due to increase in tangible assets from
the acquisition of Manawa Energy Limited. Borrowings have
also increased compared to prior period.
Authority for this announcement
Name of person authorised
to make this announcement
Kirsten Clayton, General Counsel & Company Secretary
Contact person for this
announcement
Shelley Hollingsworth, Head of Strategy & Investor Relations
Contact phone number +64 27 227 2429
Contact email address investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz
Date of release through MAP
10/08/2026
Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.
---
Distribution Notice
Section 1: Issuer information
Name of issuer Contact Energy Limited
Financial product name/description Ordinary Shares
NZX ticker code CEN
ISIN (If unknown, check on NZX
website)
NZCEME0001S6
Type of distribution
(Please mark with an X in the
relevant box/es)
Full Year X Quarterly
Half Year Special
DRP applies X
Record date Tuesday, 18/08/2026
Ex-Date (one business day before the
Record Date)
Monday, 17/08/2026
Payment date (and allotment date for
DRP)
Wednesday, 23/09/2026
Total monies associated with the
distribution
1
$256,950,517
Source of distribution (for example,
retained earnings)
Operating Free Cash Flow
Currency NZD
Section 2: Distribution amounts per financial product
Gross distribution
2
$0.31388889
Gross taxable amount
3
$0.31388889
Total cash distribution
4
$0.24000000
Excluded amount (applicable to listed
PIEs)
N/A
Supplementary distribution amount $0.03352941
Section 3: Imputation credits and Resident Withholding Tax
5
Is the distribution imputed
Fully imputed
Partial imputation
No imputation
1
Continuous issuers should indicate that this is based on the number of units on issue at the date of the form
2
“Gross distribution” is the total cash distribution plus the amount of imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of
Resident Withholding Tax (RWT).
3
“Gross taxable amount” is the gross distribution minus any excluded income.
4
“Total cash distribution” is the cash distribution excluding imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of RWT.
This should include any excluded amounts, where applicable to listed PIEs.
5
The imputation credits plus the RWT amount is 33% of the gross taxable amount for the purposes of this form. If the distribution is
fully imputed the imputation credits will be 28% of the gross taxable amount with remaining 5% being RWT. This does not constitute
advice as to whether or not RWT needs to be withheld.
If fully or partially imputed, please
state imputation rate as % applied
6
24%
Imputation tax credits per financial
product
$0.07388889
Resident Withholding Tax per
financial product
$0.02969444
Section 4: Distribution re-investment plan (if applicable)
DRP % discount (if any)
2%
Start date and end date for
determining market price for DRP
Monday, 17/08/2026 Friday, 21/08/2026
Date strike price to be announced (if
not available at this time)
Tuesday, 25/08/2026
Specify source of financial products to
be issued under DRP programme
(new issue or to be bought on market)
New Issue
DRP strike price per financial product
Not available at this time.
Last date to submit a participation
notice for this distribution in
accordance with DRP participation
terms
Wednesday, 19 August 2026
Section 5: Authority for this announcement
Name of person authorised to make
this announcement
Kirsten Clayton, General Counsel & Company Secretary
Contact person for this
announcement
Shelley Hollingsworth, Head of Strategy & Investor
Relations
Contact phone number +64 27 227 2429
Contact email address investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz
Date of release through MAP Monday 10/08/2026
6
Calculated as (imputation credits/gross taxable amount) x 100. Fully imputed dividends will be 28% as a % rate applied.
---
Bold Decisions
Accelerated Investment
Continued Growth
INTEGRATED REPORT
2026
Leading New Zealand’s
Renewable Energy Future
Sandra Dodds
Chair, Audit and Risk Committee
Robert McDonald
Chair
Cover: Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1.
Ranie Lopez, Health Safety & Wellbeing Supervisor
and Jude Murdock, Planner/Schedular.
Most Contact Energy shareholders receive
digital reports. However, we have printed
700 reports using environmentally
responsible paper and inks.
Our Chair, Robert McDonald,
and our directors will host
shareholders at the Contact
Energy Annual Shareholder
Meeting (ASM) in Wellington,
on 16 September 2026.
Shareholders will be given
notice of the meeting in
August 2026.
We are listed on both the NZX and ASX.
About this Report
Nau mai, haere mai. Welcome to our 2026 Integrated Report.
This report explains how Contact
Energy creates value over time.
It sets out how we have delivered
the Contact26 strategy and our
goal to lead the decarbonisation
of Aotearoa New Zealand.
Five years on, we have made strong
progress. In this past year, 98 percent
of the energy Contact generated was
f rom renewable sources. This year
has been marked by bold decisions,
accelerated investment and
continued growth.
Our CEO, Mike Fuge, and our Board
confirm that this report provides
a true and accurate record of how
Contact has created value for
shareholders over the year to
30 June 2026.
Alongside this report, our Climate
Statement 2026 outlines how we
manage climate-related risks and
opportunities.
This report follows the principles of
the Integrated Reporting Framework.
It reflects how we think about long-
term value, guided by Contact26,
and looking ahead to our Contact31+
strategy.
We apply both Global Reporting
Initiative (GRI) standards and
the Integrated Reporting (IR)
Framework to provide transparency
on material environmental, social
and governance activities, and to
present a balanced assessment of
our performance.
Our Integrated Report is published
annually and covers both our
financial and sustainability reporting.
Our 2026 Integrated Report covers
the period f rom 1 July 2025 to
30 June 2026. This report is dated
10 August 2026 and is signed on
behalf of the Board of Directors of
Contact Energy.
We’re proud of our Contact story,
and proud of our continued journey
towards a renewable energy future.
For our people, customers, investors,
communities, tangata whenua,
suppliers, partners, regulators,
policy makers, and the people who
call Aotearoa New Zealand home –
this is for you.
Contents
9
40
58
66
93
126
Enabling our
strategy
About us
Governance
matters
Financial
statements
GRI and Climate
Statement directories
Our vision2
Letter from our Chair – Robert McDonald4
Letter from our CEO – Mike Fuge6
Our story: This is Contact9
Grow demand20
Grow renewable development24
Decarbonise our portfolio27
Create outstanding customer experiences33
Financial performance37
Enabling our strategy40
Environment, social and governance (ESG)41
Transformative ways of working50
Operational excellence54
About us58
Our Board59
Our leadership team60
Senior leaders61
External influences62
Creating value63
Our supply chain65
Governance matters66
Remuneration report71
Statutory disclosures84
Financial statements93
Combined Independent Auditor’s
and Limited Assurance Report
120
Glossary124
Te Reo Māori glossary125
GRI and Climate Statement directories126
Corporate directory135
Our story:
This is Contact
Bold Decisions
Accelerated Investment
Continued Growth
Contact Integrated Report 2026
Lake Matahina, Bay of Plenty.
Our Vision
Lake Mangamahoe, Taranaki.
Our vision is to lead New Zealand’s
renewable energy future.
Today 98 percent of the electricity
we generate is from sustainable,
renewable sources.
2
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Pātea Power Station, Taranaki.
Roxburgh Power Station, Otago.
Coleridge Power Station, Canterbury.
Clyde Power Station, Otago.
Cobb Power Station, Upper Tākaka.
Tauhara Power Station, Taupō.
Hinemaiaia A Dam, Taupō.
Te Mihi Power Station, Taupō.Lake Matahina Dam, Bay of Plenty.Te Huka 3 Power Station, Taupō.Mangorei Power Station, Taranaki.
Kaimai Power Station, Bay of Plenty.
3
Letter from
our Chair
Tēnā koutou,
It is my pleasure to present
Contact’s Integrated Report
for 2026.
As I write my final letter as Chair,
I find myself reflecting on how
significantly this company has
evolved over the past decade.
When I joined the Board, Contact
was already an important part of
New Zealand’s energy sector.
Today, it is a fundamentally
different company. We are one
defined by ambition, execution
and a clear sense of purpose.
We have transformed our generation
portfolio, reshaped our strategy,
and established ourselves as a
leader in New Zealand’s renewable
energy future. Most importantly,
we’ve demonstrated an ability to
turn ambition into delivery.
This year has been characterised
by bold decisions, accelerated
investment and continued growth.
Those themes are evident
throughout this report and across
every aspect of our business.
They reflect a company that has
remained focused on long-term
value creation while navigating a
rapidly changing energy landscape.
Five years ago, we launched
Contact26 with a vision to lead the
decarbonisation of New Zealand.
Today, as we reach the end of that
strategy period, we can be proud
of what has been achieved.
In this past year, Contact generated
98 percent of its electricity f rom
renewable sources, a remarkable
transformation. Major investments
in geothermal, solar, battery
storage and hydro generation have
strengthened our portfolio and
positioned us to meet New Zealand’s
growing demand for clean electricity.
The significance of this progress
extends beyond Contact.
Electricity will play an increasingly
important role in New Zealand’s
future prosperity. The electrification
of industry, transport and
communities represents one of
the country’s greatest economic
opportunities. As demand for
renewable energy increases,
Contact’s role is becoming more
important than ever. Reliable,
affordable and sustainable electricity
is essential to economic growth,
energy security and decarbonisation.
Our Board remains confident in the
future because we have continued
to invest ahead of demand. We have
taken decisions that strengthen
Contact’s long-term competitiveness
while supporting New Zealand’s
transition to a lower emissions
economy. Projects such as Tauhara,
Te Mihi Stage 2, Kōwhai Park
solar farm and grid-scale battery
developments demonstrate both
the scale of our ambition and our
confidence in the future.
Robert McDonald
Chair Contact Energy
4
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
The successful integration of Manawa
Energy has also strengthened
Contact’s position. While the
acquisition expanded the scale and
diversity of our renewable portfolio,
the benefits realised have exceeded
expectations. Together, the combined
portfolio provides greater flexibility,
resilience and opportunities for
future growth.
Strong financial performance enables
these investments. Maintaining
a disciplined approach to capital
allocation remains a priority for the
Board. Our responsibility is not only to
deliver returns today but also to ensure
Contact is well positioned for future
generations. The investments we are
making now will support sustainable
shareholder value while delivering
wider benefits for customers,
communities and New Zealand.
Alongside growth and investment,
we remain conscious of the
responsibilities that come with being
one of New Zealand’s leading energy
companies.
Energy affordability, customer
wellbeing, environmental
stewardship and strong relationships
with tangata whenua and
communities continue to shape
Board discussions and decision-
making. The expectations placed
on companies have never been
higher. Creating long-term value
requires balancing commercial
success with social and
environmental responsibility.
We believe those objectives are
mutually reinforcing, not competing
priorities.
This report also marks a leadership
transition for Contact. As I prepare
to step down as Chair, I do so with
enormous confidence in the
company. Contact has an
experienced Board, a highly capable
leadership team and more than
1,400 talented people who continue
to deliver exceptional outcomes for
customers – and shareholders.
I want to personally acknowledge the
contribution of my fellow directors,
our Chief Executive Mike Fuge and
the leadership team. The progress
outlined in this report reflects years of
dedication, expertise and hard work.
What excites me most is that
Contact’s story is still being written.
The achievements of Contact26
provide a strong foundation, but
the opportunities ahead are greater.
New Zealand’s renewable energy
transition is no longer a future
aspiration. It is underway. Contact is
helping lead that transition, and our
next strategy, Contact31+, provides a
clear path to continue creating value
for shareholders and for the country.
It has been a privilege to serve as
Chair. And I share a warm welcome
to our new Chair, Jon Macdonald.
Thank you for your continued
support of Contact as we build a
better, cleaner and more prosperous
New Zealand.
Ngā mihi nui,
Robert McDonald
Board Chair
Pictures from left to right: The official opening of Glenbrook Ohurua Battery, on site at Kōwhai Park solar farm, on site at Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1, Battery opening address in May 2026.
The expectations placed on
companies have never been
higher. Creating long-term
value requires balancing
commercial success with
social and environmental
responsibility.
Robert McDonald
Chair Contact Energy
5
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Mike Fuge
CEO Contact Energy
Letter from
our CEO
Tēnā koutou,
Five years ago, we committed
to being a leader in the
decarbonisation of
New Zealand.
Our strategy to grow demand, grow
renewable development, decarbonise
our portfolio and create outstanding
customer experiences has served
us well. And we have delivered on
our promise.
This Integrated Report captures our
Contact26 achievements. We’re now
supplying renewable energy to some
of the country’s leading industrials.
We have brought 1.9TWh of new
energy to the market. We’ve reduced
our emissions by closing all baseload
thermal generation. And we’ve seen
significant growth in the numbers of
everyday Kiwis who chose to connect
their homes with us.
Across the electricity industry,
the momentum behind renewable
energy investment is now flowing
through to lower future wholesale
prices. That matters. It moves
New Zealand closer to energy
independence. It gives our businesses,
industries and wider economy a
stronger competitive edge.
Through investment, we are helping
build long-term economic value for
New Zealand.
Financial performance
Today, with the acquisition of
Manawa we are a bigger company,
adding 2.4TWh of renewable output,
including f rom Power Purchase
Agreements in the past year.
Contact’s total generation for
the FY26 period was 10.2TWh.
Our strong FY26 performance and
generation growth reflect both
the completion of the Manawa
integration and the impact of our
ongoing renewable investments.
In FY26 we have reported a net
profit of $423 million and operating
earnings (EBITDAF) of $1,011 million.
This result was underpinned by a
significant lift in renewable energy
generation, with 98 percent of the
energy generated being renewable
this financial year.
In FY26, we will deliver investors a
40 cents per share annual dividend,
up three percent f rom FY25.
Strategy
We launched Contact26 in the
pandemic. It was, a bold strategy
that began when our world was
locked down and our home became
our everything.
Since then, we’ve brought 1.9TWh
of new energy to the market, built
two new geothermal plants together
powering the equivalent of 260,000
Kiwi households, brought our first
grid-scale battery online and our
first solar farm, Kōwhai Park,
has started commissioning.
6
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
We successfully completed the
country’s biggest energy-generation
acquisition in purchasing Manawa
Energy, and we have proactively
decarbonised our portfolio. All this
while ensuring an orderly, systematic
energy transition amid the rapid
decline in the upstream gas market.
Contact26 was supported by our
focus on environment, social and
governance (ESG) leadership.
We want to make things better for
future generations, and that means
creating long-term value, sustainably.
For the fifth consecutive year,
Contact is in the Dow Jones
Sustainability Index, now the Dow
Jones Best in Class Asia Pacific
Index (DJBIC). We’re proud of the
meaningful progress we’ve made
towards reducing our environmental
impact, support of communities and
helping New Zealand transition to a
renewable energy future.
In November 2025 we unveiled
Contact31+ to the market, our
strategy for the next five years.
Our ambition is to lead New Zealand’s
renewable energy future, creating
long-term value for our customers,
communities, and our shareholders.
We will do this by:
+ Extending our advantage as
New Zealand’s geothermal leader
+ Leading on new flexibility
+ Building into new demand with
wind and solar
+ And leading the energy transition
at home.
This will be enabled by empowering
our people and our leaders, growing
relationships with our stakeholders,
leveraging technology and continual
focus on productivity and operational
excellence.
Grow demand
In August 2025, we signed two new
agreements with NZ Steel. This extends
our long-term partnership and
continues our shared commitment
to New Zealand’s renewable energy
future. This latest 50MW demand
flexibility agreement will reduce
demand f rom the energy system in
peak winter periods so electricity can
be directed where it is needed most.
We have also leased additional
land f rom NZ Steel next to our new
100MW Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1
grid-scale battery, where we have
started construction on an additional
200MW battery at the site.
Contact and Rio Tinto signed a
letter of intent in May that will
support new generation and grow
demand. This supports the restart
of the idle fourth potline at the
New Zealand Aluminium Smelter
at Tiwai. Under the proposal,
the smelter could underpin the
development of our consented
Southland Wind Farm.
The dairy industry is a significant
contributor to our economy and
we’re proud to play our part in
electrifying the sector.
Our partnership with Fonterra,
the country’s largest dairy company,
shows what can be achieved in
collaboration for good. We have
been working together to electrify
Fonterra’s Whareroa dairy factory in
Taranaki. And we are now discussing
the electrification of other factories.
Meanwhile, dairy company Synlait
will buy 25 percent of the energy
generated f rom our new Kōwhai Park
solar farm.
An important part of our role in
building a better, cleaner and more
sustainable country in the energy
transition is working alongside
businesses and government as
they transition to renewable energy.
Last September we signed an
agreement with government to
supply gas to schools, hospitals
and other public services.
Grow renewable development
Contact has, in the past four years,
committed more than $2.4 billion to
renewable energy projects. We now
have an 11TWh development pipeline
across wind, solar and geothermal as
well as 700MW of grid-scale battery
options.
In Taupō, in April, we started a
$30 million drilling programme to
advance steamfield development for
the proposed Tauhara 2 geothermal
plant. And Te Mihi 2, our staged
replacement of the iconic Wairākei
geothermal power station, is a year
into construction. This $712 million
inf rastructure project will generate
enough renewable electricity to
power the equivalent of 120,000 homes.
We are delighted our first solar farm,
Kōwhai Park, in partnership with
Lightsource bp, has started
commissioning and will be online
at the end of 2026. Our second solar
farm under this partnership is at
Glorit, on the Kaipara Coast near
Auckland. This site is also consented
for a DC-coupled battery enabling
solar energy to be stored and
despatched when needed.
Our Southland Wind Farm is a crucial
project to enhance energy security
for all New Zealanders, benefiting
the households and industries that
drive our economy and support our
communities. It was pleasing to get
consent in May 2026. Our first wind
farm project will help unlock new
renewable generation and regional
economic growth.
Decarbonise our portfolio
In May, our first grid-scale battery
at Glenbrook Ohurua 1 was officially
opened by the Prime Minister,
Rt Hon. Christopher Luxon.
This 100MW battery is more than new
inf rastructure. It represents a shift in
how we power New Zealand’s future.
As we move toward a highly
renewable system, flexibility f rom
assets like these batteries support
I have huge aspirations
for New Zealand and for
the part the renewable
energy economy can play
in powering manufacturing
and growing the country’s
export earnings.
Mike Fuge
Chief Executive Officer
7
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
energy security when the sun doesn’t
shine and the wind doesn’t blow.
It also reduces exposure to global
energy shocks and builds a more
independent energy system for
New Zealand.
We are well underway with our
Glenbrook Ohurua battery 2.
It will provide an additional 200MW
of energy storage and flexibility
to the country’s energy system.
It was a poignant day in January 2026,
when after 30 years in operation,
we began decommissioning our
Taranaki Combined Cycle thermal
generation plant. Our long-term
plan to retire this plant has been
done systematically, and last year, to
support energy security, we kept TCC
available, should the energy system
have needed it during the transition.
Create outstanding customer
experiences
We work hard to ensure the
renewable energy transition remains
as affordable as possible for Kiwi
households.
New Zealanders continue to make
competitive choices with our Good
Plans, with more than a third of our
customers taking advantage of these
options that offer f ree or discounted
power in return for shifting use to off
peak. Since launching in August 2021,
customers have benefited f rom more
than 403 million hours of f ree power.
We now have more than 690,000
customer connections across
electricity, gas, broadband and
mobile. Our focus on multi-product
customer growth saw an increase
of around 15,000 compared to FY25.
Doing the right thing by the most
vulnerable, is important to us.
Last winter, we quietly launched
The Good Initiative, a $5 million
annual fund to support communities
and customers in need. In its first
year, this grassroots programme has
partnered with 60 agencies covering
the cost of energy and provided more
than 23,000 instances of support to
New Zealand households. The Good
Initiative funding increases to
$7.5 million in FY27.
Our people
Contact has 1,400 team members
who come to work every day
passionate about the role they play in
leading the renewable energy future
for New Zealand. Heartland people,
our team works hard to generate and
deliver the electricity that keeps our
country moving.
In the second half of 2025 we brought
together the best of Manawa and
Contact, and we now operate
as one brand. Six months after the
change our employee engagement
score increased to 8 out of 10, up f rom
7.5 the previous year.
As part of Contact31+, we have
ref reshed our values to reflect the
way we need to operate and deliver
on our new strategy.
We’re playing our part in building a
more diverse future energy workforce
through our early careers programme.
We were awarded Best Diversity
and Inclusion Strategy f rom the
NZ Association of Graduate Employers,
and we continue to rank NZ’s number
one graduate employer in the energy
and utilities sector. Importantly,
applications f rom women, Māori and
Pasifika graduates have increased
significantly over the past two years.
The future
As an industry, we’re developing
renewable generation at the fastest
rate in New Zealand’s history.
Over the past five years, Contact
alone has committed more than
$2.4 billion to geothermal, batteries
and solar. And we are only just
getting started.
The New Zealand renewable energy
system has so much latent potential.
I have huge aspirations for
New Zealand and for the part the
renewable energy economy can play
in powering manufacturing and
growing the country’s export earnings.
Finally, I would like to thank our Chair
Rob McDonald, for his governance,
wisdom and leadership over the last
decade. I personally have deeply
appreciated his wise counsel,
strong challenge and unflappable
demeanour through challenging
times as the company has led the
New Zealand electricity market’s
transition away f rom fossil fuels.
And to all our people, thank you for
your extraordinary work. I am proud
of you, and all that you have delivered.
Ngā mihi nui,
Mike Fuge
Chief Executive Officer
8
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Our Story:
This is Contact
Te Mihi Power Station, Taupō.
9
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Our operations
1,421
*
employees
FY25 1,249
59k
shareholders
FY25 54k
+
29
Customer Net Promoter
Score (Contact only)
FY25 +28
40c
per share dividend
FY25 39c
98%
renewable generation
FY25 88%
$119m
tax paid
FY25 $106m
$1.89m
spent in communities
(Contact only)
FY25 $1.3m
98.6%
gender pay equity
FY25 98.4%
0
tier 1 process
safety incidents
(Contact only)
FY25 0
11.5TWh
contracted electricity
sales (GXP vol)
FY25 9TWh
$5.2b
net assets
FY25 $2.8b
317k
tCO
2
e Scope 1
Group emissions
FY25 740k
* Includes Western Energy employees.
10
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Total non-renewable generation
0.2TWh
Total renewable generation
9.9TWh
*Our capacity numbers are net capacity. **Based on EMI data for generation by the market. ***Excluding Clyde and Roxburgh.
Te Mihi (155 MW)
Wairākei (124 MW)
Poihipi (53 MW)
Ohaaki (41 MW)
Te Huka (27 MW)
Te Huka 3 (51 MW)
Tauhara (174 MW)
1,384
1,062
376
316
206
309
1,261
Geothermal4,914(GWh)
5,033(GWh)Hydro
Roxburgh (320 MW)
Bay of Plenty (119 MW)
Canterbury (70 MW)
Tasman/Marlborough (46 MW)
Taupō/Hawkes Bay (37 MW)
Ruapehu (13 MW) 54
West Coast (18 MW) 68
Mangahao (40 MW) 78
Taranaki (41 MW) 118
Otago*** (111 MW) 136
Clyde (464 MW)
1,979
147
1,480
510
270
196
144
Stratford – CCGT (377 MW)
Other – Bream bay
and Whirinaki (165 MW) 0.46
Stratford –
Peakers (202 MW) 81
Thermal229(GWh)
10.2TWh
total generated
2026 generation output
by type of generation*
This graph shows the relative size of
generation output from each station
during the FY26 year.
of the country’s electricity
generation**
24.30 percent
Renewable output acquired
under Power Purchase
Agreements
0.8TWh
Total Volume of electricity
shifted by Glenbrook Ohurua
Battery 1 in Q4 FY26
11GWh
11TWh total output including electricity acquired under
renewable Power Purchase Agreements.
11
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Dunedin
Kōwhai Park
Roxburgh
Clyde
Lake Hāwea
Wellington/Simply Energy
Levin
Auckland
Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 2
(under construction)
Glorit
(under construction)
Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1
Whirinaki
Simply Energy
Tauhara
Te Huka 1 & 2, Te Huka 3
Ohaaki
Te Mihi Stage 2
(under construction)
Te Mihi
Taupō
Wairākei
Poihipi
Stratford
Wheao/Flaxy
Mangahao
Arnold
Branch
Bream Bay
Cobb
Coleridge
Christchurch
Tauranga
Deep Stream
Esk
Highbank
Kaimai
Kaniere Forks/McKays Creek
Dillmans
Mangorei
Matahina
Motukawa
Paerau/Patearoa
Pātea
Wahapo
Waihopai
Waipori
Kuratau
Wairere
Piriaka
Mokauiti
Key
Thermal
power station site
Battery storage
Hydro
power station site
Geothermal
power station site
SolarStorage lake
Western Energy
Offices and
call centres
Hinemaiaia
Our diverse and resilient portfolio
Contact’s balanced portfolio of hydro, geothermal, thermal, solar and
battery storage assets provide the flexibility, resilience and reliability
needed to power today and enables our ambition to lead New Zealand’s
renewable energy future.
Battery storage site
1
26
Hydro sites
*
Geothermal sites6
2
Solar farm sites
**
3
Thermal sites
Site counts represent physical locations with generation
assets, flexible storage assets or assets under construction.
The map includes associated facilities, development
projects and supporting infrastructure. Multiple assets/
power stations within a single scheme or location are
counted as one site.
* Our acquisition of Manawa Energy in 2025 tripled our
generation stations, giving us a balanced portfolio of
geographically diverse hydro generation spanning the
North and South Islands.
** Contact’s solar developments are owned and operated
through a 50:50 joint venture with Lightsource bp.
12
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Our connections
Connections by product type
**
Volume sold to customers
*
Connections by account type
647k
599k
53k***
47k
ResidentialBusiness
79k
73k
148k
124k
473k
449k
ElectricityNatural gasTelco
700k
total customer connections
at 30 June 2026
645k at 30 June 2025
2026
2025
2.1
Electricity TWhNatural gas PJ
4.2
5.9
5.3
* Relates only to volume sold to retail and commercial
industrial customers.
** These connection figures include Simply Energy
connections.
*** This includes Simply Energy connections.
13
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Our strategic focus
New Zealand’s renewable
energy economy is taking
shape, and at Contact we
are ready to help lead it.
We launched Contact26 in the
pandemic – a bold strategy that began
when our world was locked down –
and home became our everything.
Through Contact26 we set out to
be a leader in the decarbonisation
of New Zealand, growing demand,
building renewables, decarbonising
our portfolio and creating outstanding
customer experiences.
This report sets out how we have
achieved this strategy in the five years
since its inception. We are proud to
say that 98 percent of the energy we
generated this past year was f rom
renewable sources, and Contact’s
enterprise value has grown f rom
$6 billion to around $12 billion.
As we look to our future, we’ve
launched Contact31+, with the equally
bold mission to lead the renewable
energy future of New Zealand.
Contact31+ is our roadmap for the
next five years, delivering long-term
impacts and a legacy stretching far
beyond that horizon.
The four pillars of Contact31+ are clear:
extend our advantage as New Zealand’s
geothermal leader, lead on new
flexibility, build into new demand with
wind and solar, and lead the energy
transition at home. Together, these
pillars reflect where we can make the
greatest contribution to Aotearoa New
Zealand, and where we see the greatest
opportunity to create long-term value.
But back to Contact26. After five
years and a series of bold decisions
to accelerate investment, we have
delivered. We have brought 1.9TWh
of new energy to the market, built
two new geothermal power stations
that together power the equivalent
of 260,000 Kiwi households, brought
our first grid-scale battery online at
Glenbrook Ohurua, and our first solar
farm, Kōwhai Park in partnership with
Lightsource bp, is in commissioning
and will be online by the end of Q1 FY27.
We completed New Zealand’s biggest
energy-generation acquisition in
purchasing Manawa Energy, tripling
the number of generation stations
in our care, and giving us a balanced
portfolio of geographically diverse
hydro generation spanning the
North and South Islands. In FY26
we generated 5TWh f rom hydro,
up f rom 3.3TWh in FY25.
And over the past five years, we
have proactively and systematically
decarbonised our portfolio.
All this has taken place as New Zealand
undergoes its own energy transition.
Demand for electrification is building,
new sources of load are emerging,
and the electricity system is becoming
increasingly renewable.
There’s been plenty of progress.
There’s more to come as the industry
continues to invest in system security,
flexibility and firming. To help
accelerate and take advantage
of this growth, in February 2026
Contact raised $575 million in
equity f rom institutional and retail
shareholders.
Our ambition is clear: to lead
New Zealand’s renewable energy
future. This future will require
investment at scale, disciplined
execution and the ability to
balance affordability, reliability
and sustainability as customer
and system needs evolve.
Contact31+ provides a clear
f ramework for the next phase of
delivery. We’re looking forward to
the part we’ll play in building the
renewable energy economy so all
New Zealanders can have the best
chance to thrive and flourish.
Tauhara geothermal power station, Taupō.
14
2026
14
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
The Contact26 strategy
Leading New Zealand’s decarbonisation
Themes
Enablers
Grow demand
Growing demand for
New Zealand’s renewable
electricity in a range of ways.
Grow renewable
development
Developing new, renewable
electricity generation as the market
evolves.
Create outstanding
customer experiences
We create outstanding customer
experiences as we build
New Zealand’s leading energy
and services brand to meet more
of our customers’ needs.
Decarbonise
our portfolio
Decarbonising our portfolio of
generation assets (and the New Zealand
electricity market) via an orderly
transition to renewable generation
(managing the balance between
continued security of supply, minimal
emissions, and affordability).
Environment,
social, governance (ESG)
• Create long-term value through our strong
performance across a broad set of ESG factors.
Operational
excellence
• Use innovation to continue to improve business efficiency
• Prudent management of stay-in-business capital
expenditure to deliver value
• Capture economies of scale and further digitise our business.
Transformative
ways of working (TWoW)
• Use technology to modernise our operating model
• Increase employee engagement to attract and
retain talent.
This will be underpinned by three key enablers
15
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
As we look to close out Contact26 and enter Contact31+,
we assess and review our strategic targets.
Contact26 targets
Strategic pillarStatus/achievement
1. Based on expected normalised and expected generation in FY27.
Excludes renewable PPAs.
2. This figure assumes mean hydro conditions and is net of in-year
forestry units expected to be received f rom Drylandcarbon One
Limited Partnership and Forest Partners Limited Partnership
(~79k units in FY27). This is consistent with the approach used
to set the target in 2023. Forecast units received are based on
current information and may fluctuate based on climate
conditions and/or regulatory updates.
3. Excludes Simply Energy connections.
4. Total retail operating costs (direct and indirect)/closing
connections. Excludes customer acquisition costs.
5. As measured by Kantar Better Futures survey.
258MW of new demand online
171MW of demand flex and demand response
online with another 35MW contracted
CO
2
project under development
Grow demand
• Facilitate 100MW of new demand.
• Reach 100MW total demand flex and start
pivoting to demand response.
• New green chemical channel established
contributing incremental EBITDAF.
FY27 targets (reset 2023)
11TWh mean renewable generation achieved
through new build and acquired hydro
1
Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1 online Q1 CY26
Grow renewable
development
• Grow to 10.3TWh p.a. of renewable assets f rom
geothermal new build, solar and wind.
• 100MW Battery 1 operational.
• Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions run rate of ~300kt
CO
2
e, putting us well on track to our 2035 net zero
commitment.
• Renewable flexibility strategy to reduce reliance
on thermal peaking.
~272ktCO
2
Scope 1 & 2 net run rate
2
Addition of Manawa hydro,
Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1 online and
Battery 2 under construction. Contact31+ strategy
Decarbonise
our portfolio
Greater than 690k connections
3
CTS $85/connection in FY26
3
FY26 telco EBITDAF >10x FY23
Not able to be measured due to change in
external survey methodology
Create
outstanding
customer
experiences
• Greater than 685k connections.
• CTS at global benchmark of <$80/connection.
4
• Grow EBITDAF contribution f rom non-energy
lines of business by 3x.
• Top quartile NZ Business for Sustainability survey
5
and most Trusted Energy brand.
Complete/on-track
Minor delay and/or cost increase
Major delay and/or cost increase
16
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Underpinned by continued operational excellence across our diverse and resilient portfolio
Our strategy
Leading New Zealand’s renewable energy future
Strategic pillars
Enablers
Values
Extend our advantage
as New Zealand’s
geothermal leader
Scale on high-quality existing fields,
explore new options, and continue to
improve our cost-leadership position .
Lead on new flexibility
in New Zealand
Accelerate batteries, build advantage
in hydro flex and maintain gas flex,
optimising our portfolio in real time .
Lead the energy
transition at home
Empower our customers to shift
energy use, while making every
interaction easy and personal.
Build into new demand
with wind and solar
Deliver lowest-cost diversified wind
and rapidly deploy solar, anchored
on long-term industrial partnerships .
Empowered
people and leaders
Unite our people behind Contact31+
and develop New Zealand’s best
energy leaders .
Tech advantage
Establish a distinctive edge in data
and AI on a simplified and secure
technology platform .
Productivity
Drive disciplined growth by
simplifying processes and
deploying automation .
Relationships with
our stakeholders
Maintain enduring trust with
stakeholders, investing for secure,
affordable renewable energy while
upholding our environmental
commitment .
+
Introduced in November 2025, Contact31+ defines our strategic direction out to 2031 and beyond. It builds on the foundations
of Contact26 to create long-term value for customers, communities, shareholders and to lead New Zealand’s renewable
energy future.
Own the
future
Brave
humility
Performance
edge
Underpinned by continued operational excellence across our deverse and resilient portfolio
17
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
targets
Strategic pillar
Headline 2031 targetsDetailed 2031 targets
Financial targets
1. Each final investment decision to be considered in isolation with all information available at the
time. Pending appropriate market conditions and projects meeting returns thresholds. Targets
by technology include projects under construction but yet to be delivered at the introduction of
Contact31+ i.e. Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal, Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1 and Kōwhai Park solar.
2. In-year FY31 EBITDAF target $1.2–$1.3B.
3. All future dividend decisions are at the discretion of the Board at the time.
4. Cost-to-serve per customer (real 2026). Target rebaselined to include all indirect retail opex other
than cost to acquire (previous method did not include all indirect costs allocated f rom corporate).
Will be measured excluding any Software as a Service implementation costs associated with investment
in future retail platform. This differs f rom $/connection previously measured under Contact26.
+
Leading New Zealand’s
renewable energy future
Extend our
advantage as
New Zealand’s
geothermal leader
$1.3–1.4B EBITDAF
FULLY-RAMPED ON EXIT
2
250MW+ geothermal
DELIVERED/COMMITTED
• Tauhara 2 delivered
1
• Te Mihi Stage 3 on track (for delivery FY32)
1
• FID on Tauhara 3
1
• 50+ MW greenfield options
Lead on new
flexibility in
New Zealand
+300bps Return on
Invested Capital
VERSUS HISTORICAL
500MW batteries
ONLINE
• 500MW online with a further 500MW
consented
1
• Long-term renewable flex options developed
• FY31+ peaking strategy developed
Lead the energy
transition at
home
$115 per customer
RETAIL COST-TO-SERVE
4
• All customers live on new platform
• 65MW retail demand flex under
management
• $90 per customer retail cost-to-serve
4
$115 per customer
RETAIL COST-TO-SERVE
4
Build into new
demand with
wind and solar
>50cps
DIVIDEND
3
• 1+ TWh industrial energy demand electrified
• 500+ MW wind delivered or committed
1
• 450MWac solar delivered
1
500MW+ wind
DELIVERED/COMMITTED
450MWac solar
DELIVERED
As with Contact26, Contact31+ includes clear strategic targets against which
we will measure the success of our performance. These are outlined below.
18
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Manawa Energy Purchase
Contact’s purchase of Manawa Energy was an important step
in supporting New Zealand’s renewable energy transition.
The two hydro portfolios are
complementary. They have improved
resilience and diversification,
unlocked the ability to contract more
sales f rom existing generation and
strengthened our ability to manage
dry-year risk.
We have reduced duplication,
improved the value of the combined
business, and achieved targeted
cost synergies of $28 million on an
exit run rate basis.
Our renewable development pipeline
and capability is now stronger, with
several of Manawa’s development
options among Contact’s most
compelling.
From a people perspective, we have
brought together the best of both
organisations and operate as one
team. We worked with Tauranga-
based hapū Ngāti Hangarau to return
the gifted Manawa name and mauri
stone, with great respect to the history
of the taonga. We now operate as a
single brand and organisation.
Through this integration, our people
continued to deliver on the Contact26
strategy, and the commitments made
in the acquisition business case.
Our acquisition of Manawa was
recognised by the Institute of Finance
Professionals NZ (INFINZ) in 2026,
receiving the M&A Transaction of the
Year Award.
Cobb Reservoir, Tasman.
19
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Grow demand
Wairākei Geothermal plant, Taupō.
In this section
New deals with NZ Steel
Southland economy benefits
from NZAS partnership
Electrifying New Zealand’s
dairy sector
Gas for government, schools
and hospitals
Dairy factories powered by
the sun
20
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Grow
demand
Even before the rapid
decline in upstream local
gas supply, New Zealand
had reached a milestone
in the transition to a low-
carbon energy future.
98 percent of the energy
Contact generated this
year was renewable.
That’s a direct result of our investment
in new geothermal and solar projects,
and the diversity of our 26 hydro sites
across New Zealand following the
Manawa acquisition.
We’re deepening our partnerships
with businesses, industries, and
government as they too transition
to renewable electricity.
In metal processing, we have new
long-term supply agreements with
our long-standing partners NZ Steel
and NZ Aluminium Smelter (NZAS).
In the dairy sector, we’re working with
Fonterra, Open Country and Synlait
as they electrify. And we’re walking
alongside government agencies to
support their transition away f rom
gas in a planned and orderly way.
New deals with
NZ Steel
Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition
Contact’s long-term
partnership with NZ Steel saw
us sign two new agreements
in August 2025, continuing
our shared commitment to
New Zealand’s renewable
energy future.
The first is an 11-year 50MW electricity
supply agreement to cover periods
of higher production f rom NZ Steel’s
new electric arc furnace, connected
in December 2025.
This new agreement mirrors the
30MW deal reached in 2023, giving
NZ Steel long-term renewable
energy supply for the ongoing
operation of its wider business.
Through demand flexibility, it helps
reduce demand f rom the energy
system in peak winter periods so
electricity can be directed where
it is needed most.
The second agreement is a lease
for land adjacent to the current
100MW Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1,
where we’re building a second larger
200MW grid scale battery (read more
in Decarbonise our portfolio).
These long-term, flexible electricity
supply solutions work for a wide
range of customers. They provide
reliable, renewable energy and
support security of supply.
New Zealand Steel plant at Glenbrook, Auckland.
21
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
New Zealand Aluminium Smelter at Tiwai, Southland.
Southland
economy benefits
from NZAS
partnership
Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition
Contact and Rio Tinto signed
a Letter of Intent in May
to support restarting the
idle Line 4 potline at the
New Zealand Aluminium
Smelter at Tīwai. This has
the potential to both grow
demand and support new
renewable energy.
Under the proposal, the smelter
would become a long-term customer
underpinning Contact’s recently
consented Southland Wind Farm
(see Grow renewable development).
This shows how industry and
renewable energy can work together
to deliver long-term benefits for
both Southland and New Zealand.
Line 4 at Tīwai Point has been idle
since 2020. Restarting it would require
around 50MW of additional electricity,
while delivering increased production
and export earnings for New Zealand.
The combination of new renewable
generation and industrial demand is
expected to deliver strong economic
benefits for the region. Line 4 will
add around NZ$100 million in
annual export revenue and produce
approximately 30,000 tonnes more
sustainable aluminium per year,
when the line is fully operational.
In 2024, we announced a renewable
electricity agreement to provide
fixed-price coverage for the smelter
for a minimum of 10 years, paired with
demand response of up to 46MW
when required.
This agreement strengthens our
growing partnership with both
Rio Tinto and Contact, ensuring
that future industrial growth
reinforces our commitment to
environmental taurikura (prosperity)
and community resilience. We look
forward to exploring the wide-
ranging future opportunities this
unlocks for our people and the
community at large, particularly
in high-skilled jobs, clean energy
innovation, and long-term wealth
creation for Murihiku Southland.
Terry Nicholas
Murihiku Regeneration and
Ngāi Tahu representative
This Letter of Intent represents a
practical step toward restarting
Line 4 at Tīwai, strengthening
New Zealand’s position as a
producer of low-carbon aluminium,
supporting jobs, increasing exports,
and contributing to a more resilient
electricity system.
Armando Torres
Managing Director, Rio Tinto
Aluminium Pacific Operations
22
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Dairy factories
powered by the
sun
Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition
Contact’s solar farm at
Kōwhai Park (see page 26)
will power two South Island
dairy factories, under a
power purchase agreement
signed with specialist dairy
company Synlait.
The 10-year agreement forms part of
a wider partnership between Simply
Energy (part of the Contact Group)
and Synlait. The dairy company
will buy 25 percent of the energy
generated by Contact’s new solar
farm at Kōwhai Park; a 50/50 Joint
Venture with Lightsource bp.
When Kōwhai Park starts commercial
operations in early FY27, Synlait’s
Dunsandel and Dairyworks sites will
be powered by 100 percent renewable
energy, with any additional energy
sold back to Simply Energy.
Simply Energy demonstrated a
deep understanding of how all
the elements – market dynamics,
network considerations, operations
and engineering – interconnect, to
achieve the best outcome for us.
Dave Williams
General Manager of Milk Supply
and Sustainability, Synlait
Gas for
government,
schools and
hospitals
Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition
An important part of our role
in building a better, cleaner
and more sustainable
country is walking alongside
New Zealand businesses and
government departments
as they plan the transition
to renewable energy.
In September 2025, we signed an
agreement with the Ministry of
Business, Innovation and Employment
to supply gas to around 100 essential
public services. This seven-year deal,
f rom 1 October 2025, sees Contact
supply around 1.65PJ of gas a year,
ensuring schools and hospitals have
certainty of supply and price.
This deal was made possible through
a long-term supply agreement for
seven years f rom Greymouth Gas.
Securing gas for the medium term
supports security of supply for
essential institutions, as well as
New Zealand homes and businesses.
It enables us to help our customers
navigate the transition to a
renewable energy future.
Electrifying
New Zealand’s
dairy sector
Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition
Our partnership with dairy company
Fonterra, New Zealand’s largest
company, shows what can be
achieved when major energy users
and renewable energy generators
collaborate for good.
In 2025, we announced a 10-year
electricity supply agreement with
Fonterra. Since then, we have been
working together to electrify the
company’s Whareroa dairy factory
in Taranaki. The factory processes
up to 12.5 million litres of milk daily
and produces 30 percent of the
Co-op’s cheese.
The first stage of the energy
transformation at Whareroa will
see two electrode boilers installed,
reducing the site’s annual emissions
by an estimated 51,000 tonnes
of CO
2
e. This is the equivalent of
removing 21,000 cars f rom our roads.
By powering its boilers with
renewable energy, Fonterra is
future-proofing its operations
while reducing its reliance on gas.
Simply Energy, part of the Contact
Group, and Fonterra are now
discussing the electrification of
other dairy factories.
Our strategic partnership with
Contact and Simply Energy is
supporting our transition to
renewable energy. Electrifying
our Whareroa plant is one of
many steps we are taking toward
achieving Fonterra’s sustainability
targets while future-proofing our
operations.
Linda Mulvihill
General Manager, Energy and
Climate, Fonterra
Fonterra electric boiler at Whareroa, Taranaki.
23
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Grow renewable
development
In this section
Extending our geothermal
advantage
Powering up with solar and
batteries
Harnessing new wind
generation
Kōwhai Park solar farm, Canterbury.
24
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Grow renewable
development
New Zealand is in the midst of a renewable energy boom.
The sector is developing renewable generation at the
fastest rate in New Zealand’s history, and investing more
per capita in renewable energy infrastructure than the
United States, China, the UK, Norway and Australia.
Since the introduction of our
Contact26 strategy in 2021, we have
committed more than $2.4 billion
to building the renewable energy
inf rastructure New Zealand needs.
Over the past five years we have
completed two new geothermal
power stations – Tauhara and Te
Huka 3 – and our first grid-scale
battery at Glenbrook. And we have
a second larger grid scale battery,
and an additional geothermal
power station under construction,
with two solar farms in a 50/50
Joint Venture with Lightsource bp.
The Manawa Energy acquisition
in 2025 has increased our hydro
portfolio f rom two power stations
to 26 hydro sites – more than any
other New Zealand generator.
We now have a balanced portfolio
of geographically diverse hydro
generation. Our North Island power
stations produce more energy
during the winter due to higher
rainfall, while our South Island
stations make best use of the
summer snowmelt. This diverse
mix of renewable sources spans
the entire country. It helps support
security of supply and builds
geographical resilience into our
portfolio.
And our investment programme
continues at pace. We now have an
11TWh development pipeline across
wind, solar and geothermal, as well
as 700MW of grid-scale battery
options.
The Contact26 strategy has guided
this accelerated investment which
will continue through Contact31+.
The success of this strategy has
resulted in 98 percent of the
electricity Contact generated
this year being renewable.
Five years ago, it was 81 percent.
New Zealand’s renewable energy
transition is no longer a vision;
it is a reality.
Extending our
geothermal
advantage
Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition
As New Zealand’s geothermal
leader, operating on one
of the world’s largest
geothermal steamfields,
we’re investigating new
development projects in
the Taupō volcanic zone.
In April 2026, we started a $30 million
drilling programme to advance
steamfield development for the
proposed Tauhara 2 geothermal plant.
This follows our Tauhara and Te Huka 3
power stations coming online on the
Tauhara Steamfield in 2024.
Reservoir modelling indicates a plant
of 50–70MW could be sustainably
supported. We’re now working on
refining modelling, conceptual
design, and technology options
for this proposal. Final investment
decision is targeted for FY27.
Te Mihi Stage 2, the first phase of
our replacement of the 1950s-built
Wairākei geothermal power station,
is a year into construction.
The $712 million project is a two-unit
binary cycle plant and will be a useful
addition to the existing geothermal
stations on the steamfield.
Once operational, Te Mihi Stage 2
will generate enough renewable
electricity to power the equivalent
of 120,000 New Zealand homes.
Resource consent for the existing
Wairākei geothermal power stations
end in mid-2031. By then, Te Mihi
Stage 2, and Te Mihi Stage 3 (subject
to final investment decision) will be
online (read more in Environment,
social and governance).
Te Mihi Stage 2 under construction, Taupō.
$2.4 billion
committed to renewable energy
infrastructure since 2021
25
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTSENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Powering up with
solar and batteries
Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition
Solar energy is part of
our commitment to lead
New Zealand’s renewable
energy future. In 2022,
we announced a 50/50 joint
venture with Lightsource bp
to develop all our solar
projects, and in June 2026
extended the partnership.
Our first solar farm, Kōwhai Park,
is in commissioning and will be
online in Q1 FY27. It will be one of
New Zealand’s largest solar projects,
with around 300,000 panels
generating enough renewable
electricity to power the equivalent
of more than 36,000 homes
(150MWac/275GWh per year). It is
situated next to Christchurch Airport.
Glorit, on the Kaipara Coast near
Auckland, will be home to our second
solar farm. Consent was granted in
October 2025. The Board confirmed
its final investment decision in
February 2026 and the project
reached financial close in June.
The site has been consented to
include a DC-coupled battery,
enabling solar generation to be
stored and dispatched when needed.
With access to Transpower’s existing
220kV power lines in the area, the
solar farm is expected to generate
150MWac/ 287GWh per year.
The Glorit solar farm is a significant
milestone in the acceleration
of Contact’s strategy. The farm is
expected to be online in the second
half of 2028.
Our partnership with Contact
continues to deliver strong results,
and the decision to extend our joint
venture reflects the success of what
we have built together and positions
us well to progress the next wave
of renewable energy projects in
New Zealand.
Adam Pegg
Chief Operating Officer
Asia-Pacific, Lightsource bp
Our third solar farm is proposed for
Stratford in South Taranaki. Current
home to thermal peaking generation,
we are exploring options to expand
our Taranaki site into a large-scale
renewable energy hub. Subject
to consent and final investment
decision we are planning to build
a 150MWac/312GWh solar farm,
potentially with a 150MW DC-coupled
battery for the site. This would create a
flexible and efficient hybrid renewable
energy asset, complementing
Contact’s existing energy operations
in the region. We also retain the
consented option of up to 500MW
of grid-scale batteries on-site.
These projects represent significant
milestones in the acceleration of the
execution of our Contact31+ strategy
to lead New Zealand’s renewable
energy future.
Harnessing new
wind generation
Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition
Contact’s Southland Wind
Farm received consent in
May 2026. It will help unlock
new renewable generation
and regional economic
growth.
Demand for renewable energy f rom
this new site is already building
with NZ Aluminium Smelter signing
a non-binding Letter of Intent to
become a long-term customer
(see Grow demand).
Subject to final investment decision,
the wind farm would comprise up to
55 wind turbines on Slopedown Hill
in eastern Southland, approximately
25km south of Gore and 15km east of
Wyndham. It is expected to generate
more than 1.2TWh per year (enough
to power around 160,000 homes).
The Southland Wind Farm would
enhance energy security for all
New Zealanders, benefiting
households and the industries that
drive the economy and support
our communities. It would also
bring more than $400 million into
the New Zealand economy, much
of which will stay in Southland.
It will also offer environmental gains
through large-scale pest control,
fencing, planting and wetland
restoration undertaken by Contact.
The Department of Conservation,
Ngāi Tahu, Environment Southland,
Southland District Council and
Gore District Council approved the
conditions Contact put forward for
this project.
The Southland Wind Farm project
was not without challenge. In early
2025 we appealed the expert panel
decision that saw the original
consent declined. We felt strongly
that the panel’s decision was flawed,
with significant legal errors.
We withdrew the appeal, which was
a requirement of re-lodging the new
Fast-track allocation. We then re-
applied under the Fast-track process,
which was granted in May this year.
We are now advancing the strategic
partner identification process
and targeting mid-2027 for a final
investment decision.
The acquisition of Manawa Energy
opened a strong pipeline of other
wind development projects, including
Huriwaka in the Rangitīkei district
between Taihape and Waiouru, and
Kaihiku in South Otago between
Balclutha and Clinton. Kaihiku is
being developed in partnership
with Pioneer.
700MW
grid-scale battery options
11TWh
development pipeline across wind,
solar and geothermal
26
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Decarbonise
our portfolio
In this section
TCC retires
Glenbrook Ohurua battery
builds flexibility at scale
Huntly firming option
Changing operations on
the Clutha
Our 2035 net zero goal
Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1, Auckland.
27
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
TCC retires
After 30 years in operation,
Taranaki Combined Cycle
(TCC) began decommissioning
in January 2026.
The retirement of TCC reflects the
increasing contribution of renewable
generation and was no longer
needed to support New Zealand’s
security of electricity supply. This
aligned with our stated plan to retire
our baseload thermal generation in a
systematic and orderly way. It follows
the closure of our Ōtāhuhu plant in
2015 and Te Rapa plant in 2023.
Our site at Stratford remains an
important strategic asset. It is home
to our gas peakers which play an
important role in giving us flexibility
when needed, and has the potential
to become a renewable energy
hub (read more in Grow renewable
development).
New Zealand has one
of the cleanest and
most reliable energy
systems in the world,
and some of the world’s
best renewable energy
resources.
For decades, we relied on thermal
generation to carry us through
when hydro, wind, and solar output
was low. As part of our strategic
commitment to decarbonise
our portfolio, we have been
systematically replacing thermal
generation with renewable energy.
It has been a careful balance. We have
not been af raid to change our plans
to ensure decarbonisation doesn’t
come at the cost of secure, reliable
and affordable energy. For example,
last year we made the difficult
but necessary decision to extend
the operational life of our Taranaki
Combined Cycle (TCC) plant to provide
short term support for New Zealand’s
energy security. TCC has now closed.
We are committed to achieving
net zero emissions f rom electricity
generation by 2035. This year we
reached 98 percent renewable
generation – that’s up f rom
81 percent in 2021.
Decarbonise
our portfolio
28
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Glenbrook Ohurua
battery builds
flexibility at scale
Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition
Contact’s first grid-scale
battery at Glenbrook Ohurua
was officially opened by
Prime Minister Christopher
Luxon in May 2026.
The 100MW battery delivers fast,
flexible electricity, powering the
equivalent of around 44,000 homes
for two hours during average
winter evening peak. The Tesla-
supplied battery stores largely
renewable energy when demand
is low and supplies it back to the
grid when demand is high.
With the rapid decline in the upstream
gas market, Contact’s first battery
investment of up to $153 million
strengthens winter energy resilience.
It demonstrates how New Zealand
can build a more flexible, reliable and
increasingly self-sufficient energy
system, powered by renewable
electricity.
Importantly, the battery can help
reduce reliance on fossil-fuel
generation during peak periods,
making it another important tool
in decarbonising our portfolio.
Contact is investing $235 million
in a second Glenbrook Ohurua
Battery that will provide an additional
200MW. Together, the batteries will
provide up to 300MW of capacity,
enough to power the equivalent of
around 130,000 homes for two hours
during average winter evening peak.
Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1 is a
finalist in the 2026 Energy Excellence
Awards – Energy Project of the Year.
These battery investments are
more than new inf rastructure;
it represent a shift in how we power
New Zealand’s future. As we move
toward a highly renewable system,
flexibility f rom assets like these
batteries support energy security.
It also reduces exposure to global
energy shocks and builds a more
independent energy system for
New Zealand.
Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1, Auckland.
100MW
battery 1 now operational
200MW
battery 2 now under construction
Combined these will power 130,000
homes for two hours based on average
load during winter evening peak.
29
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
The Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1
builds on NZ Steel’s existing
partnership with Contact Energy
and the battery’s opening marked
a great milestone for New Zealand’s
energy future.
Taking the battery from concept to
operation in under two years is an
impressive achievement that
shows what can be done through
strong cross-sector partnerships.
Delivering fast, flexible support
to the electricity grid and helping
enable more renewable generation,
the battery is another step in
decarbonising industrial production
in New Zealand. We are proud of
what we’ve achieved together –
and excited for what comes next
with Battery 2 already underway.
Robin Davies
Chief Executive, NZ Steel
As Glenbrook’s new kids on the block,
we’ve been getting to know our new
neighbours, including the actual kids
on the block at Glenbrook School.
After donating some fallen trees
which the school turned into a
firewood fundraiser, we invited
Principal Lysandra Stuart to join
us at our official opening.
“Opportunities such as this allow our
tamariki to see real-world examples
of innovation, sustainability, science,
engineering and environmental
responsibility happening within their
own community. Developments like
the battery farm provide authentic
contexts for inquiry learning, future
energy discussions, environmental
studies, and understanding how
technology and innovation can
positively shape communities.
We look forward to continuing to
explore local opportunities that
enrich learning and strengthen our
tamariki’s understanding of the
unique place they live in.” Lysandra
Stuart, Principal, Glenbrook School.
Contact Energy’s work developing
the Glenbrook battery is an
outstanding example of exactly
what we need to see more of, to
bolster New Zealand’s energy
resilience. It’s progress towards a
cleaner, more resilient, more reliable
energy system. It’s progress towards
greater energy independence, and
therefore a stronger and more
secure New Zealand.
Christopher Luxon
Prime Minister
Ngāti Te Ata Waiohua Chair, Riki Minhinnick
leads Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1 blessing.
Glenbrook School, Auckland.
Contact team, Hicks Bros Civil Construction team,
and dignitaries at the site of Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 2.
Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1
opening with Contact CEO
Mike Fuge, Chair Rob McDonald,
Prime Minister Rt Hon Christopher
Luxon, and Hon Simon Watts.
30
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Changing
operations
on the Clutha
In our efforts to strengthen
New Zealand’s energy
security and reduce our
use of thermal generation,
we have been exploring
the possibility of adjusting
lake levels in times of
extreme need.
As we look to develop new projects
in wind and solar, and with the
impact of climate change on
our weather patterns, we are
considering how we can improve
our operations on the Clutha.
If we are able to hold back more
water for longer over the summer,
this could help bring down
electricity prices in winter. And if
we can vary the water flow, we can
use the power of the Clutha as
a renewable peaking resource.
As part of that, an increased
operating range on Lake Hāwea
would allow more water to be
captured and stored in the spring
snow melt each year, rather than
spilling the precious resource.
Our commitment to the Clutha
Mata-Āu catchment is reflected in
both our operational investments
and environmental partnerships.
Alongside significant upgrades
at Roxburgh and Clyde (see
Operational excellence –
Hydro upgrades), we continue
to support community initiatives
to help strengthen biodiversity
and f reshwater health across
the catchment. These include
improving environmental
and social outcomes through
partnerships such as WAI Wānaka,
initiatives such as the Kawarau
Arm Community Project and a
change of approach in working
with the seven rūnaka of Ngāi
Tahu (see Environment, social and
governance).
We intend to work with communities
in the area as we progress our
thinking, as we believe everyone can
benefit f rom this changed operation.
Clutha Mata-Āu catchment, Otago.
Huntly firming
option
As we transition to a
renewable energy future we
are taking pragmatic steps
to support energy security.
In August 2025, Contact
reached an agreement
with Genesis, Mercury and
Meridian to establish a
strategic energy reserve
at Huntly Power Station.
Approved by the Commerce
Commission in November 2025,
this agreement keeps Huntly’s
Rankine units operational in the
event of future supply constraints
during a dry year.
Contact has an agreement for
10-year Huntly Firming Options
(HFOs) of 50MW, which mirrors the
Meridian and Mercury agreements.
While maintaining our commitment
to net zero emissions f rom energy
generation by 2035, we recognise
the critical need for back up
electricity generation. We see
this as a buffer against future
dry winters, as New Zealand
transitions to renewable energy.
31
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Current emission
breakdown (ktCO
2
e)Decarbonisation pathway (ktCO
2
e)
FY26
Scope 1 and 2
emissions
320
105
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
Batteries
2
Expected thermal
peaking
1
Decommission
TCC
3
(completed FY26)
Capturing or
reinjecting
carbon
4
Additional
initiatives being
assessed
5
-16
-13
-60
Forestry
partners units
received
6
-80
-256
SBTI 2026 target
648 ktCO
2
e
This chart illustrates the pathway to Net Zero
Scope 1 and 2 emissions f rom FY26 actual Scope 1
and 2 emissions.
1 Represents expected normal use of thermal
peakers in a mean hydrological year. FY26 was
a relatively wet year so peaker use would be
expected to be more in a mean year.
2 The figure shows estimated CO₂e emissions
avoided through reduced thermal peaker
operation due to Glenbrook Ohurua Batteries
1 and 2. Based on 150TJ of gas displacement
and the MfE emissions factor, ~10,000 tCO₂e is
avoided annually per battery (assuming mean
hydrology). The FY26 estimate is adjusted for
Battery 1’s three months of operation.
3 This figure represents the emissions f rom the
limited running of TCC in FY26 before retirement
that would not be present in our forward
emissions profile.
4 Carbon reinjection volumes estimated for
our Te Mihi 2 & 3 geothermal stations under
development.
5 Additional initiatives being assessed are carbon
reinjection potential at future geothermal
developments beyond Te Mihi 2 & 3 and a battery
energy storage system at our Stratford site.
6 Includes expected units f rom Drylandcarbon One
Limited Partnership and Forest Partners Limited
Partnership. Units shown are the total forecasted
available units as at 2035. Available units may
fluctuate based on climate conditions and/or
regulatory updates.
Our pathway to net zero for Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2035
Our 2035 net zero goal
Climate mitigation and energy transition
We are making solid progress
to achieving net zero
emissions from electricity
generation by 2035. In FY26,
98 percent of the energy we
generated was renewable
up from 81 percent in 2021.
We have proactively and
systematically decarbonised
our portfolio.
We have multiple complementary
strategies to achieve our net zero goal:
+replace thermal assets with
renewable generation
+reduce reliance on thermal peaking
with the deployment of grid-scale
batteries and demand response
innovation
+capture and reinject carbon at
select geothermal plant, and
+offset residual emissions through
our forestry investments.
This year, we, as planned, closed the
Taranaki Combined Cycle (TCC) plant
in Stratford, which is expected to reduce
our scope 1 and 2 CO
2
e emissions by
an average of 41 percent. TCC was our
last remaining baseload gas plant
(read more in TCC retires).
Our new geothermal plants Tauhara
and Te Huka 3 came online in
FY25, Te Mihi Stage 2 is now under
construction, and we are exploring
options for further geothermal
developments. These investments
increase our baseload geothermal
generation enabling us to reduce
reliance on gas (read more in
Grow renewable development).
Further investments in the
Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1 and 2,
Kōwhai Park solar farm and Manawa
Energy acquisition (which added
26 hydro sites and 1.9TWh mean
hydro generation) are further
demonstration of our mitigation
strategy in action.
Our net zero goal, supported by
bold decisions and accelerated
investment, means we are well
positioned to navigate the challenges
and opportunities of New Zealand’s
renewable energy transition. For
more on our calendar year 2026 SBTi
targets see Reducing greenhouse gas
emissions and measuring our impact.
32
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Create outstanding
customer experiences
In this section
Flexing power use at home
Staying connected
Choice and support through prepay
Making interactions easier
Customer voice
33
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Flexing power
use at home
Energy Wellbeing
Over a third of our customers
are now on Good Plans,
which offer free or
discounted power in
return for shifting usage
to off peak periods.
This sees customers do their
washing, put on the dishwasher
or bump up their heating on
weeknights between 9pm and
midnight or weekends between
9am and 5pm.
Since launch in August 2021,
our customers have benefited
f rom more than 403 million hours
of f ree power.
Our plans give customers choice,
enabling them to move usage to
times when there is less pressure
on the energy system and save
money in the process.
We’re now in our third year of
Hot Water Sorter – a programme
to switch off hot water cylinders
at peak times when most
New Zealanders are using power.
This does not impact customers’
energy use, and reduces the need
for non-renewable generation.
In FY26, we’ve grown the
programme to 30,000 households –
up 50 percent on last year.
Through Hot Water Sorter, customers
collectively shifted 13GWh of energy
out of peak times in FY26.
This flexibility not only works for
customers (92 percent gave it a
thumbs up in a recent survey),
it also reduces pressure on the
grid in peak times.
Create
outstanding
customer
experiences
We recognise the impact the
cost of living pressures have on
Kiwi households. Our creation
of innovative time of use
plans, investment in lower
cost generation, and our front
line support programmes,
are designed to help
New Zealanders at home.
We have more than 690,000 customer
connections across electricity, gas,
broadband, and mobile – an increase
of 8 percent on FY25.
Our broadband and mobile services
grew 19 percent year on year to more
than 148,000 connections, and around
165,000 customers choose to buy
more than one product with us.
As an energy retailer, our role goes
beyond supplying electricity, gas,
broadband or mobile. We help
New Zealanders feel warm, connected
and supported at home, especially
when things are challenging.
Over the next five years, we will attract,
retain, and reward key customer
groups through personalised, digital
and AI-powered experiences while
empowering them to shift energy
use away f rom peak periods.
403 million hours
of free power given to customers
through our Good Plans
Retail brand image.
34
2026
Staying connected
Energy Wellbeing
We have embedded a
wellbeing-first mindset,
making empathy and
care part of our everyday
interactions.
We intervene early through tailored
plans, work alongside community
partners and focus on keeping
people connected wherever possible.
We don’t charge disconnection or
reconnection fees. In 2025 we reduced
the number of disconnections by
30 percent and reduced it a further
50 percent through 2026.
Our two-way referral pathways
enable our community partners
to refer vulnerable whānau who
are Contact customers through
our ‘Here to help you’ channel.
This year we introduced the Prepay
Winter Initiative (see sidebar),
launched The Good Initiative and
grew our partnership with Women’s
Refuge (read more in Environment,
social and governance).
When I was struggling to pay my
bills on time, your team showed
kindness and gave me extra
time to get back on track.
Your understanding and
willingness to work with me
during this challenging period
has meant a lot to me and my
family. Thank you again for
your excellent customer service,
compassion, and support.
I truly appreciate it.
Contact customer
name withheld for privacy
Contact Energy’s Customer Wellbeing Team.
Left to right: Hermione Cook, Phil Crowther, Lisa Swinbanks,
Tawanda Gwenhamo, Tommy Denisov, Mikaere Manuel.
Choice and
support through
prepay
Energy Wellbeing
Prepay is a valued service,
enabling customers to
carefully manage household
budgets.
Yet, Contact is now the only gentailer
taking on new prepay customers.
As a result, this customer base has
grown by 23 percent since December
2025 and continues to grow.
This year we introduced the Prepay
Winter Initiative as a targeted response
to materially reduce disconnections
over winter.
Our Customer Wellbeing team
developed a dynamic weekly
process to identify prepay customers
at highest risk of imminent
disconnection (based on payment and
usage patterns), allowing us to apply
targeted, just-in-time support.
Through this initiative, we have
supported 2,948 customers and
avoided 4,948 disconnections.
Most importantly, we supported
customers directly when they
needed it most.
On the frontline, we’re speaking
with people who are stressed,
vulnerable, or facing really difficult
circumstances. It’s not just about
applying processes or options. It’s
about listening, building trust, and
doing your best to support someone
in a moment that genuinely matters
to them. We now have more tools,
options, and flexibility to meet
people where they’re at and find
solutions that help.
Customer Services Representative
Contact
Making
interactions easier
This year we made customer
interactions faster and easier.
We simplified identity checks on our
IVR (phone system) so our team can
spend less time on administrative
processes and more time resolving
customer needs, while maintaining
privacy and safety controls.
We rolled out an AI assistant, Āwhina,
to support contact centre team
members with real-time guidance
during customer calls. Early results
show Āwhina is already saving
customers time.
These improvements, alongside
disciplined cost management, have
helped manage our cost to serve per
connection despite ongoing financial
pressures. Read more about how we
are using AI and digital technologies
to improve processes and boost
productivity in Operational
excellence.
35
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Source: Electricity Authority
Generation
Producing the electricity
you use.
Transmission
Building and maintaining
the national electricity grid
which moves electricity
around New Zealand.
Distribution
Building and maintaining
the power lines that
deliver electricity f rom
the grid to your local area,
and then to your home.
Metering
Reading and maintaining
your electricity meter.
Retail
The operating costs of
the retailer you’re with.
That’s us!
GST
New Zealand’s Goods and
Services Tax. GST is 15%
of the pre-GST cost, which
equates to 13% of the
GST-inclusive amount.
Levies
Organisations who
operate the electricity
market, including the
Electricity Authority.
What makes up my electricity bill?
GenerationRetail
38.5
%
Transmission
8
%
Distribution
24.5
%
GST
13
%
11
%
Metering
4.5
%
Levies
0.5
%
This is a breakdown of an average household electricity bill. Source: Electricity Authority
Breakdown of an average household electricity bill
Customer voice
Energy Wellbeing
As household budgets
remain under pressure,
New Zealanders are looking
more closely than ever at the
cost of the essentials in life,
including energy.
Some of the biggest drivers of
electricity bill increases, such as lines
and transmission charges, and gas
that we buy sit outside our control.
We remain focused on delivering
value, simplicity and support for our
customers.
This commitment is reflected in our
customer advocacy results, with
our relational net promoter score
(a measure of overall customer
satisfaction) NPS increasing by
1 point to +29. Our contact centre net
promoter score NPS rose by 2 points
to +63. These results demonstrate
growing trust in Contact and the
experience we provide.
We know affordability matters.
That’s why we continue to keep
prices we control as stable as
possible, while investing in products,
services and technology to help
customers better manage their
energy use and costs.
36
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Te Huka 3 Power Station, Taupō.
Financial
performance
37
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Financial performance
In FY26, Contact’s performance reflected the completion of
the Manawa integration and the impact of our renewable
investments.
Our performance in FY26 was
underpinned by a significant lift
in renewable output, up 2.9TWh
including PPAs
1
, with our total output
98 percent renewable this year.
This reflected the addition of the
Manawa hydro assets and its
contracted PPAs
1
(primarily wind
and geothermal) which together
contributed 2.4TWh, and a full year
of generation at our new Te Huka 3
geothermal plant.
Higher renewable output supported
increased contracted sales.
Market conditions contrasted sharply
with those of FY25. National hydro
inflows were 118 percent of the long-
term average, while New Zealand’s
hydro storage ended the period at
135 percent of typical levels.
Average pricing of electricity sold
was lower at $140 per MWh, down
11 percent f rom $157 per MWh in
FY25. This reflected the normalisation
of market conditions f rom a
challenging FY25. Pricing was lower
on CFD
2
sales, reflecting generation
costs. Contact spent less on gas
purchases and acquired generation,
costs of which had been elevated in
FY25 when fuel was scarce.
The acquired Manawa irrigation
business contributed to a lift in
other income. In FY25, other income
was affected by losses on the sale
of excess gas to Methanex.
Operating costs reflected the
combined operations of Contact and
Manawa. Cost-reduction synergies
of $28 million have been secured on
an exit run rate basis, 100 percent of
target, with $22 million recognised
in FY26 within other operating costs.
We have reported net profit of
$423 million in FY26 and operating
earnings (EBITDAF) of $1,011 million.
The period includes the acquisition
of Manawa Energy f rom 11 July 2025,
which contributed to the uplift in
earnings.
Reported figures also include
$26 million of Manawa transaction
and integration costs. Excluding these
costs, EBITDAF was $1,037 million,
up 34 percent on underlying FY25
EBITDAF.
Operating f ree cash flow of
$648 million was up 49 percent
on FY25, driven by the acquisition,
improved operating performance,
and a positive movement in working
capital. This was partly offset by
higher interest and tax paid and
higher maintenance capex
reflecting the larger asset base.
An interim ordinary dividend of
16 cents per share was paid in
March 2026, and in August 2026
the Board approved a final ordinary
dividend of 24 cents per share
(imputed by up to 19 cents per
share for qualifying shareholders).
This will be paid to investors on
23 September 2026. This means we
are delivering investors a 40 cents
per share annual dividend, up three
percent on FY25. The dividend policy
targets a pay-out ratio of between
80 percent and 100 percent of the
average operating f ree cash flow of
the preceding four financial years
3
.
We are actively investing in
renewable development projects to
grow our business as New Zealand
decarbonises, and expect the
dividend to increase further with
operating cash flow over time.
We have a clear strategy and a
strong balance sheet, enabling
us to deliver on opportunities
and continue to drive value for
our shareholders.
1 Power Purchase Agreements with Mercury NZ (wind) and Eastland Generation (geothermal).
2 Contract for Difference – a financial agreement for fixed price electricity.
3 Contact’s dividend policy is to pay dividends of 80–100 percent of average operating f ree cash flow of the preceding four years.
As the historic measure will not capture the operating f ree cash flow contribution f rom Manawa within the history, the Board
will apply discretion in the first few years post-acquisition, if the measure is temporarily above 100 percent, so that it is not
constrained in delivering the expected dividend per share uplift.
Final dividend
Interim dividend
FY25FY26
16
39
23
16
40
24
FY22
14
35
21
14
35
21
14
37
23
FY23FY24
Dividends (cps) – declared
38
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
The last five years in review
For the year ended 30 JuneUnit20222023202420252026
Revenue$m2,3872,1182,8633,4393,242
Operating expenses$m1,8201,6132,1882,4282,179
EBITDAF$m5464606758721,011
Profit/(loss)$m182127235331423
Profit per share – basiccps23.416.329.941.641.5
Operating f ree cash flow$m330282424434648
Operating f ree cash flow per sharecps42.436.053.954.464.0
Dividends declaredcps3535373940
Dividends paid$m272273275309387
ROIC*%3.92.04.78.47.5
Total assets$m5,1665,8086,2086,81310,661
Total liabilities$m2,3263,0043,5894,0535,432
Total equity$m2,8402,8042,6192,7605,229
Gearing ratio%2836424737
* Return on Invested Capital (ROIC) is calculated as annual net operating profit after taxes, divided by the average amount of capital invested in the year. Net operating profit after tax (NOPAT) is based on earnings
before interest and tax (EBIT), less tax. The tax amount includes both the annual tax expense and movements in deferred tax over the year as a proxy for cash tax paid. Invested capital is calculated as the average of
the opening and closing balance of net working capital excluding current borrowings, current net derivatives and excess cash above $50 million, plus non-current assets, excluding non-current derivative balances.
The ROIC calculation includes movement in the Ahuroa Gas Storage onerous contract provision in the 2023, 2024 and 2025 financial years.
39
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Kaimai Power Station, Bay of Plenty.
Enabling our strategy
In this section
Environment, social and
governance (ESG)
Transformative ways of working
Operational excellence
40
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Environment,
social and
governance
(ESG)
At Contact, we want
to make things better
for future generations.
That means making
decisions that create
long-term value and
sustainable outcomes
for our communities,
tangata whenua, the
environment, our
customers, and our
people.
For the fifth consecutive year,
we’re included on the Dow Jones
Sustainability Index, now the Dow Jones
Best in Class Asia Pacific Index (DJBIC).
We’re proud of the meaningful
progress we’ve made towards reducing
environmental impact, working with
communities and customers, and
helping New Zealand transition to
a renewable energy future. We are
committed to continuing to learn
and improve.
Our work is guided by our values, our
stakeholder engagement policy, and
our commitments to the environment
and local communities.
Tauhara Pou
Our Communities and Partnerships
We hosted members of Ngā Hapū
o Tauhara and their whānau at our
Tauhara Power Station Whānau Day
in early 2026. The event celebrated
our partnership and all things
geothermal.
During the Whānau Day we
unveiled a Pou carved by master
carver Delani Brown (Ngāti
Tūwharetoa). The Pou symbolises
our enduring partnership with
Ngā Hapū o Tauhara and the
whakapapa of geothermal energy.
Kaimai reconsent
Our Communities and Partnerships
In May/June 2026 Contact’s
Kaimai Hydro Scheme reconsent
application was approved. Kaimai
hydro site provides around a
quarter of Tauranga’s peak demand,
supporting electricity network
resilience and security of supply.
We value our strong relationships
with local hapū which contribute
to ongoing positive change and
improved environmental outcomes
at the Kaimai Hydro Scheme.
A highlight in 2026 at Ōtūkehu Falls/
Ōmanawa Weir saw us collaborate
with members of Ngāti Hangarau
hapū to experience the waterfall
at full flow, marking the first such
occasion in 50 years.
Ohaaki geothermal subsidence
Our Communities and Partnerships
Contact has been working closely
with the three iwi land trusts
affected by our operation at Ohaaki
to address land use losses and
safeguard the marae.
Geothermal subsidence at Ohaaki
over the past decade has caused
environmental and cultural
consequences and hindered Ngāti
Tahu’s kaitiakitanga responsibilities.
An extensive bund was put in place
in 2014, based on independent
advice as mitigation, has not
protected the whenua as predicted.
Contact has been working closely
with each trust to address these
challenges through mitigation
measures, compensation, and
efforts to reinforce partnership.
Individual agreements were
finalised with each trust, reflecting
the distinct impacts on each
trust’s lands and Contact’s specific
obligations.
Through this process Contact is
committed to ongoing partnership,
working with Ngāti Tahu on a
pathway of self-determination.
We are thankful to the trusts for
the constructive approach taken
as we work hand in hand to address
matters.
41
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Hui Taumata
Our Communities and Partnerships
In June 2026, Contact and tangata
whenua partners came together
for the first-ever Hui Taumata
to listen to tangata whenua
perspectives on partnership and
to share the Contact31+ strategy
and Tangata Whenua Framework.
The programme was co-designed
and delivered by Contact’s Head
of Sustainability, Taria Tahana,
and Wairākei hapū trustee,
Tredegar Hall.
Hui Taumata was a collective
conversation for Contact and mana
whenua to share perspectives,
strengthen relationships,
and identify priorities that will
help shape future partnership
discussions. We acknowledge that
the true value of Hui Taumata will
come from the relationships and
conversations that continue long
after the event.
For some, a relationship with Contact
carries opportunity and optimism.
For others, it carries historical
mamae, alienation from resources,
environmental impact and
unresolved inequity.
Hui Taumata attendee.
Hui Taumata
Dr Kate Mauriohooho.Taria Tahana and Tredegar Hall.Che Wilson.Dr Ruby Pitiroi.
42
The Good Initiative
Our Communities and Partnerships
Energy Wellbeing
Many New Zealanders are doing
it tough in the current economic
climate. In response to this growing
pressure, we launched The Good
Initiative in September 2025.
Backed by $5 million for FY26,
The Good Initiative is a comprehensive
programme to support customers
and communities in need.
This year we have partnered with
60 social agencies and community
organisations f rom Northland to
Invercargill, covering their energy
costs (and mobile costs for some).
These partners – f rom foodbanks and
budgeting services to housing and
wrap-around support providers –
are best placed to reach those who
need it most. Our support means
more of their resources can be
dedicated to doing just that.
Through The Good Initiative, we are
focusing our energy on addressing
deep social need across New Zealand.
Rather than supporting a single
community or organisation, we are
backing the community sector itself –
the organisations and people who
stand alongside whānau every day,
often at their hardest moments in life.
Since launch The Good Initiative has
provided more than 23,000 instances
of support to New Zealand households
and communities, helping customers
access assistance when they need it
most. It is a finalist in the Community
Initiative of the Year in the 2026 Energy
Excellence Awards.
The impact of this mahi is both
practical and deeply felt. With our
power and mobile costs covered,
our kaimahi can stay connected
with whānau who rely on
us – especially those facing
hardship, isolation or crisis. It has
strengthened our ability to respond
quickly, maintain continuity of care,
and uphold the mana of those
we walk alongside. The relief and
stability this support has created
is something our team and our
community experience every day.
James Leslie
Board member, Paetumokai
Charitable Trust
Resource consent for Kawarau
Arm community project
Our Communities and Partnerships
Biodiversity and Nature
The Kawarau Arm Community
Project involves one of Central
Otago’s most significant waterf ront
at Cromwell. It uses community-
based solutions to manage the
impacts of sedimentation in the
Kawarau Arm of Lake Dunstan.
This year, the project received
resource consent f rom Otago
Regional Council for native planting,
a raised boardwalk, a jetty extension
and land reclamation. These four
elements were agreed through
comprehensive engagement with
mana whenua, stakeholders, and
engineering and ecological experts.
We are now running planting trials
to choose species for along the
boardwalk and water’s edge, while
working with the community to
minimise disruption to local cycle
trails.
Whakaora Kai Food Rescue Northland.
Whakaora Kai Food Rescue
Northland is a small charitable
organisation that collects and
redistributes over 260 tonnes of
food a year. Our electricity bill was
a monthly stress...and applying
for funding for something that
fluctuates and changes was a
challenge. The partnership with
Contact is fantastic as we can now
put our energy into rescuing food
and supporting the community
groups we partner with rather than
worrying about how we are going
to afford our electricity bill.
Daniela Johnson
Kaihautū, Whakaora Kai Food Rescue
Northland
43
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Supporting healthy
waterways in
Wānaka
Biodiversity and Nature
Our Communities and Partnerships
The Clutha Mata-Āu catchment
is the heart of Contact’s central
Otago hydro generation.
This year, in recognition of the
region’s significance, we developed
a new partnership with WAI Wānaka
to achieve greater outcomes for
f reshwater and biodiversity in the
Upper Clutha.
This partnership builds on our existing
programme of local community
engagement and environmental
initiatives which includes facilitating
native fish passage at the hydro
dams (see page 45) and riparian
enhancement projects across the
lower catchment (see page 43).
Contact Energy are committed to
understanding and supporting what
matters most to community, and
WAI Wānaka knows that the biggest
impact happens when we work
alongside others. Together we care
about the long-term health of the
environment and the people
who live here – this is what this
partnership is grounded in.
Cat Dillon
CEO, WAI Wānaka
Contact: essential to
Women’s Refuge mahi
Our Communities and Partnerships
Energy Wellbeing
“I am honoured to have stepped
into the Chief Executive role this
year. Part of the National Collective
of Independent Women’s Refuges
for more than a decade, I have
been privileged to learn from our
communities and walk alongside
those we serve.
Our partnership with Contact
continues to make a real difference
to the women, children, and whānau
who access our services. Contact
powers our refuges with free
electricity and broadband, quite
literally keeping the lights on, our
safe houses warm and our clients
connected. This support allows us to
direct more funding toward frontline
services and practical assistance for
families.
We hear directly from clients about
the impact Contact has when they
are leaving our service. Helping
families get the power connected in
their new homes provides enormous
relief during what can be an
incredibly challenging time.
In addition, the research Contact
is funding is helping us better
understand the experiences of
those affected by family violence.
Safer When, Safer How is a three-
year research programme where we
are working together to understand
the underlying causes of violence,
from a victim’s perspective. It is this
victim-led approach that will inform
policy change, with scientific, data-
led insights on how best to support
systemic change and address
underlying causes. More than
3,500 victims have been part of this
research which is the first of its kind
in New Zealand.
Together, these initiatives provide
immediate support while helping
create brighter, safer futures for
women, children, and whānau
across Aotearoa.”
Naomi Ogg
Chief Executive, Women’s Refuge
Taupō coaching
initiative
Our Communities and Partnerships
In Taupō, our geothermal operations
not only deliver clean energy, they
also embody our commitment to
being a good neighbour.
After consulting with the Taupō
community to understand how
Contact could best support local
whānau, we have launched a new
partnership with Sport Bay of Plenty.
The initiative will strengthen support
for volunteer coaches of youth
sport across Taupō, helping to build
capability, confidence, and positive
outcomes for rangatahi.
This new partnership sits alongside
Contact’s long-standing support
of both SwimWell Taupō, which
delivers f ree swimming and water
safety lessons to around 3,500
primary students each year, and Kids
Greening Taupō, an education and
environment programme.
44
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Taking care of
native fish across
our hydro sites
Biodiversity and Nature
Renewable energy generation relies
on natural resources such as water
but can also disrupt the natural
ecosystems dependent on those
resources. This includes the migration
of native f reshwater species.
Today, 18 of our 26 hydro sites have
programmes to support the safe
passage of native fish species.
This includes sites in the Bay of
Plenty, Manawatū-Whanganui,
King Country, Taranaki, Marlborough,
Canterbury, West Coast, and Otago.
Our approach to fish passage
continues to evolve as we learn
more about its cultural, ecological
and environmental value.
Fish migration fluctuates significantly
year-on-year. The table below shows
the elver transferred upstream and
tuna heke released downstream
by local kāimahi (workers) and our
site teams.
Flora Dora erosion
mitigation
Our Communities and Partnerships
Biodiversity and Nature
In January 2026, a storm coinciding
with high lake levels contributed to
landslips along the cliffs below
Flora Dora Reserve at Lake Hāwea.
As this area is popular for walking
and recreation, we are focused on
public safety. Key information is
shared regularly, and the risk of
slips signposted. We’re working with
Land Information New Zealand as
the landowners, Queenstown Lakes
District Council, who maintain the
reserve, and the local community.
We are developing a long-term
erosion mitigation plan for the cliffs
to provide long-lasting protection for
the community and environment.
New consenting
framework at
Wairākei
Biodiversity and Nature
As we progress our phased
redevelopment plan to replace the
68-year-old Wairākei power station,
we are operating under a new
consent f ramework. This represents a
significant change to environmental
monitoring and management of the
Wairākei geothermal field.
We have been progressively
implementing consent changes
since 2023, with further changes
taking effect f rom 1 July 2026.
There are two key changes that will
reduce our environmental impact
on the Waikato River. In the first,
we drilled new wells to reinject
separated geothermal water back
into the geothermal reservoir,
ending the discharge of separated
geothermal water into the
Waikato River.
In the second change, we have
deployed a new buoy which monitors
the temperature of the cooling
water discharge f rom the Wairākei
power station so we can better
monitor the temperature of the river.
Innovation meets
conservation in
Stratford
Our Communities and Partnerships
Biodiversity and Nature
This year, Contact supported the 800
Trust which is using innovation and
technology to restore native forest
and farmland in eastern Taranaki.
Our contribution included funding
towards a predator control trapline,
the Trust’s bird acoustic monitoring
system, and opportunities for
rangatahi f rom local iwi to gain
hands-on conservation experience.
Restoring
fish passage
in Wheao
Biodiversity and Nature
Together with local kaitiaki
(guardians), we’re improving fish
passage at Wheao in the Bay of
Plenty. A new water pump system
now provides continuous flow
on either side of the Wheao weir
for climbing fish, and additional
substrate on the weir surface offers
more grip.
For the first time in more than
40 years, elver and galaxiids have
an opportunity to navigate the
weir with minimal obstruction.
We’re also working with Kohutapu
Lodge and Whirinaki Forest
Footsteps, a local tourism
company that will harvest and
weave harakeke (flax) ropes to
support elver migration upstream.
2025/26
season
2024/25
season
Transferred
upstream
731kg
of elver
165kg
of elver
Released
downstream
2,000+*
tuna heke
296*
tuna heke
* Not including elver and tuna heke using
passive fish passage systems.
45
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Environmental
stewardship at
Wairākei
Biodiversity and Nature
Wairākei is not only where we
generate renewable energy, it’s also
home to several hundred members
of our team, many of whom have
intergenerational connections to
the whenua.
Our long-standing partnership
with Wairākei Ahi Tamou Rōpu
demonstrates our commitment to
restore the environmental, cultural
and spiritual health of the Wairākei
geothermal steamfield.
This year, in line with our Taiao Plan,
we started restoring a 60-hectare
site, Pirorirori. We have installed
over 200 pest animal traps and
started eradicating pest plants
(such as wilding pines) to protect
and enhance threatened geothermal
vegetation, including geothermal
kanuka, forked fern, ladder fern
and giant hypolepis.
Through the Wairākei
Environmental Mitigation
Charitable Trust, we are funding
planting and maintenance of 10,000
native trees within the Tauhara
geothermal field. This planting will
protect threatened geothermal
vegetation in the area.
Waste and circular
economy
Biodiversity and Nature
This year we introduced waste and
circular economy as a new material
topic. This was driven by two key
changes: Contact’s purchase of
Manawa Energy in 2025 which
added 25 new generation sites to
our fleet, and our growing renewable
energy pipeline.
As a result of these changes, we need
to better understand and manage
the waste streams associated with
our operations. These may include
negative impacts like emissions
and air pollution, depletion of finite
resources, and land and water
contamination risks f rom waste
disposal. They also include positive
impacts like job creation, reduced
material and production costs, and
improved supply chain resilience.
Over the year, we completed
waste assessments at several sites,
working with teams to understand
the types and volumes of waste
generated across our operations.
These assessments provided valuable
insights into key waste streams and
opportunities to implement circular
economy initiatives.
This work has informed the
development of a waste management
programme, which sets out a series
of actions to be implemented over
the coming years.
Sustainable
procurement
Our people
Biodiversity and Nature
Our communities and partnerships
Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition
We are two years into our
Strengthening Procurement
programme to align supplier
values and practices with our high
standards of care and responsibility.
This year, we:
+assessed 268 suppliers against
social and environmental criteria,
with no significant adverse impacts
identified
+continued to share best practice
on modern slavery and human
rights risks.
+worked to integrate Manawa’s
supplier base into Contact’s
procurement systems and
processes, following completion
of the acquisition in July 2025.
Our commitments are set out in our
2026 Modern Slavery Statement,
Supplier Code of Conduct, Human
Rights Policy, and Environmental
Policy.
As most tier 1 suppliers are
New Zealand companies, our
spend supports jobs and economic
prosperity at home. Our policies
and processes help suppliers reduce
wider supply chain impacts.
46
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Tracking against our strategic metrics
Five years into execution we continue to make good progress.
Strategic themeRAG statusFY26 resultMaterial themeIndicatorTargets
Environment
Reduction of 857 ktCO
2
e
(reduced 73 percent)
Climate mitigation and
energy transition
Emissions f rom generationReduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions
by 45 percent by 2026 compared to a 2018
base year (SBTi target)
Achieve net zero Scope 1 and 2 emissions by
2035
Reduction of 0.105 tCO
2
e/MWh
(reduced 77 percent)
Climate mitigation and
energy transition
Emissions intensity f rom
generation
Reduce Scope 1 GHG emissions by 37 percent
per MWh by 2030 compared to a 2018
base year
16,785 ML discharged
(increased 1,339 ML f rom FY25).
Discharge of separated geothermal
water f rom the Wairākei station
ceased 30 June 2026
Biodiversity and Nature Geothermal fluid discharge
to rivers
Significantly reduce operational discharges of
geothermal fluid to Waikato River by 2026
73,116 trees planted in FY26,
337,919 trees planted since
target set in FY21
Biodiversity and NatureNumber of trees plantedPlant 100,000 native trees around our
generation sites by 2024
Social
167 organisations supportedOur communities and
partnerships
Number of community
organisations supported
Support 100 community initiatives and
organisations each year
36 percent reconnected within
24 hours
Our customersPercentage reconnected50 percent of customers disconnected for debt
reconnected within 24 hours
88 percent without Prepay
93 percent with Prepay
Our customersPercentage of customers
accepted
Sign up 96 percent of new customers,
increasing energy accessibility for those with
poor credit history
Strengthened procurement
system to improve supplier
screening and updated standard
contracts to include modern
slavery clauses
Our peopleModern slavery
commitment
Committed to understanding and removing
modern slavery f rom our supply chain
98.6 percent pay equity for
Contact employees
Our peoplePay equity is monitored and
reported on
Ensure all Contact employees and contractors
are paid a fair and equitable wage
A member of Pride PledgeOur peopleInclusionMaintain commitment to Pride at Contact
Complete/on-track
Minor delay and/or cost increase
Major delay and/or cost increase
47
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Strategic themeRAG statusFY26 resultMaterial themeIndicatorTargets
Governance
Continue to make progress to
embed at all levels
Our peopleGender splitMinimum of 40:40:20 female:male:open
through all levels of our company
Issued €500mn Medium Term
notes. 100% of debt certified as
green
Percentage green debtCertify all debt as green
Operational
excellence
Digital and technology enabled
trading optimisation
Digital capabilityContinuously improve operations through
innovation and digitisation
Digital and technology enabled
generation process
improvements
Digital capabilityContinuously improve operations through
innovation and digitisation
3 of 4 Roxburgh turbine
replacements successfully
installed and operational
Inf rastructure and asset
resilience
4 of 4 Clyde transformers
replaced
Inf rastructure and asset
resilience
Transformative
ways of
working
14,867 courses completedOur peopleContact UniversityCreate a flexible and high-performing
environment for Aotearoa New Zealand’s
top talent
17 leaders have completed
our Mau Taniwha Leadership
programme
Our peopleLeadership CapabilityCreate a flexible and high-performing
environment for Aotearoa New Zealand’s
top talent
48
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
1,250,000
1,000,000
750,000
500,000
250,000
0
FY18FY19FY20FY21FY23FY24FY25FY26FY22
Emissions from electricity generation (tCO
2
e)
1,250,000
1,000,000
750,000
500,000
250,000
0
FY18
Total greenhouse gas emissions by Scope
(tCO
2
e) for Contact and Western Energy
Scope 1 – produced directly through our operations
Scope 2 – emissions f rom purchased electricity
Scope 3 – emissions in our wider supply chain
FY26FY25
Reducing
greenhouse gas
emissions and
measuring our
impact
Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition
In line with our 2035 Net Zero
generation commitment, we
continue to reduce our emissions.
We calculate and report our emissions
using the Greenhouse Gas (GHG)
Protocol and Aotearoa New Zealand
Climate Standards (NZCS).
Our emissions include:
+Scope 1: direct emissions f rom
our operations
+Scope 2: emissions f rom purchased
electricity
+Scope 3: emissions across our
value chain
Emissions f rom electricity generation
account for most of our total emissions.
In 2018 we set Science-Based Targets
Initiative (SBTi)-verified emissions
reductions targets, updated in 2021 to:
+reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2
emissions by 45 percent by 2026
f rom a 2018 base year
+reduce absolute Scope 1 and 3
emissions f rom sold electricity
by 45 percent by 2026
+reduce Scope 3 emissions f rom
use of sold products by 34 percent
by 2026.
We remain on track to achieve our
Scope 1 and 2 and Scope 1 and 3
targets by the end of calendar year
2026 and our long-term goal of net
zero generation emissions by 2035.
The target for Scope 3 emissions
f rom use of sold products is at risk
given our role in supplying gas to
essential public services (read more
in Gas for government, schools and
hospitals).
We continue to review our target
setting approach, including
alignment with SBTi requirements.
Scope 1 emissions decreased
significantly this year due to the
reduced running of our Taranaki
Combined Cycle power station,
now closed, and increased hydro
and geothermal generation.
Our generation was 98 percent
renewable in FY26, and our Scope 1
emissions decreased by 57 percent
compared with FY25.
Compared to our 2018 base year,
in FY26:
+Scope 1 and 2 emissions were
73 percent lower
+Scope 3 emissions were
24 percent lower.
As the transition to renewables
continues, Scope 3 emissions are
expected to fluctuate due to security-
of-supply measures, including the
Huntly strategic reserve and the use
of gas as a transition fuel for industry
and government. See page 32 for
more about our 2035 Net Zero goals
and pathway to achieving them.
49
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
At Contact, our
community of team
members are deeply
committed to making
a positive impact on
New Zealand.
We know that by creating a workplace
where we look out for each other,
where our people can bring their true
selves to work, and where we provide
opportunities for growth and learning
aligned with our strategy, our 1,421
people will lead New Zealand’s
renewable energy future.
In June, Contact was honoured to
be awarded the third most inspiring
workplace in Australasia in the 2026
Australasian Inspiring Workplaces
Awards. The judges gave special
mention of our approach to wellbeing
and inclusion, noting our entry
was “an outstanding, evidence-rich
submission that clearly demonstrates
a purpose-led culture and a mature,
integrated people strategy at scale.”
In July 2026 our employee
engagement score increased to
8 out of 10, f rom 7.5 the previous year.
Several factors drove this increase,
including completing the integration
with Manawa and belief in our
strategy. Our employee net promoter
score (a measure of those who would
recommend working at Contact)
also improved by 13 points to 39.
Transformative
ways of working
Contact’s values
Own the future
We take responsibility
for the legacy we’re
creating – for ourselves,
our customers, and
Aotearoa New Zealand.
We do the everyday
things brilliantly,
unlock potential in
ourselves and each
other, and make bold
choices that shape a
future we’re proud of.
Brave humility
Turning up with
courage, curiosity,
and care – choosing
progress over
perfection, and people
over ego. It’s about
backing ourselves and
backing each other.
It’s how we stay
grounded and down
to earth so we can
grow fast and move
forward together.
Performance edge
We concentrate on
what truly gets results
and deliver with
conviction. We bring
a challenger mindset –
simplifying, raising
the bar, and acting
with pace to create
meaningful impact
for our business, our
communities, and
our people.
Over the coming months the refreshed values and behaviours will be embedded at
every touchpoint, from recognition to performance management, for new starters
to our longest tenured team members.
When these values are applied consistently, we reduce friction,
we improve execution and we lift overall performance. We make faster,
better decisions, and build trust with stakeholders by doing what we
say we will do. And we deliver renewable projects at pace and maintain
the resilience of our existing portfolio. Most importantly, we create the
operating environment that Contact needs to deliver.
Jan Bibby
Chief People Experience Officer, Contact
Refreshing our
values
Our people
This year, once the Manawa
integration was largely completed,
we turned our minds to how we
need to operate to deliver the
Contact31+ strategy. The time
felt right to look at how we work
together and the values and
behaviours we need to succeed.
Our Leadership Team reviewed
extensive insights f rom our people,
including verbatims f rom our
regular engagement and culture
surveys f rom both Contact and
Manawa. This revealed a set of values
and behaviours that we introduced
to senior leaders before sharing with
all Contact people in May 2026.
The ref reshed values and behaviours
will give our people clarity about
how we operate, particularly as
we move into the execution of our
Contact31+ strategy.
50
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Diversity, Equity
and Inclusion
Our people
At Contact, we are committed
to fostering an equitable work
environment where inclusion is
embedded in everything we do.
We believe in building workplaces
where our people can bring their
true selves to work. Our Inclusion
and Diversity policy and strategy
provide the f ramework to deliver
on this belief.
Our work on early careers (see
Attracting future talent) is an
important part of our long-term
strategy to address equity and
inclusion in our business.
Over 400 team members are directly
involved in our four employee-led
networks: Women, Māori and
Pasifika, Wellbeing, and Pride in
Contact. These networks are focused
on fostering inclusion, supporting
development, and strengthening
engagement.
This year, our networks have worked
on building awareness and capability
across a range of topics including
neurodiversity, women’s health,
and sleep, as well as celebrating
core inclusion dates – International
Women’s Day, Pink Shirt Day,
Te Wiki o te Reo Māori (Māori
Language Week), and Pride.
Our Growing your Whānau Policy is
now in its fourth year, with 52 team
members taking up the benefits as
primary care givers of new babies,
and another 19 receiving the partner
benefits. This policy supports anyone
who is the primary caregiver for a
child under six, f rom the early days
through to returning to work.
Developing our
people’s capability
Our people
We have continued to grow the
capability of our team through
development opportunities aligned
with our strategic priorities.
This year, we launched an AI Academy
open to all team members to build
confidence in using AI and ensure
responsible use. Three foundation
modules are now in place, with more
to come.
We ran a series of change readiness
workshops to support leaders and
team members in the lead-up to
the integration with Manawa, with
over 700 Contact people attending.
Seventeen leaders completed the
Mau Taniwha leadership programme,
which is now in its third year.
The launch of Contact31+ and our
new values will see our leadership
programme evolve in FY27.
Contact University, our custom-
developed platform for online
learning, continued to support
our people’s development. In the
last 12 months, our team members
completed more than 14,867
individual courses.
Health and Safety
Our people
Across Contact, our people take
safety seriously, looking out for each
other and ensuring everyone returns
home safely to their whānau at the
end of the working day.
We take a structured approach
to managing critical risks – those
with the potential to cause serious
harm to people, communities and
assets. Through site-specific risk
registers, safety-in-design, f rontline
engagement, and assurance
activities, we make sure our controls
remain practical, effective and
aligned to the way work is done.
We’re piloting an AI-powered health
and safety tool developed f rom
our company-wide hackathon.
Trend Tracker connects thousands
of observations across Contact to
identify emerging risks and themes.
It transforms data into actionable
insights, assigns risk levels, and
enables earlier intervention, better
prioritisation, and stronger decision-
making to improve the management
of critical risks.
The Manawa integration in 2025
gave us an opportunity to review the
safety climate amongst our newest
team members. Our score of 79
out of 100 was above the positive
safety benchmark for comparable
organisations.
We further strengthened our
safety climate by investing in safety
citizenship training for over 150 of
these new team members. This
programme is a core part of Contact’s
Left to right: Meriana Morehu (Tangata Whenua Coordinator),
Tunisia Davis (Tauhara Intern), Rongomai Hoskin (Tangata Whenua Advisor),
Dr Kate Mauriohooho (Volcanologist).
51
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
health and safety approach where
safety is an outcome of work done
well, embedded in how we operate
every day.
Our skin health programme, now in
its third year, continues to save lives.
We’re seeing greater awareness
of skin health and sun safety
practices among our people, with
more team members presenting
for early assessment. As a result
of this programme, over the past
12 months, our f ree skin check
programme has identified five
melanomas.
New Zealand
employment
market
Our people
Our success with early careers is
against the backdrop of a constrained
economy where unemployment is at
its highest level since the pandemic.
The first quarter of 2026 suggested
this may be starting to ease, with a
12 percent increase in the number of
jobs advertised across New Zealand.
Demand for engineering roles was
even more pronounced, increasing
by 25 percent on the previous year.
Despite this demand and a shortage
of specialist skills in New Zealand,
we continue to receive a high volume
of applications for open roles –
30 percent more this year than last.
The strength of our employment
brand has enabled us to attract the
talent we need, in spite of the skills
shortages.
As the economy improves and
the demand for labour intensifies,
we will continue to listen to the
market and our people to ensure
our offering and employment brand
remain compelling.
Attracting future
talent
Our people
Contact recognises that achieving
a secure energy future depends
not only on inf rastructure, but on
developing talent capability ahead
of demand.
In 2023, we identified key workforce
risks particularly in technical areas
where our teams were ageing, male-
dominated, and lacking Māori and
Pasifika representation. This came at
the same time as rising competition
for talent, growing skills shortages
and a constrained domestic talent
pipeline.
To address this, we hired a dedicated
early careers lead (Caleb Jasmat
pictured in breakout box) and
designed an end-to-end early careers
strategy, treating it as a long-term
workforce development pipeline.
Three pathways – a graduate
programme, summer internships,
and apprenticeships – collectively
support graduates, students,
apprentices, career changers, and
those re-entering the workforce.
Three years on, our early careers
programme is recognised as one
of the best in the country. In 2025,
Contact was ranked the number one
graduate employer in the Energy
and Utilities sector by Prosple, and
second overall in New Zealand.
Graduate applications have increased
by 315 percent between 2024 and
2025. Female representation of hired
graduates grew f rom 30 percent in
2023, to 87 percent in 2026. Māori
and Pasifika applications made up
25 percent of accepted offers for the
2026 cohort.
Our approach was recognised in
October 2025 with the Best Diversity
& Inclusion Strategy Award f rom
the NZ Association of Graduate
Employers. It is also a finalist in the
2026 Energy Excellence Awards,
FutureForce category.
Importantly our focus on early
careers is strengthening critical
capability, expanding access to
energy careers, building authentic
community partnerships, and
contributing to a more inclusive,
resilient energy workforce for
generations to come.
I’d planned to spend a few years
overseas playing cricket and chasing
the sun when I saw this opportunity
at Contact.
I’m privileged to work with people
inside and outside our business
from all over the country.
Our partnership with the First
Foundation is a real standout.
We support scholars from low
socio-economic households to
go to university, which genuinely
changes the pathway of their lives.
We stay with them for four years
and hopefully the next evolution
will see us support them with work
experience, internships or into a
graduate role to start their careers.
We have an important role to play
as a large company in a critical
industry to really shape the future
for young New Zealanders. We’re
giving them a start into a career
that could take them all around
the world. It’s an exciting time to be
part of Contact with it’s ambition
to lead New Zealand’s renewable
energy future.
I’m grateful for the support Contact
provides, allowing me to chase my
dreams outside of work, continuing
to play cricket around the world.
Caleb Jasmat
Early Careers Lead, Contact
Former Captain, Samoa Cricket Team
Wairākei Power Station, Taupō.
52
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Gender balance
Our people
Contact partners with Global Women
on the Champions for Change
reporting initiative, which tracks
participating organisations’ progress
towards our shared gender balance
goal of 40:40:20 (men:women:open).
Our seven-member Contact Board
includes two women, with a third
woman director being appointed
effective 1 September 2026. While
our eight person leadership team
has two women. The Contact Board
recognises that improvement is
needed. We are taking proactive
steps to ref resh our talent f ramework
and strengthen the identification,
development and progression of
a more diverse pipeline of future
leaders. Encouragingly, the proportion
of women in senior management
roles has increased f rom 40 percent
in FY25 to 42 percent this year.
Women comprise 42 percent
of our overall workforce.
Like others in the energy sector,
Contact faces a long-term challenge
in addressing the gender pay gap.
In FY26, our median pay gap decreased
f rom 42.4 percent to 37.8. This reflects
the composition of our workforce,
with a higher proportion of women
in our contact centres and more men
in our power stations, where many of
the most highly skilled and highest-
paid technical roles sit. Pay equity
(equal pay for equal work) amongst
our people improved to 98.6 percent.
Read more in Gender pay reporting.
Our people have told us that pay
equity is important to them, and
we understand that perceptions of
inequity can impact engagement.
Our Inclusion and Diversity initiatives
will help close this gap, and our mahi
on early careers (see Attracting
future talent) is an important part
of the long-term solution.
Gender
(Contact and Western Energy)
FY26FY26FY26FY26FY25FY25FY25FY25
Men
56.7%
Men
53.3%
Women
41.7%
Women
45.3%
Undisclosed
1.6%
Undisclosed
1.5%
Gender
Board and Leadership team
Board*
Leadership team* **
Women
2
Women
3
Men
5
Men
4
Men
8
Men
7
Women
2
Women
1
1 Individuals can choose to identify multiple ethnicities. Data is for Contact only,
Western Energy does not track ethnicity data.
2 Af rican, Middle Eastern & Latin American.
Ethnicity
1
Māori
0
200
300
400
100
500
600
700
Pasifika
Asian
European
Other
AMELA
2
Undisclosed
20262025
Age diversity
(Contact and Western Energy)
Under 30
16%
Under 30
13%
30–50
52%
30–50
52%
Over 50
32%
Undisclosed
0%
Undisclosed
0%
Over 50
35%
* No Director or Officer self-identifies as gender diverse.
** FY26 includes Integration Director Matt Bolton who left Contact
on 31 March 2026.
53
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Operational
excellence
At Contact, operational
excellence means
continuing to improve
the way we deliver safe,
reliable, and resilient
energy infrastructure
for New Zealand.
This year, we accelerated our use
of data analytics and AI to improve
processes, boost productivity, and
pave the way for future process
automation.
We now have Enterprise AI
applications, such as Generative
AI agents, in production. These are
improving retail customer service,
analysing trends in health and safety
data, offering easy access to process
safety documentation, and more.
We have a responsible AI usage
policy, which was approved by the
Board in December 2025.
This work sits alongside and
supports our ongoing investment
in existing generation assets. In the
past year, we have continued to
increase efficiency and improved
the way we deliver our planned
maintenance programmes (known as
turnarounds), while maintaining our
fundamental commitment to safety.
BatMan powers
battery trading
Climate Mitigation and Energy Transition
Infrastructure and Asset Resilience
An algorithm called BatMan is at
the heart of Contact’s new trading
system. Created by our Trading
and Technology Innovation teams,
BatMan has integrated our new
battery at Glenbrook Ohurua.
From a trading perspective,
the battery provides a new set
of options to support Contact’s
generation portfolio. With quick
start up and no reliance on the
sun shining or wind blowing, the
battery can be run on any given day
in many different ways. It improves
our ability to respond to short-term
price volatility and rapid changes in
system conditions.
The BatMan algorithm
automatically generates
recommendations for how the
battery should be offered to the
market at any time. It combines
real-time telemetry f rom the battery
with live market data, providing
updated recommendations as
f requently as every six seconds,
five minutes, or as required 24/7.
As battery trading is still relatively
new in New Zealand, there was no
established playbook. So, our Trading
and Technology Innovation teams
have built a system that did not
exist before, and which the team
will iterate and adapt for future use.
“This is our first foray into
integrated algorithmic
trading which will over the
years scale to respond to
further investments by the
Renewable Development team
and help us manage our own
intermittent assets like solar and
wind.” Sam Turner, Market and
Portfolio Analytics Manager.
Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1, Auckland.
54
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTSCONTENTS
A home-grown
reservoir
management
platform
Infrastructure and Asset Resilience
Innovation for Geothermal Excellence
The launch of our geothermal
reservoir management solution,
Māpuna, is one of our operational
highlights of the past year. It has
been recognised as a finalist in the
2026 Energy Excellence Awards.
After a decade of testing various
commercial products, our geothermal
specialists and Technology Innovation
team collaborated on an initiative to
build our own solution.
Māpuna brings critical well,
geology, condition and performance
data into one clear, visual platform.
It replaces outdated tools and
spreadsheets (including data
f rom over 540 wells spanning
more than 70 years), into a single,
trusted system.
The data provided by Māpuna
enables better decision-making
across reservoir engineering, drilling
and development, faster analysis,
stronger forecasting, and more
proactive maintenance to protect
long-term reservoir health.
As we extend our advantage as
New Zealand’s geothermal leader
under our Contact31+ strategy,
Māpuna will guide our development
plans. It will enable us to scale on
high-quality existing fields, explore
new options, and continue to
improve our cost-efficiency .
“Māpuna is an excellent example of
magic happening when the Tech
team and Generation business units
work together. Our geothermal well
management has gone f rom one
of Contact’s most significant risks to
a strategic advantage, and the two
teams have developed a world-first
technology solution that is used every
day.” Tighe Wall, Chief Technology
Officer.
The true value Māpuna has
delivered to Contact extends far
beyond reservoir management.
Through the development of
Māpuna, Contact built its data
and AI capabilities, increased its
AI maturity, and unlocked the
structured, high-quality data
environment needed to scale AI
over time. It shows how a business-
critical challenge can be turned
into a platform for innovation,
performance and competitiveness.
Asset
Management
Raising the
bar on planned
maintenance
Infrastructure and Asset Resilience
Planned maintenance turnarounds
(or shutdowns) at our power
stations enable our teams to
carry out essential maintenance
to reduce the risk of unexpected
outages and ensure reliable energy
generation.
This year, our turnaround team has
delivered a number of firsts, thanks
to ongoing operational efficiencies.
At Ohaaki, the team completed
both the station and steamfield
in a single turnaround – the first
time this has been done. During
this turnaround, as well as regular
cleaning and maintenance, the
team found cracks in the turbine’s
rotor which was replaced with one
f rom an adjacent unit.
Our new plants at Tauhara and
Te Huka 3 had their first-year
turnarounds during the year.
At Tauhara, vendors Fuji Electric
and Sumitomo Corporation
replaced the stainless-steel
bellows under warranty.
At Wairākei, the planned
turnarounds saw our two turbine
generators stripped down for
maintenance, while in Stratford,
the team completed the annual
inspection on our two gas peakers
in just three weeks – a week faster
than previous.
I joined Contact as a mechanical
geothermal technician in 2021.
Last year I got the opportunity to
step up as a Turnaround Manager
to see if I would enjoy it. I haven’t
looked back since.
The highlight has definitely been
the Te Huka 3 turnaround last year.
It was a new plant up for its first-year
service. Despite some unplanned
work, which is par for the course
in a first turnaround, the team
executed really well, and we came
in on budget and with an excellent
quality assurance rating.
It’s the team that makes these
projects a success: the guys on the
ground, those behind the scenes,
the operators, and support from
the rest of the business. Seeing
everyone come together is what
really makes it for me.
Jason Hydes
Turnaround Manager, Geothermal
55
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Hydro upgrades
Infrastructure and Asset Resilience
Our multi-year $33 million project to
replace four of the eight turbines at
the Roxburgh hydro dam continued
throughout the year. Three new
turbines are now in operation with
the fourth due by the end of this
calendar year.
As each turbine comes online, it can
produce an extra 11GWh of renewable
electricity a year compared to the
old design. When complete, the four
new turbines will increase the dam’s
average generation 44GWh (enough
to power an additional 6,000 homes).
The new turbines, manufactured by
German hydro-engineering specialist
Voith Hydro, replace the original units
that had served the power station
since the 1950s.
At Clyde, we have now finished
our transformer upgrade which
has seen four units replaced with
modern alternatives. This was a
significant project, consuming over
40,000 hours of Contact and external
specialist expertise. It represents
an investment in grid reliability and
operational continuity.
At Matahina, we upgraded the dam
dewatering gate to increase dam
safety and earthquake resilience.
The $4 million project also replaced
the internal stairs built in 1967 with
a 10-storey modular suspended
stair system.
The $32 million project to upgrade
three of the Coleridge units is now
well underway. The G1 upgrade is
complete increasing the unit output
by 2.8MW. G2 is planned for 2027
followed by G3 in 2028 and once
the project is complete the overall
station output will increase f rom
39MW to 42.3MW.
Our $35 million Highbank unit
replacement project is progressing
well with demolition works complete
and the new scroll case installation
underway. We’re expecting the new
unit to come online in 2027.
Technology asset
management
Infrastructure and Asset Resilience
This year, our technology team
created a f ramework, tools and
processes to enhance the way we
manage the digital and IT systems
across Contact. This technology
asset management plan will improve
security and reliability, reduce
risk, and ensure our technology
investments align with business
goals. It includes a clear roadmap
f rom FY27 onwards.
Process safety
Infrastructure and Asset Resilience
At Contact, process safety reflects
our commitment to managing the
inherent hazards of generating and
delivering energy safely, reliably, and
responsibly. It covers the systems,
procedures, and practices that
prevent major incidents which
are low in f requency but high in
consequence. Our goal is to ensure
they never occur.
Alongside our everyday continuous
improvement programmes, our two
priorities this year relate to our new
power station Te Mihi Stage 2 and the
Manawa integration.
The safety case for our new power
station, Te Mihi Stage 2, has now
been submitted to WorkSafe. This
substantial body of work identifies
the major hazard risks at the site,
shows the controls in place, and
provides assurance the controls
Clyde Power Station transformers now installed.
56
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
are effective, maintained, and
continuously improved.
Contact’s purchase of Manawa Energy
has added 25 new generation sites
to our fleet. As expected, reported
process safety events have increased,
reflecting both the expanded portfolio
and our emphasis on encouraging
greater reporting to improve
transparency and prevention.
As we have integrated the two
businesses, we have sought to
adopt the best processes f rom
each. Contact is adopting Manawa’s
approach to dam safety. Contact’s
process safety training is being rolled
out across the teams that operate
the former Manawa hydro assets.
Strengthening
cyber resilience
Infrastructure and Asset Resilience
This year, we continued to strengthen
our cybersecurity capabilities to
support safe, reliable, and resilient
operations. We reduced exposure
to key cyber risks through stronger
controls, including improvements
to identity security, email protection
and technology asset management.
We enhanced our ability to
detect, respond to and recover
f rom incidents through resilience
testing, independent assurance
activities, and ongoing capability
investment. As cyber threats evolve,
we are strengthening oversight of
third-party risk and improving our
detection and response capabilities
to protect information and support
operational resilience.
Protecting privacy
Energy Wellbeing
Infrastructure and Asset Resilience
As custodians of the personal
information entrusted to us, we are
committed to protecting the privacy
of our customers and employees.
The Privacy Committee is made up
of senior leaders f rom across the
business and chaired by the Privacy
Officer – Chief Corporate Affairs Officer.
It meets every two months to
drive privacy-focused initiatives or
convenes immediately to approve
responses to moderate or greater
privacy breaches.
This year we ref reshed our privacy
policies to reflect new privacy
requirements and to support
transparent management of
personal information. An internal
assurance review will be conducted
by November to assess whether
our privacy policies are fit for
purpose for the adoption of AI.
Western Energy
Infrastructure and Asset Resilience
Our team at Western Energy
combined strong operational
performance with innovation
and growth throughout the year.
Key achievements included
completing complex repair work at
Tauhara which was part of the first
commercialisation of the coiled tube
drilling rig. Our wireline, live well
interventions, and formation
cleaning projects also delivered
significant value.
We were proud to receive the
Innovation Award for our new high
capacity coil tubing unit and be
recognised as Highly Commended
Employer of the Year at the Taupō
Business Awards. We were also
finalists in the New Zealand Energy
Awards for our formation cleaning
delivery, reflecting Western’s
commitment to innovation,
capability development and
service excellence.
Our international work included
establishing our Philippines branch,
delivering multiple projects for the
Energy Development Corporation of
the Philippines and completing our
first wireline operations in Japan.
Looking ahead, Western is strongly
positioned to support growing
geothermal development through
advances in supercritical well
capability, digital solutions and
continuous improvement initiatives.
Tauhara Power Station, Taupō.
57
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
About us
AI Hackathon, Wellington.
58
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
See the Governance matters section of this report for a matrix of the Board’s expertise
across a range of strategic skills. You can also find profiles of the directors on our website.
Our directors bring broad knowledge, deep understanding, and strong experience to the boardroom table. Their governance
sets our strategic direction and enables Contact to thrive, succeed, and navigate risk. They apply independent judgement and
constructive challenge until they are satisfied with decisions, helping us seize the right opportunities and ensuring we balance
the interests of all our stakeholders.
Our
Board
Sandra Dodds
INDEPENDENT
NON-EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR
Appointed director
September 2021
Chair of the Audit
and Risk Committee
Rukumoana
Schaafhausen
INDEPENDENT
NON-EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR
Appointed director
March 2021
Member of the
Health, Safety
and Environment
Committee, and
People Committee
David Gibson
INDEPENDENT
NON-EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR
Appointed director
February 2024
Member of the Audit
and Risk Committee
Robert McDonald
INDEPENDENT
NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIR
Appointed director
November 2015
Member of the
People Committee
David Smol
INDEPENDENT
NON-EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR
Appointed director
October 2018
Chair of the
Health, Safety
and Environment
Committee, and
Member of the Audit
and Risk Committee
Jon Macdonald
INDEPENDENT
NON-EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR
Appointed director
November 2018
Chair of the People
Committee
Deion Campbell
NON-INDEPENDENT
NON-EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR
Appointed director
July 2025. Member
of the Health, Safety
and Environment
Committee
Our
Board
Alison Barrass
INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR
Appointed
1 September 2026
Alison will fill a casual
vacancy on the Board
f rom 1 September and
will stand for election
by shareholders at the
Annual Shareholder
meeting 16 September
2026.
Our
Board
59
Our leadership team implements the strategy approved by the Board. They ensure the Board receives accurate and timely
information about Contact’s operations, performance, legal obligations, reputation, financial position, and prospects.
They provide strong and visible leadership across Contact and with our external stakeholders. They manage our people
and resources to ensure we operate effectively, efficiently, and deliver on our strategic priorities.
Mike Fuge
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Joined 2020
Dorian Devers
CHIEF RENEWABLE GROWTH OFFICER
Joined 2018
Chris Abbott
CHIEF CORPORATE AFFAIRS OFFICER
Joined 2019 (Leadership team Dec 2021)
Tighe Wall
CHIEF TECHNOLOGY OFFICER
Joined 2020 (Leadership team Sep 2021)
Jan Bibby
CHIEF PEOPLE EXPERIENCE OFFICER
Joined 2019
John Clark
CHIEF GENERATION OFFICER
Joined 2018 (Leadership team Feb 2022)
Matt Forbes
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
Joined 2015 (Leadership team May 2025)
Carolyn Luey
CHIEF RETAIL OFFICER
Joined Jul 2025
Our leadership team
60
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Senior leaders
Contact cares deeply about the communities we operate in and relationships with stakeholders. Engaging with these
groups in a respectful and mutually beneficial way is not only important for delivering on our strategy, but also about
being a good corporate citizen.
The senior leaders highlighted here represent Contact with key external stakeholder groups.
Robin Baxter
Major Projects
Director
Tim Boyce
Head of Wholesale
Markets
Boyd Brinsdon
Head of Generation
– Hydro
Kirsten Clayton
General Counsel and
Company Secretary
Matthew Cleland
Head of Business
Development –
Wind & Solar
Mike Dunstall
Head of Business
Development –
Geothermal
James Flannery
Head of Market
Development
Sera Flint
Head of Brand and
Marketing
Saralaya Frost
Head of Strategic
Finance
Corinne
Gouldsbury
Head of People
Experience
Operations
Mark Green
Head of Health and
Safety
Shelley
Hollingsworth
Head of Strategy and
Investor Relations
Julie Jang
Head of New
Ventures
Lauren Jepson
Head of People
Experience Centres
of Expertise
Kate Kolich
Head of Data and AI
Jeremy MacIver
Head of Commercial
Angela McMillan
Head of Rewards and
Benefits
Jenni McNeil
Head of Security and
Infrastructure
Todd Mead
Head of Business
Development –
Hydro
Bryan Middleton
Head of Outstanding
Customer
Experience
Sam Morse
Head of Innovation
and Growth
Rob Nichol
Head of Generation
Thermal
Amy Oding
Head of Strategy and
Transformation
Michael
Robertson
Head of Consenting
Andy Sibley
Head of Simply
Energy
Mike Stevens
Head of Generation –
Geothermal
Taria Tahana
Head of
Sustainability
Eleanore Walker
Head of
Procurement
Brett Woods
Head of Regulatory
and Government
Relations
Louise Wright
Head of
Communications
and Reputation
61
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
External influences
At Contact, our ability to create value for our shareholders is
affected by global influences, such as economic conditions
and climate change, as well as local factors including the
cost of living and New Zealand’s regulatory environment.
The energy trilemma
The World Energy Council’s Energy
Trilemma is a set of objectives to
guide energy policy. There are
three components: Energy Security,
Energy Sustainability, and Energy
Affordability.
The independent report f rom
Boston Consulting Group showed
New Zealand continues to perform
well against these metrics, but some
challenges remain. The report found:
+Energy Security – New Zealand’s
system remains relatively reliable
and secure but the decline in gas
supply has exacerbated challenges
in supply when it is dry and
windless.
+Energy Sustainability – emissions
f rom electricity generation have
reduced by 66 percent since 2005,
and New Zealand is on track to be
more than 95 percent renewable
by 2027.
+Energy Affordability – increasing
gas prices have caused wholesale
electricity prices to rise, but
end consumer electricity prices
continue to perform well compared
to global peers.
As a business, we have a duty of care
to ensure our customers have reliable
access to electricity when they need
it. We also have a responsibility to
deliver affordable electricity, and to
protect the most vulnerable as we
decarbonise electricity generation.
We are investing at pace to support
the transition, while also working
hard with our customers and
industry to shift energy use off-peak,
and build the flexible, resilient energy
system essential for New Zealand’s
transition to an electrified economy.
Regulatory environment
Dry year risk
Regulatory attention remains high
following the elevated prices during
the dry conditions in 2024. It is
important that New Zealanders
trust the electricity sector to
provide secure and reliable supply
no matter the weather. The best
response to these challenges is to
continue to rapidly invest to fill the
gap left by the decline of the gas
sector. This strategy is working,
with wholesale prices falling in
line with the expected costs to
build new generation.
The New Zealand government is
also in the process of procuring
an LNG import facility. A right-
sized facility would be a sensible
addition to the New Zealand energy
market, providing additional fuel for
direct gas users, and insurance for
electricity generation in dry years.
Non-discrimination obligations
The recently introduced non-
discrimination obligations will
help improve transparency and
confidence in the market. The rules
took effect f rom 1 July 2026 and
provide a f ramework to demonstrate
we treat all parties we contract
with on fair and consistent terms.
This regime will also support an
improved allocation of costs to our
retail business, reflecting the costs a
business of Contact’s size would face.
Resource management reform
The New Zealand Government has
embarked on a reform programme
of the Resource Management
system. The Natural Environment Bill
and the Planning Bill are expected
to pass into law. Contact is broadly
supportive of the new legislative
f ramework. A more supportive
consenting environment will be
necessary to maintain energy security
and support economic growth. This
does not change our commitment to
being a responsible long-term partner
and environmental steward in the
regions where we operate, including
continuing to engage in good faith
with local communities, mana
whenua, and other key stakeholders.
62
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Enable our strategy through empowered
people and leaders, relationships with our
stakeholders, tech advantage, and productivity
Contact26
Building a better Aotearoa New Zealand
Contact31
+
Leading New Zealand’s renewable
energy future
Capitals
Nature
Grow demand for renewable electricity
Relationships
Decarbonise our portfolio
People
Grow renewable developmentLead on new flexibility in New Zealand
Build into new demand with wind and solar
Lead the energy transition at home
Assets
Enable our strategy through strong ESG
practices, transformative ways of working,
and operational excellence
Finance
Create outstanding customer experiences
Creating value
We’re putting our energy where
it matters most – to create a better
Aotearoa New Zealand.
Nature
The environment provides
the resources our generation
business relies on including
water, geothermal steam and
land. We both impact and
depend on nature.
People
The expertise, competence,
and passion of everyone f rom
our Board and Leadership
Team through to those in our
offices and sites underpin our
operations. Our approach
is embodied in our values.
This includes how we work
together, manage risks, look
for improvements, and treat
each other with respect.
Relationships
Our social licence to operate
relies on myriad relationships
within and between our
communities, stakeholders, and
networks. It relies on building
goodwill and earning trust with
all our stakeholders including
tangata whenua, customers,
communities, investors,
regulators, media, suppliers,
and our own people.
Finance
We have a pool of funds that we
deploy to produce and deliver
energy, serve our customers,
and undertake all our other
activities. This has been
generated through our business
activities, our investors, and our
debt arrangements, and relies
on us delivering on our strategy.
Assets
We use many physical and
intellectual assets to deliver
reliable, affordable, and
environmentally sustainable
electricity. These include power
stations, offices, vehicles,
transmission and distribution
connectivity, our reputation,
website and application
software, IT systems, customer
databases, brands, licences,
and internal ‘know-how’.
At Contact, we create value by:
+
Using resources (or capitals) including nature, people, relationships, finances, and assets
+Factoring in external environmental influences
+Running our business activities in a way that is true to our values, vision and strategy,
and overseen by good governance.
+Delivering outcomes that align with our strategy
We depend on various forms of capital for our success. The value of these capitals fluctuates throughout our business activity.
S
u
s
t
a
i
n
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
A
c
c
e
s
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y
R
e
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
y
V
a
l
u
e
s
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
k
e
h
o
l
d
e
r
s
E
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
Extend our advantage as New Zealand’s
geothermal leader
63
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Identifying what matters most
We use the GRI standards and the Integrated
Reporting Framework to report on material
environmental, social and governance (ESG)
activities and provide a balanced view of our
performance. Contact also publishes a Climate
Statement under the Aotearoa New Zealand
Climate Standards.
In 2026, we ref reshed our material topics following
the Manawa acquisition and release of Contact31+.
Guided by GRI 3: Material Topics 2021, we worked
with independent consultants Oxygen Consulting
to determine the ESG topics most significant to
Contact’s business and stakeholders.
We used a double materiality process, which
considered Contact’s impacts on people and the
environment, and potential financial implications
over the short, medium and long term. We aligned
this with Contact’s Enterprise Risk Management
Framework.
The assessment was informed by internal subject
matter experts; external thought leaders and
subject matter experts covering energy wellbeing,
climate resilience, communities and partnerships,
waste and circular economy; the Contact
Leadership Team; and staff through a company-
wide survey.
What we heard from stakeholders
+Contact plays a critical role in supporting
Aotearoa New Zealand’s energy transition,
with stakeholders expecting continued
momentum in renewable generation.
+Energy affordability and customer
wellbeing remain top of mind, with growing
expectations for Contact to balance commercial
performance with supporting customers and
maintaining trust.
+Reliable and resilient energy inf rastructure
is seen as essential, with increasing focus on
managing climate-related risks and ensuring
long-term energy security.
+Expectations are rising for Contact to strengthen
its approach to biodiversity and f reshwater
impacts, alongside demonstrating measurable
progress and transparency.
+There is continued recognition of the
importance of strong, enduring partnerships
with tangata whenua and communities to
enable long-term outcomes and successful
project delivery.
The results identified key material topics and
mapped them by their impact on people,
communities, the environment, and Contact’s
financial performance. This resulted in a
materiality matrix which helped identify
priorities and see where stakeholder
expectations and business risks align or differ.
The work confirmed we are focusing on the
right things. However, we have refined the topic
descriptions and definitions to improve clarity,
reduce ambiguity and strengthen their practical
application.
The waste and circular economy topic has
increased in relevance due to our renewable
energy pipeline and new generation assets
through the Manawa acquisition.
Contact’s Board and Leadership Team received
a verbal presentation and written report,
and approved the topics outlined below.
ThemeFY26 Material Topic
Climate
mitigation and
energy transition
Climate change and GHG emissions
Our contribution to New Zealand’s
decarbonisation
Inf rastructure and
asset resilience
Energy security
Safe and resilient inf rastructure
Biodiversity and
nature
Terrestrial ecological health
Freshwater ecological health
Waste and circular economy
Our people Health, safety, and wellbeing
Employee attraction, development,
and retention
Diversity, equity, and inclusion
Human rights, labour practices,
and modern slavery
Energy wellbeing Energy wellbeing, affordability,
and trust
Our communities
and partnerships
Tangata whenua partnerships
Communities and social impact
This report discusses each of these themes.
It covers topics we determined to be highly
material or material. The exception is Corporate
Governance. Although classed as material, it is
embedded into all topics.
64
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
1. We generate
We own and operate
37 generation sites and
produce the majority of our
electricity from our renewable
hydro and geothermal stations.
Our natural gas and diesel-
fired power stations operate
to ensure the lights stay on
for New Zealanders when
intermittent renewable
plants cannot operate.
3. We trade
We sell the electricity we
generate on the wholesale
market. We purchase goods
and services from a wide range
of suppliers. We also trade a
range of financial products
to manage our risk and
create value.
2. We develop
We build and invest in new
renewable energy directly
and in partnership. Facilitating
new development with long-
term PPAs and sales.
4. We innovate
We create smart solutions
to help customers, partners,
suppliers and communities
to improve energy efficiency
and reduce carbon emissions.
5. We sell and serve
As a retailer we sell products
and services to thousands of
individuals and businesses to
meet their energy, broadband
and mobile needs.
Our supply chain
Our
impacts
Generation
Lines
companies
Corporate activities Operational presenceCustomer service
• Climate change and GHG
emissions
• Our contribution to New Zealand’s
decarbonisation
• Energy security
• Safe and resilient infrastructure
• Terrestrial ecological health
• Freshwater ecological health
• Waste and circular economy
• Health, safety and wellbeing
• Climate change and GHG emissions
• Our contribution to New Zealand’s
decarbonisation
• Energy security
• Safe and resilient infrastructure
• Energy wellbeing, affordability
and trust
• Employee attraction, development
and retention
• Diversity, equity and inclusion
• Human rights, labour practices,
and modern slavery
• Communities and social impact
• Tangata whenua partnerships
• Terrestrial ecological health
• Freshwater ecological health
• Communities and social impact
• Safe and resilient infrastructure
• Our contribution to New Zealand’s
decarbonisation
• Energy security
• Energy wellbeing, affordability
and trust
National
Grid
65
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Governance
matters
Lake Matahina Dam, Bay of Plenty.
66
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Governance matters
Good corporate governance protects
the interests of all stakeholders and
enhances short-term and long-term
value.
We regularly review our corporate governance
systems and always look for opportunities to
improve.
We comply with the recommendations of the NZX
Corporate Governance Code in all material respects
with one exception this year: diversity metrics,
between 16 September 2025, and 30 June 2026,
following Elena Trout’s retirement as a director.
No alternative governance practice was adopted
in lieu of the recommendation during that period.
We have actively recruited to resolve this issue and
as at 1 September 2026 have returned to having at
least 30 percent male and at least 30 percent female
directors. In the intervening period our experienced
Board has continued to bring a broad range of
experiences and perspectives to our decision-
making processes. You can see our full reporting
in our Corporate Governance Statement dated
30 June 2026 on our website.
Our Board
The Board’s role and responsibilities
The Board is responsible for Contact’s governance,
direction and performance.
Specific responsibilities include:
+Setting and approving Contact’s strategic direction
+Approving major investments
+Monitoring financial performance
+Appointing the CEO and monitoring CEO and
senior management performance
+Identifying and controlling significant risks
+Ensuring appropriate systems to manage risk
are in place along with approving Contact’s risk
capacity and tolerance
+Reviewing and approving compliance systems
+Overseeing sustainable development, the
community and environment, and the health
and safety of our people.
Board composition
Contact’s Board comprises seven directors, with
a wide variety of skills, experience and points of
view. A further director was appointed effective
1 September 2026. More information on the
Contact Board, including appointment dates and
committee memberships, and short biographies
setting out skills and experience of each director,
is available on our website.
In May 2026, Contact announced long-standing
Chair, Rob McDonald would retire at the 2026
Annual Shareholders’ Meeting. The Contact Board
has elected Jon Macdonald, a Contact director
since 2018, as Chair.
As at 30 June 2026, the Board considers Deion
Campbell to be non-independent given his
association with Inf ratil Limited and Inf ratil
Investments Limited, who are substantial product
holders of Contact. All other current directors,
including the current and incoming Chair, are
considered to be independent in that they are
not executives of the company and do not have
a direct or indirect interest, position, association
or relationship that could reasonably influence
in a material way, their decisions in relation to
Contact. In making this assessment, the Board
has considered the NZX Listing Rules and
the factors in the NZX Corporate Governance
Code that may affect director independence.
The Board continues to use a director skills matrix
to assist with succession planning and ensure the
appropriate skills and experience are represented.
The matrix shows the areas in which the Board
considers director capability is required to enable
Contact’s success, and the expertise held by
current directors.
The matrix reflects the directors’ assessment of the
current skills held by the Board. It is not expected
that every director will be an expert in every area,
but all skills in the matrix should be represented
on the Board as a whole. The matrix shows a good
spread of expertise and secondary skills among
current directors.
Board performance
We recognise the value of professional development
and the need for directors to remain current in
industry and corporate governance matters. Contact
assists directors with professional development in a
number of ways, including an induction programme
for new directors, briefings to upskill the Board on
new developments, deep-dive workshops on key
issues and Board study tours.
In 2026, the Board undertook deep dives to gain
valuable insight into topics such as AI and dam
safety. These investigations helped inform the
Board’s thinking about the risks and opportunities
for Contact.
We regularly review the performance of
the Board to ensure the Board as a whole,
and individual directors, perform to a high
standard. Comprehensive reviews are carried
out approximately every two years and the last
independent external review undertaken by
BoardOutlook and Propero was conducted in
2024. We intend to ref resh the independent
external review in FY27.
67
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Director skills matrix
Skills and experience categoryCapability
Strategy and risk settings
Strategic oversight
Major projects oversight
Innovation and disruption oversight
Sustainability and environmental oversight
Mergers, acquisitions and divestments oversight
Technology, digital and data oversight
Risk management oversight
Stakeholders and People Leadership
Iwi and community relationships
Safety oversight
Energy Industry
Energy generation and markets
Energy/mass market consumers
Governance and Risk Management
CEO or (large scale) CxO experience
Financing/funding oversight
Corporate governance experience
Accounting and financial reporting oversight
Government and regulatory engagement oversight
Primary Secondary
Board committees
The Board has three core committees to perform
work and provide specialist advice in certain areas.
Our Board works to the principle that committees
should enhance effectiveness in key areas, while
still retaining Board responsibility.
The Audit and Risk Committee helps the Board
fulfil its responsibilities relating to Contact’s
external financial reporting, internal control
environment, business assurance and external
audit functions, and risk management.
The Health, Safety and Environment Committee
supports the Board in relation to health, safety and
wellbeing (HSW) objectives and monitoring HSW
performance. It provides governance oversight of
environmental sustainability matters.
The People Committee advises and supports the
Board to fulfil its responsibilities across all aspects
of Contact’s people and capability strategies, risks,
policies and practices including remuneration.
From time to time, the Board may create ad-hoc
committees to oversee specific areas on its behalf.
Contact does not have a Nominations Committee.
Instead, this responsibility is held by the full Board.
This reflects the importance all directors place on
ensuring the Board is performing well and has the
necessary skills.
The current members of the committees are:
CommitteeMembers
Audit and RiskSandra Dodds (Chair)
David Gibson
David Smol
Health, Safety and
Environment
David Smol (Chair)
Rukumoana Schaafhausen
Deion Campbell
People Jon Macdonald (Chair)
Robert McDonald
Rukumoana Schaafhausen
Note: This matrix does not include skills of the director appointed effective 1 September 2026.
68
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Code of Conduct and policies
We expect all our people to act honestly,
with integrity, in Contact’s best interests,
and in accordance with the law, all the time.
This expectation is enshrined in our Code of
Conduct, which underpins our corporate policy
f ramework. Our corporate policies address key
risks and set expected standards of behaviour
for our people. Information about how our key
policies operate is in our Corporate Governance
Statement and the policies themselves are
on our website. Each of our corporate policies
give reference to international standards or
commitments where applicable. Our Code of
Conduct incorporates our core policies and set
out key behavioural principles and requirements.
Our Human Rights Policy applies to everyone
who works at Contact and its subsidiaries and
sets the expectation that our supply chain
partners will have similar policies in place,
and/or meet comparable standards.
Our compliance training f ramework governs
the way we allocate training on core policy
areas across the business. In addition, a range of
management-level committees has responsibility
for specific policy areas: for example, the Privacy
Committee, Data, AI and Strategy Governance
Committee and the Procurement Steering Group.
We implement our commitments through our
Procurement team processes – in particular,
the supplier management process and
implementation of the Supplier Code of Conduct.
We offer online and tailored in-person training to
different business areas. We conduct online training
on our Code of Conduct which includes human
rights issues including wellbeing, health and
safety, bullying and harassment, and inclusion.
These modules, together with Health & Safety,
Privacy and Security Awareness are mandatory
for all Contact people.
Our Whistleblowing Policy offers protections
for employees who disclose serious wrongdoing
in accordance with the process in the policy.
Our online whistleblower portal helps to ensure
we’re aware of any breaches of the Code of
Conduct or our policies, or any other illegal or
unethical activity. Anyone at Contact can use our
online whistleblower portal to report an incident or
behaviour they are concerned about, anonymously
if they choose. Whistleblower disclosures are
reported to the General Counsel and CEO and,
where appropriate, to the Chair of the Board to
investigate and take appropriate action.
Our Modern Slavery Statement sets out the steps
we have taken to identify, manage and mitigate
the risks of modern slavery in our operations and
supply chain. In FY26, we identified and reviewed
supply chains in our higher-risk business areas.
Our modern slavery working group continues
to review and improve our processes across the
organisation. We also ref reshed our Supplier
Code of Conduct to clarify the behaviours we
expect f rom suppliers and outline the process
we will follow where expectations are not met.
Any critical concerns identified via the
whistleblowing process, our modern slavery
practices or through other mechanisms would
be presented at Board meetings through
written papers and oral presentations. No critical
concerns were communicated to the Board
during the FY26 reporting period.
Risk management and assurance
Risk management
Our enterprise risk management f ramework
ensures we have appropriate systems in place
to identify, assess, treat, monitor and report
on material risks. We assign responsibility to
individuals to own and manage identified risks
and we monitor any material change to Contact’s
risk profile. Risk is managed throughout the
organisation in accordance with the Board’s risk
appetite statements.
Contact’s enterprise risk management f ramework
is supported by a range of systems and tools that
help assess and report all risk types across the
organisation. These include environmental, social,
climate and governance risks.
Contact31+ builds on the strategic direction of
Contact26 and continues to have a strong focus
on ESG commitments to create long-term value.
A wide range of risks and environmental factors
is considered by the Board during the strategy
setting process including analysis into how actions
to limit the impacts of climate change could affect
delivery of our strategy.
Risk
Appetite
Strategic
Direction
Board
Approving
strategic direction,
monitoring of
performance
Governance
structures, policies
and objectives,
identification of
significant risk
Monitor the environment, respond to
stakeholder material issues, anticipate
long-term threats and opportunity
69
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Our corporate governance model is
vertically integrated to ensure an appropriate
level of support and oversight of our key
climate-related risks.
+The full Board considers a wide range of risks
(including economic, environment, social,
climate and governance risks) when reviewing
the business strategy alongside a market
update. Reporting to the Board ensures their
understanding of the key risks and issues
(such as climate change) and contribute to
their decision-making.
+Top risks are reported to the Board Audit and
Risk Committee on a quarterly basis and are
actively monitored by the Leadership Team.
+The Board Audit and Risk Committee has
formal oversight of climate related issues.
+Risks rated high and above are regularly
monitored for active management by the
Leadership Team.
+There is regular engagement with stakeholders
(including local communities and tangata
whenua as we aim to maintain our positive
relationships) to assess and communicate
the impacts of the changing environment.
+People at all levels of the organisation (including
contractors) are encouraged to identify and
manage potential risks to Contact on a regular
basis throughout the year.
The integrated nature of our operations means
that climate-related risks and opportunities are
regularly assessed. Mitigation plans for material
risks are implemented to proactively manage the
impact to Contact.
Legal and regulatory compliance
There has been no material instance of non-
compliance with laws and regulations. See Creating
outstanding customer experiences for more.
Assurance
Our Business Assurance team fulfils our internal
audit function and provides objective assurance
of the effectiveness of our internal control
f ramework. The team is based in-house and
draws on external expertise where required.
The team brings a disciplined approach to
evaluating and improving the effectiveness
of risk management, internal controls and
governance processes. We use a risk-based
assurance approach driven by our risk
management f ramework. The team also assists
external audits by making findings f rom the
internal assurance process available for the
external auditor to consider when providing their
opinion on the financial statements. The team
has unrestricted access to all departments,
records and systems of Contact, and to the Board
Audit and Risk Committee, external auditor and
other third parties as it deems necessary.
Auditors
We recognise the role of our external auditor is
critical for the integrity of our financial reporting.
EY commenced its appointment as the Group’s
external auditor on 1 July 2022. The Board Audit
and Risk Committee ensures that the audit
partner is changed at least every five years, and
the lead audit partner was changed during FY25.
Our External Audit Independence Policy
sets out the f ramework we use to ensure
the independence of our external auditors is
maintained and their ability to carry out their
statutory audit role is not impaired. Under this
policy, the external auditor may not do any work
for Contact that compromises, or is seen to
compromise, the independence and objectivity of
the external audit process. In addition, the external
auditor confirms its continuing independent
status to the Board every six months.
The Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee
approved EY to perform assurance engagements
over our green borrowing programme,
greenhouse gas emissions, Global Initiative
(GRI) indicators, unique emission factors and
an audit of subsidiary financial statements.
In addition EY was approved to perform the
following non-assurance activities: remuneration
benchmarking and survey services, verification
procedures in relation to Everen Insurance Mutual,
verification procedures in relation to the equity
raise, verification procedures in relation to issue of
the Euro Medium Term Notes, and review of our
SBTi climate targets.
Representatives f rom the external auditor attend
Contact’s annual shareholder meeting, where
they’re available to answer shareholders’ questions
relating to the audit.
Board and Board Committees are provided with
analysis and reporting
Management and staff across the business regularly
assess, review, analyse, monitor, and report on all
risks (including ESG-related risks) within integrated
governance structures to ensure Contact takes a
proactive approach to mitigate risk impacts
The Leadership team review all management
materials and address mitigation plans for key risks
70
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Remuneration report
Dear fellow shareholders,
I am pleased to present
Contact’s remuneration report
for FY26 on behalf of the
Board’s People Committee.
FY26 financial results and
remuneration
Contact has delivered a strong financial
result for shareholders this year with
profit of $423 million, EBITDAF of
$1,011 million, and operating f ree cash
flow of $648 million. Operating costs
and capital expenditure have been
managed well, while contending
with inflationary pressures.
We consider Contact’s executive
remuneration to be appropriate
given the company’s performance.
We’ve continued with our high
degree of transparency, and full
details of the corporate scorecard
and incentive payments are provided
on pages 73 to 77. We believe that
the structure and components of
Contact’s remuneration continue to
serve the company well, and therefore
have not made any significant
changes to that structure over the
past year. We did upweight the
proportion of the Long Term Incentive
based on Total Shareholder Return
f rom 50 percent to 70 percent,
to increase the financial alignment
between executives and shareholders.
Manawa integration
The successful integration of Manawa
was a significant achievement during
the year. From a people perspective,
we brought together two
organisations with a strong focus
on transparency, care and respect,
successfully onboarding transferring
employees, aligning people practices
and building the foundations for
a united culture. The integration
has strengthened our capability,
brought together the best of both
organisations and positioned us well
for future success.
New Values & Behaviours
During FY26, we ref reshed Contact’s
values and behaviours to provide
greater clarity on how we will work
together to deliver our Contact31+
strategy. Developed f rom insights
gathered across Contact and
Manawa, the new values – Own the
Future, Brave Humility and
Performance Edge – set clear
expectations for the behaviours that
will help us succeed as a larger,
more complex organisation.
The values are designed to
strengthen alignment, improve
execution, enable faster decision-
making and reinforce a high-
performing culture.
The first major step in this
journey has been the launch of
Performance@Contact, our
new performance f ramework.
Performance@Contact brings
together both what people deliver
and how they deliver it. By creating
a simpler, more consistent approach
to performance, we are helping our
people understand their impact,
grow their capability and contribute
to Contact’s long-term success.
As we head into FY27, the values and
behaviours will be embedded across
key people processes, including
recognition, leadership development,
performance management and
onboarding, creating a consistent
employee experience that supports
the successful delivery of our strategy.
AI and our people
AI is becoming an increasingly
important enabler of Contact’s future
performance. During the year, we
continued to identify opportunities
to use AI to improve productivity,
simplify work and enhance decision-
making. As we do so, we remain
focused on supporting our people
through changing ways of working,
investing in capability and ensuring
AI complements human expertise
and judgement.
Gender pay equity
We’ve provided comprehensive
information on Contact Energy’s
gender pay gap and pay equity in
Gender pay reporting. This continues
to be important for us, and we
appreciate that whilst progress is
slow in closing our pay gap, we are
committed to working both internally
through establishing governance and
pipeline opportunities, as well as
externally as a wider industry, on how
we can continue to close the gap
across the energy sector. We have
made further progress in our most
recent pay round, which will maintain
our overall pay equity at 98 percent
as of 1 September 2026.
Thank you to the outgoing Chair
Rob McDonald will finish up with
Contact at our ASM in September,
after 11 years’ service as a director
and over eight years as our Chair.
Rob has contributed hugely to
Contact’s successes, and he leaves
a legacy of a company that is bigger
and stronger in every dimension.
We’ll properly acknowledge all that
Rob has done for Contact at our
ASM, and in the meantime offer
our heartfelt thanks for all the mahi,
care and leadership Rob has shown
over his tenure.
Jon Macdonald
Chair, People Committee
Jon Macdonald
Chair, People Committee.
71
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Directors’ remuneration
The total directors’ fee pool is $1,850,000 per year.
The increase was approved by shareholders at the
2025 annual shareholders meeting. Actual fees
paid to directors are determined by the Board on
the recommendation of the People Committee.
Between FY25 and FY26, fees for the Board and
Committee fees increased by around 3 percent.
Directors’ fees exclude GST, where appropriate.
In addition, Board members are reimbursed for
costs directly associated with carrying out their
duties, such as travel costs. Contact employees
appointed as directors of Contact subsidiaries do
not receive any director fees.
FY26
Chair
per annum
Member
per annum
Board of Directors$329,500*$157,000
Audit and Risk
Committee
$51,000$26,000
Health, Safety and
Environment Committee
$29,500$15,000
People Committee$29,500$15,000
Overseas director
travelling allowance
$17,000
* No additional fees are paid to the Board Chair for committee roles.
Details of the total remuneration paid to each Contact director for FY26 are as follows:
DirectorsBoard fees
Health,
Safety and
Environment
Committee
Audit and Risk
Committee
People
Committee
Overseas
travelling
allowance
Total
Remuneration
Robert McDonald
1
$327,917$327,917
Deion Campbell
2
$149,896$11,875$161,771
Sandra Dodds$156,250$51,250$16,917$224,417
David Gibson$156,250$26,333$182,583
Jon Macdonald$156,250$29,333$185,583
Rukumoana Schaafhausen$156,250$15,083$15,083$186,417
David Smol$156,250$26,396$26,333$208,979
Elena Trout
3
$31,958$5,979$37,938
Total$1,291,021$59,333$103,916$44,416$16,917$1,515,605
1 No additional fees are paid to the Chair of the Board for committee roles.
2 Deion Campbell was appointed to the Board, and HSEC in July 2025.
3 Elena Trout retired in September 2025.
72
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Contact employee remuneration
We’re committed to paying appropriate market
rates for all our roles, and ensuring our people are
rewarded for their performance and experience.
There are three parts to employee remuneration –
fixed remuneration, pay-for-performance
remuneration, and other benefits. These combine
to attract, reward and retain high-performing
employees.
Fixed remuneration
Fixed remuneration is based on the role
responsibilities, individual performance and
experience, and current market remuneration data.
Contact targets fixed remuneration at the median
of the market range.
Pay-for-performance remuneration
Pay-for-performance remuneration recognises
and rewards high-performing senior employees
and comprises short-term incentives (cash and
deferred share rights) and long-term incentives
(performance share rights).
Short-term incentives (STI)
STIs are designed to recognise and reward high
performance with cash incentives and deferred
share rights through Contact’s equity scheme for
our higher-level roles and key talent. STIs have a
maximum potential level set reflecting the person’s
role grade, and are based on performance
measured against key performance indicators
(KPIs), which generally consist of company and
individual objectives. The Board reserves the
right to adjust STI awards if company targets are
not met.
Long-term incentives (LTI)
Contact provides awards of performance share
rights through Contact’s equity scheme to our
senior people in our higher-level roles. This aims
to encourage and reward longer-term decision-
making and align participants’ interests with
Contact’s shareholders. These are subject to
performance hurdles.
Equity scheme
At 30 June 2026 there were 96 participants in
Contact’s equity scheme. For further details on the
equity scheme and the number of performance
share rights and deferred share rights granted,
exercised, lapsed and on issue at the end of the
reporting period, see note E8 of the financial
statements.
Other benefits
We know that rewards mean more than just
money, so we offer our people a range of other
benefits too, including ‘Growing Your Whānau’,
our policy to support primary and secondary
caregivers, and ‘Good to Be Home’, a $400 after-tax
payment for setting up a home office or putting
towards wellbeing, and enhanced KiwiSaver
benefits. Some of our other benefits include:
payments towards home energy and broadband;
employer-subsidised health insurance; an
employee share ownership plan called ‘Contact
Share’ (see note E8 in financial statements for
more detail).
Chief Executive Officer and
Executive Team remuneration
The CEO and Executive Team remuneration is
reviewed by our Board each year. The Board works
closely with and is advised by Contact’s People
Committee. We also consider market remuneration
data benchmarks, look at the achievement of
performance goals and factor in creating long-
term sustainable shareholder value.
The total remuneration is made up of a fixed
remuneration component, which includes cash
salary and other employment benefits, and pay
for performance remuneration containing short
term incentives (cash and equity awarded through
deferred share rights) and long-term incentives
(equity awarded through performance share rights).
73
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
The CEO and Executive Team variable remuneration for FY26 was structured as follows:
SchemeDescriptionPerformance measures Potential
Cash STICash STI is a discretionary scheme
based on achievement of KPIs.
70% based on corporate shared KPIs (results on next page):
• 50% financial results (EBITDAF*, Totex)
• 20% safety targets
• 30% strategy delivery and key operational milestone targets
30% based on individual KPIs.
Executive Team individual KPIs are a mix of shared objectives and
goals specific to each individual.
The CEO individual KPIs for the year ending 30 June 2026 including
leadership performance of Contact’s key strategic initiatives,
leadership of the executive team and stakeholder engagement.
Executive Team maximum
potential 35% of base salary.
CEO maximum potential 50%
of base salary.
Equity STI (awarded as deferred
share rights)
Equity STI allows the participant
to acquire shares at a $0 exercise
price subject to the time-bound
exercise hurdle being achieved.
The participant’s performance rating influences the Equity STI
awarded by the Board.
The exercise hurdle to receive these is to remain employed by Contact
2 years f rom the grant date.
Executive Team maximum
potential 30% of base salary.
CEO maximum potential 30% of
base salary.
Equity LTI (awarded as
performance share rights)
Equity LTI allows the participant
to acquire shares at a $0 exercise
price subject to the exercise hurdle
being achieved.
The exercise hurdles to receive these are:
• 70% Contact’s relative total shareholder return (TSR) ranking within
an energy industry peer group of other New Zealand NZX50 listed
utilities companies.
• 30% based on the achievement of Contact’s strategic priorities. For
FY26 this included renewable generation development, stimulation
of electricity demand flexibility and major projects execution.
Tested once, at year 3. See page 77 for more details on LTI hurdles,
that links to our disclosure.**
Executive Team set at 20% of base
salary.
CEO set at 40% of base salary.
* EBITDAF is a non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice) measures. Information regarding the usefulness, calculation and reconciliation of these measures is provided within note A2 to the financial statement.
** In addition to the above, to ensure delivery of the Manawa integration activities, we have a bespoke long-term incentive in place to ensure eligible participants stay focused on realising the Manawa integration benefits.
See page 80 for further details.
74
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
FY26 Corporate Scorecard results
The table below outlines corporate performance metrics and outcomes for FY26. These are used to determine the payout for the corporate component of the STI
for the CEO and leadership team, and illustrates that a large portion of their remuneration is directly impacted by their management of the organisation, and its
impact on the economy, environment and people.
KPI
Weighted
Target UnitGood (50%)Great (75%)Outstanding (100%)Actual Result
Actual Weighted
Result
Financial50.0%50.0%
EBITDAF
1
30.0%$m8969439711,01130.0%
Totex
2
20.0%$m(582)(571)(560)50620.0%
Safety & Wellbeing20.0%12.6%
Safety Citizenship Programme
(SENTIS)
5.0%≥60% invited
participants complete
Safety Citizenship
Programme
≥70% invited
participants complete
Safety Citizenship
Programme
≥80% invited
participants complete
Safety Citizenship
Programme
92%5.0%
Leadership walkarounds (includes
all of Generation & Major Projects
Tiers 1–5)
5.0% 8801,1001,3201,5635.0%
TRIFR (Controlled)5.0%≤4≤2.5≤13.92.6%
Environmental Incidents5.0%
• No Tier 1 incidents
• Max 1 Tier 2 incidents;
and
• Five or fewer Tier 3
incidents
• No Tier 1 or 2
incidents; and
• Three or fewer Tier 3
incidents.
• No Tier 1, 2 or 3
incidents
• 3 x Tier 2 incidents
• 11 x Tier 3 incidents
0%
Strategic/Performance30.0%28.4%
Execution Pipeline
(Glenbrook Battery, Kōwhai Park,
Te Mihi 2A, Wairākei Extension)
7.5%Board assessment of progress against the agreed plans for Glenbrook
Battery, Kōwhai Park, Te Mihi 2A, Wairākei Extension
Outstanding7.5%
Development Pipeline7.5%Board assessment of progress against the approved
FY26 Development pipeline
Outstanding7.5%
Operational Uptime 7.5%%>95>96>9796.165.9%
Multi Product Customers7.5%#153,000155,000160,000164,7497.5%
Total100.0%91.0%
FY23 Corporate Scorecard result was 36.6%. FY24 Corporate Scorecard result was 68.8%. FY25 Corporate Scorecard result was 91.2%.
1 Underlying EBITDAF is on a combined entity basis (Contact + Manawa) and adjusted for AGS non cash movements.
2 Totex is on a combined entity basis (Contact + Manawa excluding transaction and integration costs) and defined as opex and cash SIB capex.
75
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
FY25 Long-term incentive scorecard results
DescriptionPerformance MeasureMetricResult
Percentage
Achieved
FY25Allocated October 2022
Tested October 2025
Performance Share Rights with
1 test date at the 3rd year
Volume weighted average price
of $7.66 on grant
Relative TSR – 50% weighting
Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Contact Energy
Limited, Genesis Energy Limited, Meridian Energy Limited, Mercury NZ Limited,
Manawa Energy (formally Trustpower Limited), Vector Limited)
100%100%50%
Internal Hurdles – 50% weighting
Final Investment Decision on renewable generation over 1 July 2021 base.1.0 TWh16.66%
Te Huka 3 delivered at or above the business case (base case) economics as measured by the
net present value of the project. The discount rate, price path, cost of carbon units, and tax
rate are held in line with the business case as they aren’t controllable items but all other items
are updated. The purpose is to reflect changes due to controllable items such as the amount
of capex, output of the plant, timing of completion of the project.
Yes /No16.66%
100MW Demand Flex contracted by customers (which enables them to automatically reduce
consumption when electricity demand is high).
Yes /No16.66%
* TSR looks at both share price and dividend yield data at the test date for Contact and each company in the TSR peer group. Based on their respective TSRs, Contact and each of the companies in the TSR peer group
is given a percentile rank. This percentile ranking then determines how many shares will vest.
– SHARE PRICE DATA: is the volume weighted average price (VWAP) on the NZX over the 3 calendar months preceding the grant date and test date.
– DIVIDEND DATA: are the dividends that are re-invested.
If Contact’s TSR ranking on Test Date does not exceed the 50th percentile of the TSR of the peer group of companies, 0% of the Performance Share Rights which will vest.
76
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Long-term Incentive scorecards
DescriptionPerformance MeasureMetric
FY28Allocated October 2025
Tested October 2028
Performance Share Rights with
1 test date at the 3rd year
Volume weighted average price
of $9.32 on grant
Relative TSR – 70% weighting
Relative TSR** is based on Contact’s TSR is compared to an equal-weighted index of specific NZX peer
group (Meridian, Genesis, Mercury, and Vector)
Progress on strategic initiatives – 30% weighting
Final Investment Decision on renewable generation over 1/7/25 base. The base includes all existing
renewable generation, and any renewable projects post FID e.g. Tauhara.
Based on 100% share on Solar & Wind assumed.
1.1TWh
Flexibility. FID on Batteries, Retail Demand Flex or New Hydro or Thermal Flex over 1/7/2025 base.275MW
Major project execution Projects committed to FID in FY26 (e.g. Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 2, Solar
projects) delivered within 3 months of P50, in line with output expectations and within 5% of P50 costs.
The majority of the cost,
schedule and output metrics
across both projects is met
FY27Allocated October 2024
Tested October 2027
Performance Share Rights with
1 test date at the 3rd year
Volume weighted average price
of $8.44 on grant
Relative TSR – 50% weighting
Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Meridian, Genesis, Mercury, Vector
and Manawa)
Progress on strategic initiatives – 50% weighting
Demand growth. Any new electricity demand growth via signed contracts, e.g. coal and gas fired boiler
replacement, data centres, other process heat substitution, space heat substitution, additional capacity
f rom major industrials but excludes any thermal substitution of existing electricity generation
1.6 TWh
Final Investment Decision on renewable generation over 1 July 2021 base.2.0 TWh
Maximum total Scope 1 and 2 Greenhouse gas emissions reduction targets380 ktCO
2
e
FY26Allocated October 2023
Tested October 2026
Performance Share Rights with
1 test date at the 3rd year
Volume weighted average price
of $8.24 on grant
Relative TSR – 50% weighting
Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Meridian, Genesis, Mercury, Vector
and Manawa)
Progress on strategic initiatives – 50% weighting
Demand growth. Any new electricity demand growth via signed contracts, e.g. coal and gas fired boiler
replacement, data centres, other process heat substitution, space heat substitution, additional capacity
f rom major industrials but excludes any thermal substitution of existing electricity generation
1.4 TWh
Final Investment Decision on renewable generation over 1 July 2021 base.1.6 TWh
Scope 1 and 2 Greenhouse gas emissions reduction targets100 ktCO
2
e
Total Shareholder Return (TSR) measures the value delivered to shareholders through share price appreciation and dividends, with dividends assumed to be reinvested when paid. Vesting outcomes are determined by
Contact’s TSR performance relative to a peer group.
TSR is calculated using:
– The volume weighted average share price (VWAP) on the NZX over the three calendar months preceding the grant date and the three calendar months preceding the performance test date; and
– Dividends, which are assumed to be reinvested on the date they are paid.
* FY26 and FY27 awards
Contact’s TSR and the TSR of each company in the peer group are calculated over the performance period. Contact’s relative TSR percentile ranking within the peer group determines the proportion of rights that vest.
** FY28 awards
Vesting is determined by Contact’s TSR performance relative to an equally weighted peer group index.
77
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
CEO remuneration
The following table details the nature and amount of remuneration paid to Mike Fuge for his time as CEO
during the year.
CEO remuneration for the period ended 30 June 2026
Position
$
Fixed remunerationPay-for-performance remuneration
Total
remuneration
Salary
paidBenefitsSubtotalCash STIEquity STIEquity LTI Subtotal
FY261,433,922
1
83,333
2
1,517,255613,900
3
368,200
4
560,000
5
1,542,1003,059,355
Three-year CEO remuneration summary
Financial
year
Total
remuneration
paid
6
Percentage
Cash STI
awarded
against
maximum
Percentage
vested Equity
STI against
maximum
Span of
Equity STI
performance
period
Percentage vested
Equity LTI against
maximum
Span of Equity
LTI performance
period
FY26$3,059,35588%49%2023–2025100%1 July 2022 –
30 June 2026
FY25$2,817,57691%57%2022–202483.32%1 July 2021 –
30 June 2025
FY24$2,433,52771%75%2021–2023100%1 July 2020 –
30 June 2023
-10%
-20%
30 June 202330 June 202430 June 202530 June 202630 June 2022
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
Five-year summary TSR
7
performance graph
CompanyNZX50Peer group
8
1 FY26 included an additional pay cycle, resulting in 27 pay cycles
compared with the usual 26.
2 Benefits include 4% Kiwisaver contribution calculated on
remuneration amounts including cash STI, and health insurance.
3 Cash STI for FY26 period 88% of maximum potential, calculated
on base salary, paid in FY26 (September 2026).
4 Equity STI, 88% of maximum potential, based on fair value
allocation. To be granted October 2026 and tested October 2028.
5 Equity LTI is based on fair value allocation. To be granted October
2026 and tested October 2028.
6 Total remuneration paid includes salary, benefits, Cash STI,
and value of STI and LTI Equity (paid in shares).
7 TSR is calculated using the volume-weighted average price for
the 3 months prior to year end.
8 Peer group is a simple average of Meridian, Genesis, Mercury,
Vector and Manawa, with Manawa only in the group f rom FY18.
Manawa has been excluded f rom the peer group f rom FY25 due
to its acquisition by Contact Energy, which materially alters its
comparability within the group.
78
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Breakdown of CEO’s pay-for-performance
DescriptionPerformance measures
Percentage
achieved
Cash STI
• Maximum potential 50% of base salary
• Discretionary cash STI scheme
• 70% based on corporate shared KPIs (results on page 75)91%
• 30% based on individual KPIs, including his leadership of:
– key aspects of Contact’s strategy, including renewable generation, electricity demand agreements and
customer sentiment
– Contact’s health and safety transformation
– culture and teamwork within Contact
– Contact’s engagement across all stakeholders
80%
Equity STI
• Maximum potential % of base salary
• Awarded as deferred share rights
• Share rights issued 1 October 2026
The participant’s performance rating is set by the Equity STI awarded by the Board88%
Equity LTI
• 40% of base salary.
• Awarded as performance share rights
• Share rights issued 1 October 2026
• 70% relative TSR ranking within an energy industry peer group
• 30% progress on strategic initiatives (see page 77)
CEO’s long-term performance incentives
LTI TranchePerformance PeriodGrant Year
Number of
share rights
issued on
grant
Value of share
rights on
grant date
1
Number of share rights vested
2
Value of shares transferred
3
Manawa Integration Incentive
(TSR hurdle)
1 July 2025 – 30 June 2028202566,858$623,116.56To be determined after vesting dateTo be determined on transfer date
Manawa Integration Incentive
(integration activities hurdle)
1 July 2025 – 30 June 2027202519,598$182,653.36To be determined after vesting dateTo be determined on transfer date
FY281 July 2025 – 30 June 20282025123,598$1,151,933.36To be determined after vesting dateTo be determined on transfer date
FY271 July 2024 – 30 June 2027202487,732$437,500To be determined after vesting dateTo be determined on transfer date
FY261 July 2023 – 30 June 2026202383,260$418,524To be determined after vesting dateTo be determined on transfer date
FY251 July 2022 – 30 June 2025202282,041$402,50582,041$739,189
FY241 July 2021 – 30 June 2024202171,339$402,51062,109$525,442
1 Value of share rights on grant is based on Fair Value.
2 Vesting is subject to the performance hurdles being met. See page 77 for the performance hurdles.
3 Value of share rights on transfer is based on volume weighted price.
79
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Manawa Integration Incentive
To help ensure that the leaders of the business stay focused on realising the Manawa integration benefits in a lasting fashion, we have prepared a bespoke
long-term incentive to reward eligible participants for the successful delivery of the integration activities. The LTI was issued to recipients in October 2025.
Scheme DescriptionPerformance MeasuresPotential
Integration Equity LTI (awarded as
performance share rights)
Integration Equity LTI allows the participant
to acquire shares at a $0 exercise price
subject to the exercise hurdle being
achieved.
The exercise hurdles to receive these are:
• 60% Contact’s relative total shareholder
return (TSR) ranking within an energy
industry peer group of other New Zealand
NZX50 listed utilities companies. Tested
once, at year 3.
• 40% based on the achievement of
integration activities, and the successful
integration of the two entities. Tested
once, at year 2.
Executive Team set at 20% of base salary.
CEO set at 30% of base salary.
Workstream Leads set at 20% of base salary.
Integration Director set at 30% of base
salary.
FY27 CEO remuneration structure
The Board has elected, in the interests of transparency, to disclose in advance the structure and package that will apply for FY27.
Fixed RemunerationPay-for-performance remuneration maximum potential
$Base salaryBenefitsSubtotalCash STIEquity STI Equity LTI Subtotal
Maximum Potential
Total Remuneration
FY271,442,00089,9481,531,948721,000432,600576,8001,730,4003,262,348
Benefits include 4% Kiwisaver contribution calculated on remuneration amounts including cash STI, and health insurance.
80
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
FY27 corporate scorecard
The table below outlines corporate performance metrics for FY27. These are used to determine the payout for the corporate component of the STI for the CEO
and leadership team.
KPI
Weighted
TargetUnitGood (50%)Great (75%)Outstanding (100%)
Financial50.0%
EBITDAF
1
30.0%$m9921,0441,096
Totex
2
20.0%$m552541530
Safety and Wellbeing20.0%
Observations
3
5.0%2,5005,00010,000
Leadership walkarounds
3
(includes all of Generation and Major Projects Tiers 1–5)5.0%8801,1001,320
TRIFR (Controlled)5.0%
≤4≤2.5≤1
Environmental Incidents5.0%• No Tier 1 incidents
and a maximum of
two Tier 2 incidents
• No Tier 1 incidents
and only one Tier 2
incident
• No Tier 1 or 2 incidents
Strategic/Performance30.0%
Execution Pipeline 7.5%Board assessment of progress against the approved
FY27 Execution pipeline
Development Pipeline 7.5%Board assessment of progress against the approved
FY26 Development pipeline
Operational Excellence2.5%Tauhara, Te Mihi 1 and
Te Huka 3 availability
factor ≥92.5%
Tauhara, Te Mihi 1 and
Te Huka 3 availability
factor ≥93.5%
Tauhara, Te Mihi 1 and
Te Huka 3 availability
factor ≥94.5%
2.5%Hydro GWAP/TWAP
≥1.04
Hydro GWAP/TWAP
≥1.05
Hydro GWAP/TWAP
≥1.06
2.5%%Thermal forced outage
≤3
Thermal forced outage
≤2
Thermal forced outage
≤1
Multi Product Customers7.5%#171,000173,000178,000
Total100.0%
1 EBITDAF adjusted for AGS non-cash movements.
2 Totex is defined as opex (excluding SaaS and Integration) and cash SIB capex.
3 Leadership Walkarounds remain at current levels with greater focus on observation quality, critical risk controls and AI-enabled insights into risk awareness.
81
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Group employees who earn over $100k
The table shows the number of our people
(including any who have left) who received
remuneration and other benefits during FY26 of
at least $100,000 for the year ended 30 June 2026.
The value of remuneration benefits analysed
includes:
+fixed remuneration including allowance/overtime
payments
1
+employer superannuation contributions
+short-term cash incentives relating to FY25
performance but paid in FY25 (Contact)
+the value of equity-based incentives at fair
value allocation received during FY2 (Contact)
+the value of Contact Share received during
FY26 (Contact)
+redundancy and other payments made on
termination of employment.
The figures do not include amounts paid after
30 June 2026 that relate to the year ended
30 June 2026.
1 FY26 included an additional pay cycle, resulting in 27 pay cycles
compared with the usual 26.
2 Total remuneration for CEO is based on Cash STI to be paid in
FY27 (September 2026) whereas all other employees earnings
is based on Cash STI paid in FY26 (September 2025).
Table of employees who earn over $100,000
Remuneration bandNumber of employees
$100,001–$110,00063
$110,001–$120,00058
$120,001–$130,00076
$130,001–$140,00060
$140,001–$150,00080
$150,001–$160,00068
$160,001–$170,00084
$170,001–$180,00069
$180,001–$190,00067
$190,001–$200,00069
$200,001–$210,00049
$210,001–$220,00039
$220,001–$230,00030
$230,001–$240,00020
$240,001–$250,00015
$250,001–$260,00017
$260,001–$270,00011
$270,001–$280,0007
$280,001–$290,0006
$290,001–$300,0003
$300,001–$310,0004
$310,001–$320,0004
$320,001–$330,0004
$330,001–$340,0002
$340,001–$350,0004
$350,001–$360,0002
$360,001–$370,0001
$370,001–$380,0006
$380,001–$390,0002
$390,001–$400,0007
Remuneration bandNumber of employees
$400,001–$410,0002
$410,001–$420,0003
$420,001–$430,0002
$440,001–$450,0004
$450,001–$460,0003
$460,001–$470,0003
$470,001–$480,0001
$480,001–$490,0003
$490,001–$500,0004
$500,001–$510,0001
$510,001–$520,0001
$520,001–$530,0001
$530,001–$540,0004
$550,001–$560,0001
$590,001–$600,0002
$600,001–$610,0001
$640,001–$650,0001
$670,001–$680,0001
$740,001–$750,0001
$800,001–$810,0001
$810,001–$820,0001
$910,001–$920,0001
$980,001–$990,0001
$1,010,001–$1,020,0001
$1,050,001–$1,060,0001
$1,090,001–$1,100,0001
$1,590,001–$1,600,0001
$1,610,001–$1,620,0001
$3,050,001–$3,060,0001
2
Grand Total976
82
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Gender pay reporting
Contact’s commitment
Being inclusive, encouraging diversity and
expressions of ideas and opinions is a key focus
of that. We are committed to building a
workforce that reflects, and is inclusive of,
the diverse communities of Aotearoa.
Understanding our pay reporting
Pay reporting is broadly defined as:
Gender parity – when men and women are
equally represented at all levels at Contact.
Gender pay gap – the gap between the pay
of women and the pay of men.
Pay gap calculation:
average male hourly rate –
average female hourly rate
average male hourly rate
Closing the gender pay gap typically relies on
addressing all these elements. Pay equity (equal
pay for equal work) will typically not close the
overall gender gap especially if genders are not
equally represented at each level of the organisation.
Gender pay equity – equal pay for equal work –
that is people undertaking the same work (roles
requiring a similar level of skills, knowledge, and
accountabilities) being paid the same regardless
of gender. (Note: Equal pay is a legal requirement
in New Zealand. We have processes and
monitoring in place to ensure our people are
treated and paid fairly, meeting both our legal
and moral obligations).
Pay equity calculation:
average female
(fixed remuneration/midpoint of salary range)
average male
(fixed remuneration/midpoint of salary range)
Contact’s pay reporting
For this reporting we have calculated our gender
pay equity and pay gap only as the difference
between those who identify as Women and Men
(around 1.7 percent of our people identify as gender
diverse).
Contact has made positive progress in closing
our gender pay gap, with the average pay gap
sitting at 23.6 percent (was 30.3 percent) and the
median gap sitting at 37.8 percent (down f rom
42.4 percent). There are two key drivers of our
gender pay gap. The first is a higher proportion of
women in our customer channels and the second
is a lower proportion of women in highly skilled
energy roles. Over the last 12 months, we have
increased the number of women in our higher
grades which has helped in closing our pay gap.
Continued focus on improving our gender balance
will lead to further reductions in the future.
Contact’s pay equity sits at 98.6 percent at the end
of the financial year. We assess all roles at Contact
based on the skills, capability and experience
required for the role. We then use market data
to apply an appropriate remuneration range for
each role. Roles are then grouped into pay bands,
which cluster similar-sized roles together.
The bands contain different roles that may
be filled by people with a range of experience.
This can include people recently promoted into
higher roles or bands, and who sit at the lower end
of the range. Each year, as part of our annual salary
review, we review all our data to ensure that we
are maintaining our commitment to gender
pay equity, and make adjustments if required.
We remain committed to achieving more
balance of gender across all levels at Contact.
Additional Contact remuneration disclosures
+CEO-to-employee pay ratio, 24:1. The ratio between the total annual
compensation of the CEO and the median employee compensation.
+CEO-to-employee pay increase ratio, 1:1.
The ratio of the percentage increase in annual total compensation
for the CEO to the median percentage increase.
+Contact does not implement any clawback practices on employee
remuneration other than in situations permitted by Aotearoa
New Zealand legislation (e.g. for correction of overpayments).
+Contact does not have a share ownership requirement for the
CEO or Executive Team.
+The notice period for Mike Fuge in his role as CEO is six months.
Workforce demographic
1
Pay gap (hourly rate)
Career levelFemale
population
Male
populationMedianAveragePay equity
Executive0.2%0.5%4.9%19.2%n/a
Strategic Senior Management2.0%3.1%3.8%1.7%98.0%
Operational Management/
National Specialist
7.3%15.6%4.9%4.3%99.2%
Team Leader/Technical
Specialist
15.6%32.1%18.5%13.9%99.1%
Team Member18.1%5.7%-0.8%-0.4%101.8%
Overall43.0%57.0%37.8%26.3%98.6%
1 Workforce demographics exclude Western Energy (in relation to demographics on page 53).
83
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Statutory disclosures
Geothermal rotor blades, Te Mihi.
84
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Statutory disclosures
Disclosures of interests by directors
The table below lists the general disclosures of interest by directors of Contact
Energy Limited as at 30 June 2026 in accordance with section 140 of the
Companies Act 1993.
Robert McDonald
FleetPartners Group Limited Director
University of Auckland Pro chancellor
Vero New Zealand Insurance Limited and Vero Liability Insurance LimitedChair
Deion Campbell
Morrison GlobalOperating Partner
Origin Energy LimitedDirector
Pastoral Partners AustraliaDirector
Longroad Energy Holdings Limited (USA)Chair
Sandra Dodds
Fletcher Building Limited and Fletcher Industries Limited Director
OceanaGold Limited (listed TSX and NYSE)Director
David Gibson
Freightways Limited Director
Goodman New Zealand Limited and associated companiesDeputy Chair
DG Advisory LimitedDirector
Jon Macdonald
Kiwibank Limited Director
Mitre 10 (New Zealand) Ltd and various subsidiaries Director
Sharesies Group Limited and various subsidiaries Chair
Titan Parent New Zealand Limited (Parent company of Trade Me Limited) Director
Rukumoana Schaafhausen
Tainui Group Holdings Director
Equippers Church Trust Trustee
KGS Limited Director
Kings Trust NZ Trustee
Kiwi Group Capital Limited Director
Ministry of Housing and Urban Development’s Strategic Advisory Committee Member
Pathfinder Asset Management Limited Trustee
Te Rau o te Korimako Director
Te Waharoa Investments Limited Director
Tindall Foundation Trustee
Watercare Services Limited Director
Kiwibank LimitedDirector
David Smol
Department of Internal Affairs’ External Advisory Committee Chair
Earth Science InstituteChair
Tait Communications Limited Director
Ministry of Housing and Urban Development’s Strategic Advisory Committee Member
Ministry of Social Development’s Risk and Audit Committee Chair
New Zealand Transport Agency Board Member
The Co-operative Bank Limited Director
Victoria University of Wellington Council Member
Defence Capability Governance BoardDirector
Rimu Road Consulting LimitedDirector
85
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Information used by directors
No director issued a notice requesting to use information received in his or her
capacity as a director that would not otherwise be available to the director.
Indemnity and insurance
In accordance with section 162 of the Companies Act 1993 and the constitution
of the company, Contact has continued to indemnify and insure its directors
and officers, including directors of subsidiaries, against potential liability or
costs incurred in any proceeding, except to the extent prohibited by law.
Directors’ security participation
The Board encourages directors to hold a minimum of 20,000 Contact shares
within three years of appointment to further align the interests of directors
with the interests of shareholders. Securities of the company in which each
director has a relevant interest at 30 June 2026.
Director Ordinary shares Bonds Capital Bond
Rob Macdonald40,797 100,000
Deion Campbell0
Sandra Dodds 24,822
David Gibson 21,200
Jon Macdonald 30,23713,000 20,000
Rukumoana Schaafhausen 1,398
David Smol 26,688
Securities dealings of directors
During the year, Contact directors acquired/redeemed a relevant interest in
securities as follows. Consideration per share/bond is stated in NZD unless
otherwise specified.
Director
Date of
transaction Nature of transaction
Consideration
per share/
bond
Number of
shares/bonds
Robert
McDonald
24 September
2025
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.72 777
13 March
2026
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under retail
equity offer
$8.753,428
25 March
2026
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.75549
Sandra Dodds
24 September
2025
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.72 518
13 March
2026
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under retail
equity offer
$8.75 2,939
25 March
2026
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.75 368
Jon
Macdonald
24 September
2025
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.72581
13 March
2026
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under retail
equity offer
$8.75 2,285
25 March
2026
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.75411
Rukumoana
Schaafhausen
24 September
2025
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.72 29
13 March
2026
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.7520
David Smol
24 September
2025
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.72 509
13 March
2025
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under retail
equity offer
$8.752,285
25 March
2026
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.75 358
86
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Shareholder statistics
Twenty largest shareholders at 30 June 2026
Number of
ordinary
shares
% of ordinary
shares
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 136,039,564 12.71
BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40 102,674,119 9.59
Inf ratil Investments Limited 82,600,000 7.72
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited76,767,7417.17
Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd 72,154,378 6.74
JPMORGAN Chase Bank 62,146,364 5.80
Custodial Services Limited 54,298,890 5.07
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited33,871,8483.16
Accident Compensation Corporation 30,212,578 2.82
A New Zealand Superannuation Fund Nominees Limited 30,020,677 2.80
Apex Custodian Nominees 26,066,963 2.43
FNZ Custodians Limited 25,348,6312.37
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 21,889,332 2.04
New Zealand Depository Nominee 17,351,242 1.62
New Zealand Permanent Trustees Limited 15,801,050 1.48
BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited 15,333,853 1.43
Inf ratil Investments Limited 14,627,021 1.37
Public Trust 11,794,8061.10
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited 6,248,6160.58
Pt Booster Investments Nominees Limited 5,920,133 0.55
Total for top 20 841,167,806 78.55
Distribution of ordinary shares and shareholders at 30 June 2026
Size of holding
Number of
shareholders
% of
shareholders
Number of
ordinary
shares
% of ordinary
shares
1–1,000 23,98840.98 15,137,833 1.41
1,001–5,000 28,685 49.00 51,977,505 4.85
5,001–10,000 3,157 5.39 22,189,670 2.07
10,001–50,000 2,387 4.08 45,689,372 4.27
50,001–100,000 187 0.32 12,777,203 1.19
100,001 and over 137 0.23 922,855,570 86.20
Total 58,541100.00 1,070,627,153 99.99
Substantial product holders
According to notices given under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013,
the following persons were substantial product holders of the company
as at 30 June 2026:
Substantial product holder
Number of ordinary
shares in which
relevant interest is
held Date of notice
Inf ratil Limited and Inf ratil Investments
Limited
97,227,02125 May 2026
FirstCape Group Limited53,548,43618 March 2026
BlackRock Inc and related bodies
corporate
51,085,662 4 March 2025
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 40,995,587 4 March 2025
The total number of voting securities of Contact at 30 June 2026 was
1,070,627,153 fully paid ordinary shares.
87
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Bondholder statistics
Twenty largest CEN060 bondholders at 30 June 2026
Number of
CEN060 bonds
% of CEN060
bonds
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 68,447,000 30.42
Custodial Services Limited 27,595,000 12.26
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 27,354,000 12.16
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 14,480,0006.44
New Zealand Permanent Trustees Limited14,061,0006.25
FNZ Custodians Limited 10,592,0004.71
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 7,723,000 3.43
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 7,043,0003.13
Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd 6,482,000 2.88
Bnp Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40 4,861,000 2.16
Investment Custodial Services Limited 2,127,0000.95
Catherine Ann Tuck 1,640,000 0.73
Cml Shares Limited 1,500,0000.67
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 1,084,000 0.48
Commonwealth Bank of Australia 1,046,0000.46
Best Farm Limited 1,000,000 0.44
Fletcher Building Educational Fund 900,000 0.40
FNZ Custodians Limited 862,0000.38
NZX WT Nominees Limited 735,000 0.33
Adminis Custodial Nominees Limited 699,0000.31
Total for top 20 200,231,000 88.99
Distribution of CEN060 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2026
Size of holding
Number of
bondholders
% of
bondholders
Number of
bonds % of bonds
1,001–5,000 588.42 290,0000.13
5,001–10,000 202 29.32 1,970,0000.88
10,001–50,000 329 47.75 8,327,000 3.70
50,001–100,000 46 6.68 3,653,000 1.62
100,001 and over 54 7.84 210,760,000 93.67
Total 689100.00 225,000,000 100.00
Twenty largest CEN070 bondholders at 30 June 2026
Number of
CEN070 bonds
% of CEN070
bonds
Custodial Services Limited 81,710,000 32.68
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 31,716,000 12.69
FNZ Custodians Limited 21,277,0008.51
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 18,521,000 7.41
Investment Custodial Services Limited 9,829,000 3.93
BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40 7,317,000 2.93
Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd6,579,000 2.63
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited5,760,0002.30
JP Morgan Chase Bank 4,580,000 1.83
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited4,523,0001.81
NZX WT Nominees Limited 3,872,0001.55
Pt (Booster Investments) Nominees Limited 3,850,0001.54
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited3,240,0001.30
Apex Custodian Nominees2,811,0001.12
FNZ Custodians Limited 2,128,0000.85
Dunedin City Council 1,900,000 0.76
Pt (Booster Investments) Nominees Limited 1,718,0000.69
Custodial Services Limited1,441,000 0.58
FNZ Custodians Limited 1,153,000 0.46
Fletcher Building Educational Fund 1,100,000 0.44
Total for top 20 215,025,00086.01
Distribution of CEN070 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2026
Size of holding
Number of
bondholders
% of
bondholders
Number of
bonds % of bonds
1,001–5,000 61 7.99 305,000 0.12
5,001–10,000 139 18.22 1,326,0000.53
10,001–50,000 424 55.5710,919,000 4.37
50,001–100,000 68 8.91 5,345,0002.14
100,001 and over 71 9.31 232,105,000 92.84
Total 763100.00 250,000,000 100.00
88
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Twenty largest CEN080 bondholders at 30 June 2026
Number of
CEN080 bonds
% of CEN080
bonds
Custodial Services Limited 103,878,000 34.63
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 49,871,000 16.62
FNZ Custodians Limited 31,284,00010.43
BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40 16,329,000 5.44
Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd11,907,0003.97
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 11,211,0003.74
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 6,722,000 2.24
Apex Custodian Nominees5,550,0001.85
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 5,000,000 1.67
Investment Custodial Services Limited 4,915,000 1.64
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited4,207,0001.40
NZX WT Nominees Limited3,274,0001.09
FNZ Custodians Limited2,889,0000.96
Custodial Services Limited2,164,0000.72
Rodney Keith Deppe & Marianne Caroline Deppe 1,896,000 0.63
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited1,761,0000.59
PT (Booster Investments) Nominees Limited Retail1,500,0000.50
PT (Booster Investments) Nominees Limited1,265,0000.42
JPMorgan Chase Bank1,150,0000.38
Custodial Services Limited1,109,0000.37.
Total for top 20 267,882,00089.29
Distribution of CEN080 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2026
Size of holding
Number of
bondholders
% of
bondholders
Number of
bonds % of bonds
1,001–5,000 16 3.97 80,0000.03
5,001–10,000 67 16.63657,000 0.22
10,001–50,000 215 53.356,581,000 2.19
50,001–100,000 43 10.673,577,0001.19
100,001 and over 62 15.38 289,105,00096.37
Total 403100.00 300,000,000 100.00
Twenty largest CEN090 bondholders at 30 June 2026
Number of
CEN090 bonds
% of CEN090
bonds
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 88,802,00035.52
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 38,000,000 15.20
Custodial Services Limited 28,900,000 11.56
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 15,507,0006.20
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited13,833,0005.53
FNZ Custodians Limited12,611,0005.04
Apex Custodians Limited7,000,0002.80
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited3,511,0001.40
Cml Shares Limited3,320,0001.33
Public Trust 3,070,000 1.23
Mmc Limited 3,000,000 1.20
NZ Permanent Trustees Limited 1,644,000 0.66
Philip John Patrick Newdick & Susan Hilbre Newdick 1,500,000 0.60
Brp Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss401,390,0000.56
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited1,035,0000.41
NZX Wt Nominees Limited 1,004,000 0.40
Best Farm Limited 1,000,000 0.40
Cassington Holdings Limited1,000,0000.40
Adminis Custodial Nominees Limited867,0000.35
Investment Custodial Services Limited782,0000.31
Total for top 20 214,526,00091.40
Distribution of CEN090 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2026
Size of holding
Number of
bondholders
% of
bondholders
Number of
bonds % of bonds
1,001–5,000 25 5.27 125,0000.05
5,001–10,000 86 18.14 836,0000.33
10,001–50,000 262 55.27 7,838,000 3.14
50,001–100,000 56 11.81 4,784,000 1.91
100,001 and over 45 9.49 236,417,000 94.57
Total 474 99.98 250,000,000 100.00
89
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Other disclosures
Directors of Contact Energy Limited and subsidiaries
The following people held office as directors of Contact Energy Limited as at
30 June 2026: Robert McDonald, Deion Campbell, Sandra Dodds, David Gibson,
Jon Macdonald, Rukumoana Schaafhausen and David Smol. Elena Trout
resigned as a director of Contact Energy Limited on 16 September 2025.
The below table lists the subsidiaries of Contact Energy Limited during
FY26 and any changes to those subsidiaries and among the people who
held office as directors.
Company name Directors Further information
Western Energy Services
Limited
Jan Bibby
Dorian Devers
Michael Dunstall
There have been no changes among
the people who hold office as
directors during FY26.
Contact Energy Trustee
Company Limited
Jan Bibby
Kirsten Clayton
There have been no changes among
the people who hold office as
directors during FY26.
Contact Energy Risk
Limited
Antony Balfour Will
Mike Fuge
Matthew Forbes
Dorian Devers resigned as a director
and Matthew Forbes was appointed
a director on 25 August 2025.
Contact Energy Solar
Limited
Kirsten Clayton
Saralaya Frost
Dorian Devers
There have been no changes among
the people who hold office as
directors during FY26.
Contact Energy Solar
Holdings GP Limited
Kirsten Clayton
Saralaya Frost
Dorian Devers
There have been no changes among
the people who hold office as
directors during FY26.
Manawa Energy LimitedJan Bibby
John Clark
Matthew Forbes
Manawa Energy Limited was
acquired by Contact Energy Limited
via a scheme of arrangement on
11 July 2025. At that date: Jan Bibby,
and Matthew Forbes, Kirsten Clayton
and Matthew Bolton were appointed
directors. Kirsten Clayton and
Matthew Bolton each have resigned
on 18 May 2026 and 6 March 2026
respectively. John Clark was appointed
on 21 May 2026.
Manawa Energy
Generation Limited,
Manawa Energy Metering
Limited, Maungatapere
2021 Limited
Were acquired by Contact Energy
Limited on 11 July 2025 and
amalgamated with Manawa Energy
Limited on 1 January 2026.
Company name Directors Further information
Manawa Energy
Insurance Limited
Kirsten Clayton
Matthew Forbes
Was acquired by Contact Energy
Limited on 11 July 2025 and
Matthew Forbes and Matthew Bolton
appointed as directors that day.
Matthew Bolton resigned and Kirsten
Clayton was appointed as a director
on 13 March 2026.
ANZ Renewables LimitedKirsten Clayton
Matthew Forbes
Was acquired by Contact Energy on
11 July 2025 and Kirsten Clayton
and Matthew Forbes appointed as
Directors on that day.
Manawa Energy
Renewables Holdco 1
Limited
Kirsten Clayton
Dorian Devers
Was acquired by Contact Energy on
11 July 2025 and Kirsten Clayton and
Dorian Devers appointed as Directors
on that day.
KCE Generation Limited,
KCE Mangahao Limited,
King Country Energy
Holdings Limited, King
Country Energy Limited
Were acquired by Contact Energy
Limited on 17 April 2026 and
amalgamated into Manawa Energy
Limited on 30 June 2026.
Contact Energy Wind
Limited and Contact
Energy Wind Holdings
GP Limited
Kirsten Clayton
Saralaya Frost
Dorian Devers
Each subsidiary company was
incorporated on 21 May 2026 and
the directors appointed on that date.
NZX waivers
There was one waiver granted by NZX in the 12 months preceding 30 June 2026
Waiver f rom NZX Listing Rule 3.14.1 released on NZX on 16 February 2026. Read
more in the NZX announcement.
Conditions
The conditions of the waiver were:
a. Contact announces its interim results, the Placement and the Retail Offer
on 16 February 2026;
b. Contact releases information on the interim dividend in the form required
by Rule 3.14.1 with the interim results, Placement and Retail Offer
information being announced on 16 February 2026; c. the Record Date
for the interim dividend is no earlier than 19 February 2026;
c. the implications of this waiver are disclosed in the announcements made
by Contact on 16 February 2026; and
d. the waiver, its conditions and its implications are disclosed in Contact’s
annual report for the financial year ending 30 June 2026.
90
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Implications
The interim dividend was paid on 25 March 2026 to all shareholders on the
register as at 5.00pm on 19 February 2026 (the Record Date). Contact received
a waiver f rom NZX to enable it to shorten the five business days’ notice period
prescribed by the NZX Listing Rules between the announcement of this
dividend and its Record Date.
This meant that new shares issued in the Equity Raise were not eligible
for this interim dividend which the Contact Board considered to be a fair
outcome, as these securities were not on issue during the period to which
the dividend relates.
The approach also ensured that all persons who acquired shares in the Equity
Raise – whether under the Placement or the Retail Offer – were treated equally.
ASX Listing Rule Waivers
In connection with its €500,000,000 3.537 percent notes issued
3 November 2025 (the Notes), Contact Energy Limited (Contact) was
granted certain waivers f rom ASX Listing Rules 8.2, 8.10 and 8.21.
The details of, and the reasons for, the waivers are set out in the table below.
WaiversReasons for Waivers
Waiver f rom ASX Listing Rule 8.2 to
the extent necessary for Contact not to
provide an issuer sponsored subregister for
wholesale debt securities quoted on ASX
settled outside of CHESS.
Application will be made by Contact to
the ASX for the Notes to be quoted as
wholesale debt securities. Debt securities
quoted on the ASX Wholesale Loan
Securities Market are not CHESS approved
securities. The Notes will instead be
settled and cleared through Euroclear and
Clearstream, and any transfers of interests
in the Notes will occur in accordance
with the procedures of Euroclear and
Clearstream.
Waiver f rom ASX Listing Rule 8.10 to allow
Contact to refuse to register transfers
of debt securities to be quoted on ASX
f rom the date which is the record date
before an interest payment date or the
maturity date of the debt securities, in
accordance with their terms, on condition
that ASX is satisfied with the settlement
arrangements that exist in relation to the
notes to be quoted on ASX.
Application will be made by Contact to
the ASX for the Notes to be quoted as
wholesale debt securities. Terms of the
Notes provide that transfers of interests
in the Notes are to occur in accordance
with the procedures of Euroclear and
Clearstream. These procedures may
require closure of the register in certain
circumstances (including to ensure it
remains accurate as at an interest payment
date or the maturity date, as applicable).
This enables the register to be up to date
on an interest payment date or maturity
date for the Notes. This is a common
arrangement for this type of securities.
Waiver f rom ASX Listing Rule 8.21 to the
extent necessary to permit Contact to not
do the following:
• in respect of transactions settled outside
CHESS, mark transfer forms as required
by Appendix 8A; or
• in respect of transactions settled in the
Euroclear and/or Clearstream systems,
send confirmation of a change of address
to a security holder at their address.
Application will be made by Contact to
the ASX for the Notes to be quoted as
wholesale debt securities. Debt securities
quoted on the ASX Wholesale Loan
Securities Market are not CHESS approved
securities. The Notes will instead be
settled and cleared through Euroclear and
Clearstream, and any transfers of interests
in the Notes will occur in accordance
with the procedures of Euroclear and
Clearstream.
Stock exchange listings
Contact’s ordinary shares are listed and quoted on the NZX Main Board
and the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) under the company code
‘CEN’. Contact has two tranches of green retail bonds listed and quoted
on the NZX Debt Market under the company codes, CEN070 and CEN080,
and two tranches of green capital bonds listed and quoted on the NZX Debt
Market under the company codes CEN060 and CEN090. Contact’s listing on
the ASX is as a Foreign Exempt Listing.
For the purposes of ASX listing rule 1.15.3, Contact confirms that it continues
to comply with the NZX listing rules.
Exercise of NZX disciplinary powers
NZX did not exercise any of its powers under Listing Rule 9.9.3 in relation to
Contact during FY26.
Auditor fee
See auditor’s remuneration note E2 of the financial statements.
Donations
In accordance with section 211(1)(h) of the Companies Act 1993, Contact records
that it donated $1,671,886.75 in FY26 including charitable donations, and where
we have given koha. Donations are made on the basis that the recipient is
not obliged to provide any service such as promoting Contact’s brand and are
separate f rom Contact’s sponsorship activity. No political contributions were
made during the year.
Credit rating
Contact Energy Limited has a Standard & Poor’s long-term credit rating of
BBB/stable and short term rating of A-2.
Listed Bonds
The $225 million subordinated, unsecured, redeemable, fixed rate capital
bonds issued in November 2021 are rated BB+ by Standard & Poor’s.
91
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
The $250 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued
in October 2022 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.
The $300 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued
in April 2023 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.
The $250 million unsubordinated, unsecured, redeemable, fixed rate capital
bonds issued in September 2024 are rated BB+ by Standard & Poor’s.
Australian Medium-Term Notes
The AUD $400 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate notes issued
in November 2023 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.
The AUD $400 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate notes issued
in June 2025 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.
European Medium-Term Notes
The EUR500 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate notes issued
in November 2025 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.
92
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Financial statements
Clyde Dam, Central Otago.
93
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
About these financial statements95
Statement of comprehensive income 96
Statement of cash flows 96
Statement of financial position97
Statement of changes in equity98
Notes to the financial statements99
Financial statements
Contents
A.Our Performance99
A1.Segments99
A2.Earnings99
A3.Free cash flow101
A4.Manawa Energy Limited Acquisition101
A5.Investment in King Country Energy
Limited
102
B.Our funding103
B1.Capital structure103
B2.Share capital103
B3.Distributions103
B4.Borrowings104
B5.Net interest expense105
C.Our assets106
C1.Property, plant and equipment and
intangible assets
106
C2.Goodwill and asset impairment
testing
108
D.Our financial risks109
D1.Market risk109
D2.Liquidity risk111
D3.Credit risk111
D4.Hedging activities112
D5.Change in fair value of financial
instruments in profit/(loss)
113
D6.Financial instruments at fair value113
D7.Financial instruments at amortised
cost
114
E.Other disclosures114
E1.Tax114
E2.Auditor’s remuneration115
E3.Inventories115
E4.Trade and other receivables115
E5.Trade and other payables116
E6.Provisions116
E7.Profit to operating cash flows116
E8.Share-based compensation117
E9.Related parties118
E10.New accounting standards not yet
effective
119
E11.Contingent assets and liabilities119
94
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
About these
financial statements
For the year ended 30 June 2026
These financial statements are for Contact, a group made up of Contact Energy Limited,
its subsidiaries and its interests in associates and joint arrangements.
Contact Energy Limited is registered in New Zealand under the Companies
Act 1993. It is listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange (NZX) and the
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) and has bonds listed on the NZX debt
market. Contact is an FMC reporting entity under the Financial Markets
Conduct Act 2013.
The results of newly acquired Manawa Energy Limited (Manawa) are
included within the financial statements including the notes to the financial
statements. Further information about the acquisition is disclosed in note A4.
As part of the Manawa transaction, Contact acquired a 75% interest in
King Country Energy Limited (KCE). On 17 April 2026, Contact acquired the
remaining shares in KCE and now holds a 100% ownership interest. 100% of
KCE’s revenue, expenses, assets, and liabilities are recognised in the financial
statements, including the notes to the financial statements (note A5).
Contact’s financial statements are prepared:
+in accordance with New Zealand generally accepted accounting practice
(GAAP) and comply with New Zealand equivalents to International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS) and IFRS as appropriate for a for-profit-entity
+in millions of New Zealand dollars (NZD) unless otherwise noted
+on a historical cost basis except for financial instruments held at fair value
+using the same accounting policies for all reporting periods presented
+with certain comparative amounts reclassified to conform to the current
year’s presentation.
Estimates and judgements are made in applying Contact’s accounting
policies. Areas that involve a higher level of estimation or judgement are:
+useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (note C1)
+impairment testing of cash-generating units (note C2)
+fair value measurement of financial instruments (notes D1 and D6)
+provision for future restoration/decommissioning and environmental
obligations (note E6).
The financial statements were authorised on behalf of the Contact Energy
Limited Board of Directors on 10 August 2026.
Robert McDonald Sandra Dodds
Chair Chair, Audit and Risk Committee
95
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Statement of
comprehensive income
For the year ended 30 June 2026
$mNote20262025
RevenueA23,2423,439
Operating expensesA2(2,179)(2,428)
Net interestB5(140)(100)
Depreciation and amortisationC1(294)(273)
Change in fair value of financial instrumentsD5(31)(174)
Asset impairment and write offs(9)(1)
Profit before tax 589463
Tax expenseE1(166)(132)
Profit423331
Items that may be reclassified to profit/(loss):
Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)D4924
Comprehensive income515335
Profit/(loss) attributable to:
Shareholders420331
Non-controlling interest3–
Comprehensive income attributable to:
Shareholders512335
Non-controlling interest3–
Earnings per share (cents) attributable to
shareholders:
Basic earnings per share (cents)41.541.6
Diluted earnings per share (cents)41.441.6
Statement of
cash flows
For the year ended 30 June 2026
$mNote20262025
Receipts f rom customers3,2013,319
Payments to suppliers and employees(2,180)(2,602)
Receipts f rom insurance claims1310
Interest paid(122)(77)
Tax paid(119)(106)
Operating cash flowsE7793544
Purchase and construction of assets(499)(449)
Capitalised interestB5(21)(23)
Realised gains/(losses) on market derivatives(3)(13)
Investment in joint ventures and associates(25)(43)
Acquisition of Manawa Energy Limited (net of
cash acquired)
(333)–
Proceeds f rom sale of assets4–
Investing cash flows(877)(528)
Cash dividend paidB3(267)(198)
Proceeds f rom borrowings 1,921933
Repayment of borrowings(1,875)(460)
Proceeds f rom equity raise575–
Financing costsB2(18)(6)
Financing cash flows336269
Net cash flow252285
Add: cash at the beginning of the year514229
Cash at the end of the year766514
96
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
$mNote20262025
Cash and cash equivalents766514
Trade and other receivablesE4392274
InventoriesE37567
Intangible assetsC13156
Derivative financial instrumentsD117795
Total current assets1,4411,006
Property, plant and equipmentC17,9765,166
Intangible assetsC1226188
Inventories E36765
GoodwillC2556214
Investments in joint venture and associatesE911584
Derivative financial instrumentsD128090
Total non-current assets9,2205,807
Total assets10,6616,813
Trade and other payablesE5505395
Tax payable2010
BorrowingsB47356
Derivative financial instrumentsD1197122
ProvisionsE62422
Total current liabilities753905
BorrowingsB43,0442,093
Derivative financial instrumentsD1338254
ProvisionsE6228209
Deferred taxE1961570
Other non-current liabilitiesE510823
Total non-current liabilities4,6793,148
Total liabilities5,4324,053
Net assets5,2292,760
Share capitalB24,5172,135
Retained earnings787795
Hedge reservesD4(89)(181)
Share-based compensation reserveE81411
Shareholders’ equity5,2292,760
Statement of
financial position
At 30 June 2026
97
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Statement of
changes in equity
For the year ended 30 June 2026
$mNote
Share
capital
Retained
earnings
Hedge
reserves
Share-based
compensation
reserves
Non-controlling
interest
Shareholders’
equity
Balance at 1 July 2024 2,021 773 (185)10 – 2,619
Profit – 331 – – – 331
Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)D4 – – 4 – – 4
Change in share-based compensation reserveE8 4 – – 5 – 9
Share capital issuedB2 110 – – (4) – 106
Dividends paidB3 – (309) – – – (309)
Balance at 30 June 20252,135795(181)11–2,760
Profit – 420 – – 3 423
Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)D4 – – 92 – – 92
Change in share-based compensation reserveE8 5 – – 8 – 13
Share capital issuedB22,377 – – (5) – 2,372
Dividends paid B3 – (386) – – (1)(387)
Transactions with non-controlling interest – (42) – – (2)(44)
Balance at 30 June 2026 4,517 787(89) 14 – 5,229
98
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Notes to the financial statements
A. Our performance
A1. Segments
Contact reports activities under the Wholesale segment and the Retail segment.
The Wholesale segment includes revenue f rom the sale of electricity to the
wholesale electricity market, to Commercial & Industrial (C&I) customers and
to the Retail segment, less the cost to generate and/or purchase the electricity
and costs to serve and distribute electricity to C&I customers. This includes
activities under newly acquired Manawa Energy Limited (Manawa) and related
subsidiaries.
The results of Western Energy Services Limited are included in the Wholesale
segment. The results of Contact Energy Risk Limited have been allocated
across the operating segments.
The Retail segment includes revenue f rom delivering electricity, broadband,
mobile and other products and services to mass market customers, and
natural gas to mass market and C&I customers, less the cost of purchasing
those products and services, and the cost to serve and distribute electricity
to customers.
The Retail segment purchases electricity f rom the Wholesale segment
at a fixed price in a manner similar to transactions with third parties.
‘Unallocated’ includes corporate functions not directly allocated to the
operating segments, including transaction and integration costs relating
to Manawa of $26 million. There are also transaction and integration costs
of $1 million within the Wholesale segment.
Other operating expenses within the segment results include employee
benefits of $201 million (2025: $153 million). Employee benefits (before
corporate allocations ) are $84 million (2025: $60 million) for the Wholesale
segment and $34 million (2025: $31 million) for the Retail segment.
A2. Earnings
The table on the next page provides a breakdown of Contact’s revenue, expenses
and earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment
and write offs, and changes in fair value of financial instruments (EBITDAF) by
segment, and a reconciliation f rom EBITDAF to profit reported under NZ GAAP.
EBITDAF is used to monitor performance and is a non-GAAP profit measure.
The key revenue categories are:
+Electricity, gas and steam
Electricity, gas and steam revenue (including mass market electricity,
C&I electricity and gas) is recognised when energy is supplied for customer
consumption.
+Wholesale electricity, net of hedging
Revenue received f rom electricity generated and sold through the
wholesale market, the net settlement of electricity hedges sold on the
electricity futures markets and to generators, other retailers and industrial
customers. Revenue is recognised as the energy is delivered.
+Electricity-related services
Revenue f rom the sale of complementary products and services to the
wholesale market for the provision of instantaneous reserves, f requency
keeping and other ancillary services. Revenue is recognised as the services
are provided.
+Telco
Broadband and mobile revenue are recognised as the services are provided.
99
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Segment results
20262025
$m
WholesaleRetailUnallocated EliminationsTotalWholesale Retail Unallocated Eliminations Total
Mass market electricity– 1,207– (1)1,206– 1,079– (1)1,078
C&I electricity – fixed price 467– – – 467278– – – 278
C&I electricity – pass through109– – – 10952– – – 52
Wholesale electricity, net of hedging 1,029– – – 1,0291,616– – – 1,616
Electricity-related services revenue6– – – 69– – – 9
Inter-segment electricity sales657– – (657)– 601– – (601)–
Gas11198– – 20929103– – 132
Steam5– – – 55– – – 5
Geothermal services12– – – 128– – – 8
Telco– 117– – 117– 101– – 101
Other income 424– – 46207– – 27
Total revenue2,3381,526– (658)3,2062,6181,290– (602)3,306
Electricity purchases, net of hedging (596)(3)– – (599)(1,149)(3) – – (1,152)
Electricity purchases – pass through(68)– – – (68)(43)–– – (43)
Electricity-related services cost(5)– – – (5)(8)– – – (8)
Inter-segment electricity purchases– (657)– 657– – (601)– 601–
Gas and diesel expenses(36)(72)– – (108)(184)(23)– – (207)
Gas storage costs(31)– – – (31)84– – – 84
Carbon emissions costs(26)(16)– – (42)(61)(9)– – (70)
Generation transmission & levies(40)– – – (40)(31)– – – (31)
Electricity networks, levies & meter costs – fixed price (128)(563)– – (691)(67)(486)– – (553)
Electricity networks, levies & meter costs – pass through(39)– – – (39)(7)– – – (7)
Gas networks, transmission, meter & service costs(1)(78)– – (79)(5)(55)– – (60)
Geothermal service costs(6)– – – (6)(4)– – – (4)
Telco costs– (100)– – (100)– (88)– – (88)
Other operating expenses(217)(78)(93)1(387)(149)(74)(73)1(295)
Total operating expenses(1,193)(1,567)(93)658(2,195)(1,624)(1,339)(73)602(2,434)
EBITDAF1,145(41)(93)– 1,011994(49)(73)– 872
Depreciation and amortisation(294)(273)
Net interest expense(140)(100)
Change in fair value of financial instruments21(35)
Asset impairment and write offs(9)(1)
Tax expense(166)(132)
Profit423331
100
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Realised gains/(losses) relating to risk management derivatives not in a hedge
relationship are included in ‘Change in fair value of financial instruments’
within the Statement of Comprehensive Income but not in the Segment
results. In the Segment results they are included in wholesale electricity
revenue or purchases within EBITDAF.
These derivatives are ineligible to be designated into a hedge relationship for
accounting purposes, however they are commercial hedges and therefore
are included within EBITDAF. Further information on hedge accounting is
included in note D4.
The below table provides a reconciliation between the Statement of
Comprehensive Income and Segment results.
$m
Statement of
Comprehensive
Income
Realised gains/
(losses) on risk
management
derivatives
not in a hedge
relationship
Share of
unrealised
gains/(losses)
of derivatives
from joint
ventures
Segment
results
Year ended
30 June 2026
Revenue3,242 (42)53,206
Operating expenses(2,179)(16)–(2,195)
Change in fair
value of financial
instruments
(31)58 (5)21
Year ended
30 June 2025
Revenue3,439 (133)–3,306
Operating expenses(2,428)(6)–(2,434)
Change in fair
value of financial
instruments
(174)139–(35)
A3. Free cash flow
Free cash flow is a non-GAAP cash measure that shows the amount of cash
Contact has available to distribute to shareholders, reduce debt or reinvest in
growing the business. A reconciliation f rom EBITDAF to NZ GAAP operating
cash flows and to f ree cash flow is provided below.
$mNote20262025
EBITDAFA21,011872
Tax paid(119)(106)
Change in working capital, net of investing and
financing activities
20(35)
Non-cash movement in provisions(2)(113)
Non-cash items included in EBITDAF53
Net interest paid, excluding capitalised interest(122)(77)
Operating cash flows E7793544
Stay-in-business capital expenditure(145)(110)
Operating free cash flow648434
Proceeds f rom sale of assets4–
Free cash flow652434
Operating free cash flow per share (cents)B364.054.4
Stay-in-business capital expenditure is required to maintain our business
operations and includes major plant inspections and replacements of existing
assets.
A4. Manawa Energy Limited Acquisition
On 11 July 2025, Contact completed the acquisition of Manawa Energy Limited
(Manawa) under a Scheme of Arrangement. Under the Scheme, Contact
acquired 100% of Manawa’s shares, issuing Contact shares and paying cash
to Manawa shareholders as consideration.
Manawa is an electricity generator which owns and operates 25 hydro schemes
around New Zealand. The combination with Manawa has created a more
diversified, resilient and efficient business. Manawa’s complementary hydro
assets increase Contact’s ability to offer larger volumes of fixed price electricity
to the market and provides greater opportunity for wider deployment of flexible
demand product sales, helping to support customers in the electricity market.
The acquisition also further enhances Contact’s strong development
capabilities, accelerating Contact’s strategy to grow renewable generation
while decarbonising Contact’s portfolio.
101
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
The table below summarises the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities
assumed at the date of acquisition.
$mNote11 July 2025
Cash and cash equivalents 18
Receivables and prepayments 66
Property, plant and equipmentC1 2,553
Intangible assetsC1 48
Investment in associates/joint ventures 10
Borrowings (545)
Payables and accruals(55)
Provisions (5)
Derivative financial instrumentsD2 (109)
Deferred tax(324)
Total identifiable net assets acquired1,658
At 30 June 2026, the valuation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed
are final. The main changes f rom the provisional amounts recorded at
31 December 2025 relates to $45 million of additional intangible assets for
the acquisition of Manawa’s customer contracts and renewable development
pipeline. Additionally, the fair value of property, plant and equipment reduced
by $16 million due to reclassification of some assets f rom non-generation
assets to generation assets.
The acquisition date fair value and full contracted gross amount of trade
receivables are $62 million. It is expected that the full contracted amounts
will be collected.
Goodwill
The fair value of the purchase consideration less the fair value of the net
identifiable assets acquired has been recorded below.
$m11 July 2025
Consideration – issue of Contact shares 1,649
Consideration – Cash 351
Fair value of identifiable net assets(1,658)
Goodwill342
Goodwill is attributable to the expected cost synergies and portfolio benefits
f rom combining Contact and Manawa. The acquisition also grows Contact’s
development capabilities.
Cost synergies are expected f rom amalgamation of systems, and efficiency gains
in operations, combined with removing duplicated functions and costs. Portfolio
benefits are expected through complementary inflow patterns of combined
hydro assets and an ability to optimise hydro management across the portfolio.
Manawa revenue and profit
Throughout the period, various Manawa transactions and contracts were
legally transferred to Contact. Consequently, Manawa is not assessed or
reviewed as a standalone entity and its results are completely integrated into
Contact. Therefore, it is impracticable to disclose separate Manawa financial
information or contribution to the Group.
Combined revenue and profit as if the acquisition occurred at the start of the
financial year has not been disclosed as it is not material given the acquisition
date occurred 11 days into the financial year.
A5. Investment in King Country Energy Limited
With the acquisition of Manawa in July 2025, Contact acquired a 75.02%
ownership in King Country Energy Limited (KCE) and KCE’s subsidiaries.
Subsequently, on 17 April 2026, Contact acquired full ownership of KCE,
purchasing the remaining 24.98% ownership interest. In exchange, Contact
issued 4,987,902 new shares worth $46 million.
As Contact already had control over KCE, the additional investment has been
accounted for as an equity transaction with the consideration paid being
recognised within equity. This has been offset by the derecognition of the
non-controlling interest (NCI) equity balance.
102
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
B. Our funding
B1. Capital structure
Contact’s capital includes equity and net debt. Our objectives when managing
capital are to ensure Contact can pay its debts when they are due and to
optimise the cost of our capital.
To manage the capital structure, the Board may adjust the amount and nature
of distributions to shareholders, issue new shares and increase or repay debt.
Contact manages its capital structure to support an investment grade credit
rating and a gearing ratio suitable to our operating environment.
$mNote20262025
BorrowingsB43,0512,449
Shareholders’ equity5,2292,760
Total capital funding 8,2805,209
Gearing ratio36.8%47.0%
Gearing ratio excluding subordinated debt33.0%41.7%
B2. Share capital
Share capital is comprised of ordinary shares listed on the NZX and ASX. Certain
ordinary shares are held in trust on behalf of employees under the Contact
Share scheme (note E8). All shareholders are entitled to receive distributions
and to make one vote per share.
Shares$m
Balance at 30 June 2025802,811,9142,135
Share capital issued
Manawa Energy acquisition (net transaction cost)182,463,1901,645
KCE investment4,987,90246
Equity raise (net transaction cost)65,714,248565
Dividend reinvestment plan13,862,826121
Share-based payments787,0735
Balance at 30 June 20261,070,627,1534,517
Transaction costs during the year relating to the Manawa Energy acquisition
and the equity raise were $4 million and $10 million respectively. In the prior
year, 13,038,190 shares were issued under the dividend reinvestment plan.
B3. Distributions
Earnings and operating free cash flow per share
Weighted average20262025
Number of shares (basic)1,012,508,342797,176,026
Number of shares (diluted)1,014,324,182798,542,265
The basic earnings per share calculation uses the weighted average number
of shares on issue over the period.
The diluted weighted average number of shares considers the number
of performance share rights and deferred share rights that are currently
exercisable or will become exercisable depending on the likelihood of meeting
vesting conditions.
0
20
30
10
cps
40
50
60
70
Profit
(basic)
2026
2025
Operating free
cash flow
(basic)
Profit
(diluted)
41.641.554.464.0
41.641.4
103
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Dividends paid
Cents per
share$m
2024 Final23.0181
2025 Interim16.0128
30 June 2025309
2025 Final23.0227
2026 Interim16.0159
2026 Interim – KCE* 18.0 1
30 June 2026387
Comprised of:
Cash dividends267
Dividend reinvestment plan121
* Relates to dividends paid by KCE to non-controlling interests.
In the prior year, cash dividends were $198 million and dividends reinvested
were $111 million.
On 7 August 2026, the Board resolved to pay a 79% imputed final dividend
of 24 cents per share on 23 September 2026. On 7 August 2026, Contact had
$72 million (2025: $32 million) of imputation credits available for use in future
periods.
B4. Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less financing costs and
subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.
Some borrowings are designated in fair value hedge relationships, which
means that any changes in market interest and foreign exchange rates result
in a change in the fair value adjustment on that debt.
All borrowings other than leases are Green Debt Instruments under Contact’s
Green Borrowing Programme, which has been certified by the Climate Bonds
Initiative. At 30 June 2026 Contact remains compliant with the requirements
of the programme. Further information is available on the Sustainability
section on Contact’s website.
$mMaturityCoupon20262025
Lease obligations VariousVarious6350
Commercial paper< 3 monthsFloating–180
USPP notes – US$101mDec 2025Various–135
USPP notes – US$68mApr 2026Various–89
Export credit agency facilityMar 2026Floating–18
Retail bonds – CEN070Apr 20285.82%250250
Retail bonds – CEN080Apr 20295.62%300300
AMTN – AUD $400mNov 20306.40%434434
AMTN – AUD $400mDec 20315.41%435435
EMTN – EUR €500mNov 20323.54%1,011–
Capital bonds – CEN060Nov 20514.33%225225
Capital bonds – CEN090Oct 20545.67%250250
Face value of borrowings2,9682,366
Deferred financing costs(7)(10)
Total borrowings at amortised cost2,9612,355
Fair value adjustment on hedged
borrowings
9094
Carrying value of borrowings3,0512,449
Current7356
Non-current3,0442,093
Changes in borrowings
$m20262025
Borrowings at the start of the year2,4491,913
Borrowings acquired f rom Manawa545–
Net cash borrowed/(repaid)41468
Non-cash change in lease obligations1612
Non-cash change in deferred financing costs43
Non-cash change in fair value adjustment(4)53
Borrowings at the end of the year3,0512,449
During the year, the export credit agency facility and USPP notes were fully
repaid before their original maturity dates of 2027 and 2028 calendar years.
104
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Short-term funding
Contact uses bank facilities for general corporate purposes including to
manage its liquidity risk (note D2). While drawings under our bank facilities
are typically for periods of three months or less, the amounts drawn down can
be rolled for the term of the facility. Drawn facilities are classified as current
when the facility will expire within one year of the reporting period end.
Contact’s total bank facilities have a range of maturities as follows:
Maturity $m20262025
Between 1 and 2 years150150
Between 2 and 3 years350350
More than 3 years350350
850850
All of these bank facilities form part of Contact’s Green Borrowing Programme.
Lease obligations
Contact’s leases predominately relate to property and connections to the
national electricity grid. These assets are included in the carrying value of
property, plant and equipment (note C1).
Cash and cash equivalents
At 30 June 2026, cash and cash equivalents included short-term deposits of
$760 million (2025: $509 million).
Contact trades electricity price derivatives on the ASX market using a broker
that holds collateral on deposit for margin calls which is included within cash
and cash equivalents. At 30 June 2026, the collateral balance was nil (2025: nil).
B5. Net interest expense
$mNote20262025
Interest expense on borrowings(159)(113)
Interest expense on finance leases(4)(3)
Unwind of discount on provisionsE6(9)(13)
Unwind of deferred financing costs(4)(3)
Other interest(1) (2)
Capitalised interestC121 23
Interest income16 11
Net interest expense(140)(100)
105
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
C. Our assets
C1. Property, plant and equipment
and intangible assets
Contact’s property, plant and equipment (PP&E)
and intangible assets include:
+Generation plant and equipment: hydro,
geothermal and thermal power stations and
geothermal wells and pipelines.
+Computer software: our SAP system that is used
for customer service and billing, finance functions
and generation asset management, which has
a carrying value of $102 million (2025: $116 million)
and a remaining life of 12 years.
All assets are recognised at cost less accumulated
depreciation or amortisation and impairments.
Generation plant and equipment acquired before
1 October 2004 is recognised at deemed historical
cost, which is the fair value of those assets at
1 October 2004, less accumulated depreciation
and accumulated impairment losses.
Software as a service contracts are recorded as
operating expenditure unless they meet the
requirements of an intangible asset or lease asset
(i.e. management can demonstrate control of an
asset).
Intangible assets include a capital work in progress
(CWIP) balance of $23 million relating to software
(2025: $6 million).
Other intangible assets include $43 million
relating to the renewable development pipeline
and customer contracts acquired f rom Manawa.
Property, plant and equipment
$m
Generation
plant and
equipment
Other land,
buildings,
plant &
equipment
Capital
work in
progress
Leased
assets Total
Cost
Balance at 1 July 20246,0401101,416807,646
Additions12943319473
Transfers f rom capital work in progress1,38120(1,401)– –
Disposals(3)– – – (3)
Balance at 30 June 20257,547134346898,116
Additions48645718529
Acquisitions2,423319092,553
Transfers f rom capital work in progress20429(233)– –
Disposals(47)(1)–(6)(54)
Balance at 30 June 202610,17519966011011,144
Depreciation
Balance at 1 July 2024(2,611)(74)– (28)(2,713)
Depreciation(227)(7)– (6)(240)
Disposals3– – – 3
Balance at 30 June 2025(2,835)(81)– (34)(2,950)
Depreciation(236)(13)– (8)(257)
Disposals381– – 39
Balance at 30 June 2026(3,033)(93)– (42)(3,168)
Carrying value
At 30 June 20254,71253346555,166
At 30 June 20267,142106660687,976
Included within additions for the year ended 30 June 2026 is capitalised interest of $21 million
(2025: $23 million) in relation to the build of Te Mihi Stage 2 and associated steamfield, and the
Glenbrook Battery.
106
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Intangible assets
$m
Software
and capital
work in
progress
Carbon
emission
unitsOtherTotal
Cost
Balance at 1 July 20245956118 674
Additions1664– 80
Disposals– (69)– (69)
Balance at 30 June 20256115618 685
Acquisitions–– 4848
Additions27 34 – 61
Disposals– (59)– (59)
Balance at 30 June 20266383166 735
Amortisation
Balance at 1 July 2024(402)– (6)(408)
Amortisation(31)– (2)(33)
Balance at 30 June 2025(433)– (8)(441)
Amortisation(33)– (4)(37)
Balance at 30 June 2026(466)– (12)(478)
Carrying value
At 30 June 20251785610244
At 30 June 20261723154257
Current–31– 31
Non-current172– 54 226
Cost
Contact capitalises the costs to purchase and bring assets into service. When
Contact develops an asset, employee time and other directly attributable
costs are capitalised and held as capital work in progress until the asset is
commissioned.
Contact capitalises costs to obtain resource consents and to drill geothermal
exploration wells. These costs are expensed if the existing area of operations
that they relate to is unsuccessful or abandoned. All other geothermal
exploration costs are expensed.
Carbon units are purchased to offset our emissions under the New Zealand
Emissions Trading Scheme (ETS). The units are recognised at cost and are
classified as current assets.
Depreciation and amortisation
The cost of Contact’s assets are spread evenly over their useful lives (straight
line method) or, for certain thermal assets, over the equivalent operating
hours (EOH) those assets are expected to be of benefit to Contact.
Management estimates an asset’s useful life or EOH and this is reviewed
annually.
Land, capital work in progress and carbon units are not depreciated or
amortised. The depreciation and amortisation rates for all other assets are:
Rate/hours
Asset20262025
Generation plant and equipment
Straight line 1% – 50% 1% – 50%
Equivalent operating hours 1,800 – 19,000 1,900 – 21,000
Other buildings, plant and equipment 2% – 33% 2% – 33%
Computer software 4% – 50% 4% – 50%
Capital commitments
$m20262025
Contracted capital expenditure284324
Carbon forward contracts7173
Closing balance355397
Due within 12 months189250
Due beyond 12 months166147
107
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
C2. Goodwill and asset impairment testing
Contact has two cash-generating units (CGUs): Wholesale and Retail.
The Wholesale CGU includes goodwill of $377 million (2025: $35 million).
The Retail CGU includes goodwill of $179 million (2025: $179 million).
The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is calculated as the higher
of its value in use and fair value less costs to sell. Every reporting period
management estimates the value in use expected to be recovered f rom
Contact’s CGUs. An impairment is recognised when the recoverable value
is lower than the carrying value.
Determining value in use involves estimating future cash flows for each CGU.
These cash flows are based on a ten-year projection, adjusted for future growth
rate of 2% (2025: 2%) based on RBNZ’s target inflation rate. This is then discounted
at a post-tax discount rate between 7%–8% (2025: 8%–9%) to arrive at the present
value, or value in use, of each CGU. A ten-year cash flow projection has been used
as a longer-term forecast provides a more accurate valuation for Contact.
No impairments were recognised in the current or prior period.
The key inputs to CGU cash flows, and their method of determination, are:
Wholesale CGU
Post-tax discount rate and
inflation
External WACC report prepared by PwC, and implicit
inflation rate.
Wholesale electricity price
path
Modelled wholesale prices based upon ASX future
electricity prices adjusted for location and seasonal
shape, and price estimates based on an analysis of
expected demand and cost of new supply for periods
not quoted on the ASX market.
Generation volume and mixGeneration strategy based on expected demand, hydro
volumes, planned outages and expected market pricing.
Estimated future capital
expenditure and operating
costs
Budgeted capital and operating expenditure, reflecting
historical levels and known differences.
Fuel costsContracted gas and carbon prices, otherwise Contact’s
best estimate of future prices.
Retail CGU
Post-tax discount rate and
inflation
External WACC report prepared by PwC, and implicit
inflation rate.
Customer numbers and
churn
Actual customer numbers adjusted for historical churn
data and expected market trends.
Price per customerPrice per customer adjusted for expected market changes.
Estimated future capital
expenditure and operating
costs
Budgeted capital and operating expenditure, reflecting
historical levels and known differences.
Cost of purchased energy and
networks costs
ASX future electricity prices adjusted for location and
seasonal shape and estimated future network costs.
Sensitivities
The calculation of the value in use for the Wholesale CGU is most sensitive
to the inputs of wholesale electricity prices and the post-tax discount rate.
For the Retail CGU, the most sensitive inputs are EBITDAF margin and the
post-tax discount rate.
There is interrelation between the key inputs in the valuation. Any changes
in the wholesale electricity prices and post-tax discount rate would not occur
in isolation and would drive other changes which could also impact the value
in use.
Wholesale electricity prices are influenced by several factors that are difficult
to predict, in particular the weather, which can impact short-term prices.
Wholesale electricity prices may also be adversely affected by a reduction
in demand, the availability of fuel and generation capacity in the wholesale
electricity market, competitor and transmission system availability.
Retail EBITDAF margin includes price per customer, operating costs, costs
of purchased energy and network costs as noted in the table.
The post-tax discount rate is an estimate of Contact’s weighted average cost
of capital and is influenced by several external factors such as the risk-f ree rate
and inflation.
When individually adjusting the most sensitive inputs within a reasonable
range, the value in use for the Wholesale and Retail CGUs exceeded their
carrying values in all scenarios.
108
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
D. Our financial risks
Contact’s financial risk management system mitigates exposure to market,
liquidity and credit risks by ensuring that material risks are identified, the
financial impact is understood and tools and limits are in place to manage
exposures. Written policies provide the f ramework for Contact’s financial risk
management system.
D1. Market risk
Interest rate risk
Contact has fixed and floating rate debt and is exposed to movements in
interest rates. For fixed rate debt the exposure is to falling interest rates as
Contact could have secured that debt at lower rates, while for floating rate
debt there is uncertainty of future cash interest payments.
Contact manages these risks through the use of interest rate swaps (IRS)
and cross-currency interest rate swaps (CCIRS) to ensure that the total debt
portfolio has an appropriate amount of fixed and floating rate exposure. The
risk is monitored by assessing the notional amount of debt on a fixed and
floating basis and ensuring this is in accordance with set policies.
Foreign exchange risk
Contact is exposed to movements in foreign exchange rates through its
commitments to pay certain suppliers, Australian medium-term note
(AMTN) holders and Euro medium-term note (EMTN) holders.
To mitigate this risk, forward foreign exchange contracts are used to fix future
cash flows in NZD terms. Foreign debt is hedged through the use of CCIRS,
which converts foreign currency principal and interest payments to NZD at a
fixed exchange rate.
Commodity price risk
Contact is exposed to electricity price risk through the sale and purchase of
electricity on the wholesale electricity market. Contact’s integrated Wholesale
and Retail businesses provide a natural hedge for most of this exposure.
Derivatives may be used to fix the price at which Contact buys or sells any
residual exposure to electricity price risks.
Contact is also exposed to natural gas price risk on purchases of natural
gas. Short and long term gas purchase contracts are used to fix the price
of gas. Related to this, Contact is exposed to carbon price risk on its carbon
obligations. Spot purchases, forward purchases and auction participation are
used to manage the price risk relating to carbon. These are not recognised on
the balance sheet as gas and carbon contracts are entered into for Contact’s
own use in operations.
109
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Summary of derivative financial instruments
A summary of the exposures f rom derivatives and the impact on Contact’s financial position is provided below grouped by type of hedge relationship.
Further information on hedging activities and fair value of derivatives is provided in notes D4, D5 and D6.
Fair value hedge
Cash flow and fair value
hedgeCash flow hedgeNo hedge relationship
IRSCCIRSIRSElectricity derivatives
Foreign exchange
contractsElectricity derivatives
$m 20262025Change20262025Change20262025Change20262025Change20262025Change20262025Change
Financial year of maturity
2027–302027–302031-342026–322027-342026–312027-402026–402027-282026–282027-452026–45
Notional amount of derivatives1,0251,0251,8801,0932,5332,00516,971
GWh
13,861
GWh
13823334,440
GWh
25,847
GWh
Carrying amount of hedged
borrowings
(1,038)(1,042)(1,957)(1,169)– – – – – – – –
Fair value adjustments to
borrowings
(13)(17)4(77)(77)– –– ––– – –– – –– –
Fair value of derivatives – asset1318(5)1087830610(4)156471106 15168 31137
Fair value of derivatives – liability(1)(2)1(41)(2)(39)(40)(41)1(262)(269)7(1)(4)3(190)(58)(132)
Total movement– (9)(3)11685
Change in fair value of derivatives recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income and profit/(loss) – unrealised
Fair value
hedge
Cash flow and
fair value hedgeCash flow hedge
No hedge
relationship
IRSCCIRSIRS
Electricity
derivatives
Foreign
exchange
contracts
Electricity
derivativesTotal
$m Note20262025202620252026202520262025202620252026202520262025
Change in fair values recognised in:
• Manawa derivatives acquired – balance sheetA43–– – (4)– (11)– – – (97)– (109)–
• Manawa derivatives closed out – cash(3)–– – – – – – – – – (3)–
• Change in fair value of financial instruments recognised
in profit/(loss)
D5– – (2)– 23– – 1– 24(26)25(23)
• Hedge effectiveness recognised in OCID4– – (7)2(5)(55)80(5)5(2)– – 73(60)
• Premiums recognised in payables/(receivables)– – – – – – – – – – 78378 3
• Amounts reclassified to profit/(loss) or balance sheetD4– – – – 4(12)477821– – 5367
Total unrealised movement– – (9)2(3)(64)117738(1)5(23)117(13)
Change in fair value of financial instruments recognised in profit/(loss) also includes realised gains/(losses). Cash flow hedge reserves and the total change in fair
value recognised in profit/(loss) and has been reconciled in notes D4 and D5.
110
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Sensitivities
The table below summarises the impact on derivative valuations of possible
changes in forward wholesale electricity prices and forward interest rates.
The analysis assumes that all variables were held constant except for the
relevant market risk factor. If in a hedge relationship, these movements
would be offset elsewhere by an opposite movement on the hedged item.
$m Favourable/(unfavourable)20262025
Impact on hedge reserves
Forward interest rates +100bps5043
–25bps(7)(8)
Forward electricity prices+10%(111)(97)
–10%11197
Forward foreign exchange rates+10%(9)(11)
–10%1114
Impact on post-tax profit/(loss)
Forward interest rates+100bps– –
–25bps– –
Forward electricity prices+10%(36)(47)
–10%3647
D2. Liquidity risk
To manage liquidity risk, Contact maintains a diverse portfolio of funding, debt
maturities are spread over several years and any new financing or refinancing
requirements are addressed with an appropriate lead time. Contact maintains
a buffer of undrawn bank facilities over its forecast funding requirements to
enable it to meet any unforeseen cash flows.
Management monitors the available liquidity buffer by comparing forecast
cash flows to available facilities to ensure sufficient liquidity is maintained in
accordance with internal limits.
Information on contracted cash flows in the following table are presented
on an undiscounted basis.
CCIRS cash flows are included within Borrowings in the following table.
Foreign dollar inflows on the CCIRS offset the foreign dollar outflows on
the debt.
$m
Total
contractual
cash flows
Less than
1 year1–2 years2–5 years
More than
5 years
2026
Trade and other payables(441)(441)– – –
Borrowings and interest(4,141)(144)(404)(1,111)(2,482)
Other liabilities(157)(14)(13)(40)(91)
Provisions(332)(19)(14)(26)(273)
Electricity price derivatives –
net settled
(1,719)(90)(100)(273)(1,256)
IRS – net settled(32)(9)(4)(17)(2)
Foreign exchange
derivatives – inflow
14311429– –
Foreign exchange
derivatives – outflow
(138)(108)(30)– –
(6,817)(711)(536)(1,467)(4,104)
2025
Trade and other payables(374)(374)– – –
Borrowings and interest(3,389)(436)(117)(905)(1,931)
Other liabilities(34)(2)(1)(4)(27)
Provisions(306)(21)(14)(22)(249)
Electricity price derivatives –
net settled
(1,650)(147)(135)(339)(1,029)
IRS – net settled(27)(1)(4)(20)(2)
Foreign exchange
derivatives – inflow
2311675113–
Foreign exchange
derivatives – outflow
(233)(168)(52)(13)–
(5,782)(982)(272)(1,290)(3,238)
D3. Credit risk
Total credit risk exposure is measured by the financial instruments in an asset
position of $1,569 million (2025: $861 million). To minimise credit risk exposure,
Contact has a policy to only transact with credit worthy counterparties and to
not exceed internally imposed exposure limits to any one counterparty. Where
appropriate, collateral is obtained. Further information on customer related
credit risk is provided in note E4.
111
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
D4. Hedging activities
Contact has designated derivatives used to manage market risks into fair
value and cash flow hedge relationships. A hedge ratio of 1:1 is applied for
all hedge relationships, as the notional value of the derivative matches the
notional value of the hedged item.
Fair value hedges
Interest rate risk
The derivatives (IRS) Contact uses to manage its interest rate risk meet
the criteria for hedge accounting where they directly relate to issued debt.
The hedge is against future fair value movements in the debt and can be
for a portion of the debt.
Contact has designated $1,025 million of retail bonds into fair value hedge
relationships, with receive-fixed, pay-floating IRS. The fixed interest rates and
other terms match the relevant bond to create an economic relationship.
At 30 June 2026, the average fixed interest rate that Contact receives for
these IRS is 5.6% (2025: 5.6%).
The bonds are recognised at amortised cost. Both the hedged risk and the
hedging instrument (IRS) are recognised at fair value. The change in the fair
value of both items is recognised in profit/(loss) and will offset to the extent
the hedging relationship is effective. There are no material sources
of ineffectiveness.
Cash flow hedges
The derivatives Contact uses to manage exposure to wholesale electricity
prices, floating interest rate risk and foreign exchange rates qualify for cash
flow hedge accounting. For cash flow hedges, the derivative is recognised
at fair value with the effective portion of all changes in fair value recognised
in the cash flow hedge reserve. Any ineffective portion is recognised
immediately in profit/(loss). Amounts recognised in the cash flow hedge
reserve are reclassified to profit/(loss) or the Statement of Financial Position
according to the nature of the hedged item.
The movement in hedge reserves is reconciled below.
$mNote 20262025
Opening balance(181)(185)
Effective portion of cash flow hedgesD173(60)
Amortisation of hedge reserve – (2)
Transferred to profit/loss or balance sheetD15467
Transferred to deferred taxE1(35)(1)
Closing balance(89)(181)
Commodity price risk
Contact designates forecast electricity sales and purchases into cash flow
hedges with electricity price derivatives. Volumes are matched to create an
economic relationship. There are no material sources of ineffectiveness.
At 30 June 2026, the average price of these derivatives was $114/MWh
(2025: $110/MWh).
Interest rate risk
Contact designates a certain level of its floating rate exposure into cash flow
hedges with receive-floating, pay-fixed IRS in line with set internal policies.
At 30 June 2026, the average fixed interest rate that Contact pays for these
IRS is 4% (2025: 4.0%).
An economic relationship exists between the floating rate exposure and the
IRS based on the reference interest rate.
Combined fair value and cash flow hedges
Contact has designated all its AMTN and EMTN into both fair value and cash
flow hedge relationships with CCIRS, depending on the component of the
note being hedged:
+For the fair value hedges the change in fair value of the notes are recognised
in profit/(loss) to offset the change in fair value of the relevant CCIRS
component.
+For the cash flow hedges the change in fair value of the CCIRS component
is recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve.
+The cost to convert foreign currency cash flows under CCIRS is excluded
f rom the hedge relationship and recognised in the cost of hedging reserve.
At 30 June 2026, the average fixed interest rate that Contact receives for these
IRS is 5.2% (2025: 5.8%).
The CCIRS has converted the foreign currency principal of the notes at fixed
rates of AUD 0.92 and EUR 0.49 (2025: AUD 0.92).
An economic relationship exists based on the reference interest rates,
exchange rate and other terms. There are no material sources of
ineffectiveness.
Cash flow hedge reserve balances relating to discontinued cash flow hedge
relationships are amortised to profit/(loss) over the original term if the cash
flows are still expected to occur. Otherwise, the balance is transferred to profit/
(loss) when the relationship is discontinued.
112
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Derivatives not in hedge relationships
Some electricity derivatives are not entered into a hedge relationship,
including when they include termination options, have variable volume
structures (e.g. solar power purchase agreements), or they have been entered
into for market making or trading.
Unrealised gains or losses relating to these derivatives are recognised in profit/
loss within “Change in fair value of financial instruments” below EBITDAF as
summarised in D5.
The fair value of the electricity derivatives will change depending on changes
to future wholesale electricity prices, which may cause significant volatility to
profit/(loss) where these derivatives are not in a hedge relationship.
The sensitivities table in D1 summarises the impact on profit/(loss) f rom
possible changes in fair values of these derivatives (unrealised gains/(losses))
due to change in forward electricity prices.
D5. Change in fair value of financial instruments in
profit/(loss)
The following table provides a summary of the amounts recognised in change
in fair value of financial instruments within profit/(loss).
$mNote 20262025
Within EBITDAF:
Realised gains/(losses) on risk management derivativesA2(58)(139)
Below EBITDAF:
Close out of Manawa derivatives(3)–
Realised gains/(losses) on market derivatives4(12)
Unrealised gains/(losses) on unhedged derivativesD124(26)
Unrealised gains/(losses) – hedge ineffectivenessD113
Share of unrealised gains/(losses) f rom joint ventures(5)–
Total below EBITDAF per segment resultsA121(35)
Reclass share of unrealised gains/(losses) f rom joint
ventures to Statement of Comprehensive Income
5–
Change in fair value of financial instruments (31)(174)
Except for the hedge ineffectiveness amount, the above relates to derivatives
not in a hedge relationship.
D6. Financial instruments at fair value
Fair value
Contact uses discounted cash flow valuations with market observable data,
to the extent that it is available, in estimating the fair value of all derivatives.
The key variables used in these valuations are forward prices (for the relevant
underlying interest rates, foreign exchange rates and wholesale electricity
prices) and discount rates.
All inputs are sourced or derived f rom market information except for forward
wholesale electricity prices which are:
+derived f rom ASX market quoted prices adjusted for Contact’s estimate of
the effect of location and seasonality, or
+when quoted prices are not available or relevant (i.e. long dated and large
contracts), Contact’s best estimate of the cost of new supply is used. This is
derived using key unobservable inputs, relevant wholesale market factors
and management judgement.
Additional key inputs and assumptions used to determine the fair value of
electricity derivatives include Contact’s best estimate of volumes called over
the life of electricity options.
The discount rate used for the valuations of electricity price derivatives is
between 3%–7% (2025: 4%–7%), which is a risk-f ree rate with credit adjustment.
The following table provides a breakdown of the fair value of derivatives by the
source of key valuation inputs:
$m20262025
Sourced f rom market data982
Derived f rom market data4151
Electricity price estimates(217)(244)
(78)(191)
113
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
The electricity price derivatives most affected by estimates are reconciled below:
$m20262025
Opening balance(244)(273)
Gain/(loss) in profit/loss:
• wholesale electricity revenue4765
• Change in fair value of financial instruments(58)–
Gain/(loss) in OCI(31)(26)
Instruments issued68 (10)
Closing balance(217)(244)
For these derivatives a 10% increase in the electricity price would result in
an unfavourable movement in fair value of $196 million (2025: $183 million)
and a 10% decrease would result in a favourable movement in fair value of
$196 million (2025: $183 million).
D7. Financial instruments at amortised cost
The value of financial instruments carried at amortised cost is provided in the
table below.
$m20262025
Cash and cash equivalents766514
Trade and other receivables346265
Trade and other payables(552)(333)
Borrowings (2,961)(2,355)
The fair value of borrowings is $3,059 million (2025: $2,459 million). This fair
value is derived f rom market data.
E. Other disclosures
E1. Tax
Tax expense is made up of current tax expense and deferred tax expense.
Current tax expense relates to the current financial reporting period while
deferred tax will be payable in future periods.
Tax is recognised in profit, except when it relates to items recognised directly
in OCI.
$m20262025
Profit before tax589463
Tax at 28%(165)(130)
Tax effect adjustments:
Prior period adjustments1–
Other(2) (2)
Tax expense(166)(132)
Current(137)(87)
Deferred (29)(45)
Contact’s deferred tax liability is calculated as the difference between the
carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the
values used for taxation purposes.
$m
PP&E/
intangible
assetsDerivativesOtherTotal
Balance at 1 July 2024(696)7597(524)
Recognised in profit/(loss)(21) 5 (29)(45)
Recognised in balance sheet (7) – 7 –
Recognised in OCI – (1) – (1)
Balance at 30 June 2025(724)7975(570)
Recognised in profit/(loss)(25)(6)2(29)
Recognised in balance sheet(8) (2) 8(2)
Recognised in OCI – (35) – (35)
Manawa/KCE acquisition(347)33(10)(324)
Balance at 30 June 2026(1,104)6975(961)
114
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
E2. Auditor’s remuneration
2026
$’000
2025
$’000
Review of interim financial statements12079
Audit of financial statements680451
Audit of subsidiary financial statements 4216
Total audit and review of financial statements842546
Assurance of Global Reporting Initiatives disclosures 4841
Assurance of Greenhouse gas inventory report7062
Assurance of Green Borrowing Programme2329
Assurance of Sustainability linked loan – 21
Assurance of unique emission factors38 –
Total other assurance services179153
Verification procedures in relation to Everen Insurance Mutual7 8
Verification procedures in relation to equity raise81 –
Verification procedures in relation to issue of EMTN100 –
Due diligence procedures in relation to Manawa Energy
transaction
– 203
Total agreed-upon procedures188 211
Total fees related to audit or review, assurance and agreed-
upon procedures
1,209910
Remuneration surveys and benchmarking 4037
Review of climate targets25 –
Total other services6537
Total fees for services provided by EY1,274947
Contact has an External Audit Independence Policy whereby all other
assurance and non-assurance services require approval f rom the Audit & Risk
Committee Chair. Total fees for non-assurance services are limited to 50% of
the audit and review of financial statements fees.
E3. Inventories
Contact’s inventories comprise gas in storage for use in thermal generation,
consumables and spare parts for power stations and diesel fuel for use in the
Whirinaki power plant. Inventory gas is measured at weighted average cost.
All other inventories are stated at cost.
The non-current portion relates to 4PJs of inventory gas in AGS that will not be
available for extraction in the next 12 months.
$m20262025
Inventory gas124112
Consumables and spare parts1314
Diesel fuel66
142132
Current7567
Non-current6765
E4. Trade and other receivables
$m20262025
Trade receivables212162
Unbilled receivables138103
Provision for impairment(5)(2)
Net trade receivables345263
Contract assets33
Prepayments448
Trade and other receivables392274
Trade and unbilled receivables are recognised net of discounts.
Unbilled receivables represent Contact’s best estimate of unbilled retail sales
at the end of the reporting period. The estimate uses smart meter data to
determine the relevant unbilled amount for the period. Consumption history
is used if smart meter data is not available.
Ageing of trade receivables past due but not impaired are:
$m20262025
Less than one month 1710
Greater than one month84
2514
115
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
When Contact has been unable to collect amounts due f rom customers
those debts are written off. Trade receivables, net of recoveries of $5 million
(2025: $3 million) were written off during the reporting period.
Customer contracts do not have significant financing components and
payment terms for customers are mainly 14 days f rom invoice date, while
some C&I customers have payment terms of the 20th of each month.
E5. Trade and other payables
$m20262025
Trade payables and accruals459312
Employee benefits2425
Interest payable1913
Other liabilities345
Trade and other payables505395
At 30 June 2026, Contact also had non-current liabilities of $108 million
(2025: $23 million). $68 million of this relates to premiums payable on
an option contract relating to the Huntly Firming Option (2025: $nil).
A corresponding derivative asset has been recognised.
E6. Provisions
Provisions are based on estimates of future cash flows to settle obligations
or make good the affected sites at the end of the assets’ useful lives and
discounted to present value. The discount rate used for 30 June 2026 was
4.38% (2025: 4.60%).
$m
Restoration/
decommissioningEnvironmentOtherTotal
Balance at 1 July 2025(172)(57)(2)(231)
Acquired–(5)–(5)
Created(7)(18)–(25)
Released47–11
Utilised2327
Unwind of discount(8)(1)–(9)
Balance at 30 June 2026(181)(71)–(252)
Current(6)(18)–(24)
Non-current(175)(53)–(228)
Restoration and decommissioning provisions
These provisions relate to Contact’s obligations to decommission and restore
geothermal wells, generation plants and generation sites.
The key source of uncertainty for these provisions is the timing and the
expected cost of these activities. For these provisions, timing has been
determined based on the expected useful life of the plants and assets.
Costs have been determined by estimating the costs to perform activities
at present and then applying inflation out to the future.
Environmental provisions
These provisions relate to Contact’s obligations to remediate the impact
of our operations on the environment.
The key source of uncertainty for these provisions is the timing and
expected cost of these activities. For these provisions, timing is based on
Contact’s planning process, approved budgets, along with consultation
with stakeholders. Costs have been determined by estimating the costs to
perform activities at present and then applying inflation out to the future.
E7. Profit to operating cash flows
$m20262025
Profit423331
Depreciation and amortisation294273
Amortisation of contract assets22
Change in fair value of financial instruments(21)35
Movement in provisions(1)(113)
Non-cash interest expense1623
Bad debt expense64
Share-based compensation75
Asset write offs and impairments91
Other2(2)
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of non-cash, investing
and financing activities
Trade and other receivables(14)(6)
Inventories and intangible assets9(49)
Trade and other payables2214
Tax payable 10(16)
Deferred tax2942
Operating cash flows793544
116
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
E8. Share-based compensation
Equity Scheme
Contact provides an equity award to certain eligible employees made
up of performance share rights (PSRs) and deferred share rights (DSRs).
If performance hurdles are met, or there is a company change in control,
the awards vest and become exercisable.
On exercise, PSRs and DSRs convert to ordinary shares at no cost to the
employee. There are no holding/retention periods or ownership requirements
for employees who exercise equity rights. The awards lapse if the performance
hurdles are not met or if an employee voluntarily leaves Contact.
The scheme entitlements continue on redundancy or retirement, but the
entitlements are adjusted. In exceptional circumstances, the Board has
discretion to continue or vest the awards if an employee leaves Contact.
Outstanding PSRs and DSRs
Number outstandingPSRsDSRs
Balance at 1 July 2024990,750652,878
Granted443,918467,177
Exercised(194,628)(340,663)
Lapsed(28,922)(9,922)
Balance at 30 June 20251,211,118769,470
Granted599,227485,973
Exercised(359,271)(308,247)
Lapsed(9,410)(17,870)
Balance at 30 June 20261,441,664929,326
PSRs had a weighted average remaining life 1 year and 9 months (2025: 1 year
and 6 months) and DSRs had 11 months (2025: 12 months).
Contact Share
Contact Share is Contact’s employee share ownership plan that enables
eligible employees to acquire a set number of Contact’s ordinary shares.
The shares are issued and legally held by a trustee company for a restrictive
period of three years, during which time the employee is entitled to receive
distributions and direct the exercise of voting rights that attach to shares held
on their behalf.
At the end of the restrictive period the shares are transferred to the employee.
Employees who leave Contact due to redundancy, and in certain other
circumstances, may have their shares transferred at that time; all other
employees who leave Contact have their shares transferred to an unallocated
pool. Shares in the unallocated pool can be used by the trustee company for
future allocations under Contact Share.
Number outstandingContact Share
Balance at 1 July 2024264,287
Shares issued121,225
Transferred to employees(75,911)
Balance at 30 June 2025309,601
Shares issued119,555
Transferred to employees(85,275)
Balance at 30 June 2026343,881
These shares have a weighted average remaining life of 1 year and 4 months
(2025: 1 year and 5 months).
Share-based compensation expense
Share-based compensation expense is based on the fair value of the awards
granted, adjusted to reflect the number of awards expected to vest. The fair
values of awards granted during the reporting period are:
Grant date
$ per shareOct 2025Oct 2024Oct 2023
PSRs – without internal hurdle3.503.793.96
PSRs – with internal hurdle7.967.146.88
DSRs8.407.497.25
Contact Share9.118.068.08
Key inputs in determining the fair values
Grant date
$ per shareOct 2025Oct 2024Oct 2023
Risk-f ree interest rate3%4%6%
Expected dividend yield4%5%5%
Expected share price volatility15%16%24%
117
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Changes in Share-based compensation reserve
$mNote 20262025
Opening balance1110
Exercised share scheme awards (5)(4)
Lapsed share scheme awards– –
Share-based compensation expense75
Deferred tax on share scheme 1–
Closing balance1411
E9. Related parties
Contact group entities
All entities below are based in New Zealand, other than Contact Energy Risk
Limited which is incorporated in the Cook Islands.
Name of entityPrincipal activityHolding
Subsidiaries
Manawa Energy Limited*Hydro activities100%
ANZ Renewables Limited*Wind activities100%
Manawa Energy Insurance Limited*Captive insurance100%
Manawa Energy Renewables Holdco 1 Limited*Wind activities100%
Western Energy Services LimitedGeothermal well services100%
Contact Energy Solar LimitedSolar activities100%
Contact Energy Solar Holdings GP LimitedSolar activities100%
Contact Energy Solar Holdings LPSolar activities100%
Contact Energy Trustee Company LimitedTrust for Contact Share100%
Contact Energy Risk LimitedCaptive insurance100%
Contact Energy Wind Limited*Wind activities100%
Contact Energy Wind Holdings GP Limited*Wind activities100%
Contact Energy Wind Holdings LP*Wind activities100%
Southland Wind I GP Limited*Wind activities100%
Southland Wind I LP* Wind activities100%
Southland Wind P GP Limited*Wind activities100%
Southland Wind PLP*Wind activities 100%
Name of entityPrincipal activityHolding
Associates and joint ventures
DrylandCarbon One Limited PartnershipInvestment in forestry16.5%
Forest Partners Limited PartnershipInvestment in forestry22%
Rangitata Diversion Race Management Limited*Irrigation scheme15%
Lochindorb Wind GP Limited*Wind activities50%
Kōwhai Park I GP LimitedSolar activities50%
Kōwhai Park I LPSolar activities50%
Kōwhai Park P GP LimitedSolar activities50%
Kōwhai Park P LPSolar activities50%
Glorit Solar I GP LimitedSolar activities50%
Glorit Solar I LPSolar activities50%
Glorit Solar P GP LimitedSolar activities50%
Glorit Solar P LPSolar activities50%
Stratford Solar I GP LimitedSolar activities50%
Stratford Solar I LPSolar activities50%
Stratford Solar P GP LimitedSolar activities50%
Stratford Solar P LPSolar activities50%
* New entities this year.
On 30 June 2026, the legal entities of King Country Energy Limited and related
subsidiaries (King Country Energy Holdings Limited, KCE Generation Limited
and KCE Mangahao Limited) were amalgamated into Manawa Energy Limited.
Joint venture and associates
Contact applies the equity method of accounting for its investments in
associates and joint ventures. The initial investments are recognised at cost
and are subsequently adjusted for Contact’s share of the entity’s profits or
losses. Any distributions received are recognised against the investment.
Contact has significant influence over the associates and joint arrangement
entities listed above either through holding significant voting power and/or
by participation in financial and operating policy decisions.
Drylandcarbon and Forest Partners invest in afforestation projects on
economically marginal land in New Zealand to produce a stable supply of
carbon units which will offset Contact’s carbon obligations.
The solar and wind entities listed above invest in wind and solar generation
projects in New Zealand.
118
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Related party transactions
Contact’s related parties also include its Directors and the Leadership Team (LT).
Received/(paid) $m20262025
Kōwhai Park P LP
Capital contributions(23)–
Forest Partners Limited Partnership
Capital contributions(1)(15)
Lochindorb Wind Limited Partnership
Capital contributions(1)–
Key management personnel
Directors’ fees(1)(1)
LT – salary and other short-term benefits*(9)(9)
LT – share-based compensation expense(2)(2)
Balances payable at end of the year
Key management personnel(2)(2)
* Salary and other short-term benefits is the cash amount paid in the year.
Members of the LT and Directors purchase goods and services f rom Contact
for domestic purposes.
E10. New accounting standards not yet effective
NZ IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements was issued
in May 2024 (effective f rom 1 January 2027). The standard introduces new
requirements on presentation within the statement of profit or loss, including
specified totals and subtotals. It also requires disclosure of management-
defined performance measures and includes new requirements for the
aggregation and disaggregation of financial information based on the
identified ‘roles’ of the primary financial statements and the notes. Contact
has not yet assessed the impact of NZ IFRS 18.
E11. Contingent assets and liabilities
In the normal course of business, Contact is subject to inquiries, claims and
investigations. There are no other material matters to disclose in this respect
at 30 June 2026.
119
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Combined Independent Auditor’s Report
and Limited Assurance Report
Assurance engagements performed by Ernst & Young
We have performed the following assurance engagements:
• audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements of Contact Energy Limited on
pages 94 to 119.
• limited assurance engagement in relation to Contact Energy Limited’s Global
Reporting Initiative disclosures as referenced on pages 127 to 134 of the Integrated
Report (“GRI Disclosures”). In relation to these matters, our limited assurance is
restricted to the specific elements referred to and unless otherwise stated we
provide no assurance on other information on the pages referred to.
Independent Auditor’s Report to the shareholders
of Contact Energy Limited
Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Contact Energy Limited
(the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (together the “Group”) on pages 94 to 119,
which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position of the Group as at
30 June 2026, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated
statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year
then ended of the Group, and the notes to the consolidated financial statements
including material accounting policy information.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements on pages 94 to 119 present
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at
30 June 2026 and its consolidated financial performance and cash flows for the year
then ended in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial
Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards.
This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit has
been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s shareholders those matters
we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose.
To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility
to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s shareholders, as a body,
for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing
(New Zealand). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to
provide a basis for our opinion.
Please refer to the “Our independence and quality control” section of our combined
report below for details of our independence and other services we have provided to
the Group.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most
significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year.
These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide a
separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our
audit addressed the matter is provided in that context.
We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for
the audit of the financial statements section of the audit report, including in relation
to these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the performance of procedures
designed to respond to our assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the
financial statements. The results of our audit procedures, including the procedures
performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on
the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
120
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Valuation of Electricity Price Derivatives
Why significantHow our audit addressed the key
audit matter
The Group’s activities expose it to
commodity price risk through the sale
and purchase of electricity. This risk is
managed through the use of electricity
price derivatives. These derivatives are
carried at fair value. As at 30 June 2026,
the fair value of electricity price
derivatives was a $128m liability as set
out in Note D of the consolidated
financial statements.
The valuation of these electricity price
derivatives includes inputs which are
not readily observable and require the
use of complex valuation techniques
and assumptions, including the Group’s
internal forecast wholesale electricity
price path and long term expected
traded electricity volumes.
We consider the valuation of electricity
price derivatives to be a key audit matter,
as the inputs to the valuation models are
inherently subjective.
Disclosures related to electricity price
derivatives are included in Note D of the
financial statements.
In obtaining sufficient appropriate audit
evidence, we:
• Engaged our valuation specialists
to assess, on a sample basis, the
models used to estimate the fair
value of electricity price derivatives as
at 30 June 2026, including the
appropriateness of:
• the valuation methodologies; and
• the key assumptions applied in the
valuation models, namely:
• the forecast wholesale electricity
prices;
• the forecast traded electricity
volumes; and
• the discount rates.
• On a sample basis agreed key contract
terms, including contract start and
maturity dates, expected volumes
and electricity strike prices, applied in
the valuation models to the relevant
contract.
• Assessed the adequacy of the financial
statement disclosures related to
electricity price derivatives.
Manawa Business Combination
Why significantHow our audit addressed the key
audit matter
On 11 July 2025, the Group acquired 100%
of the ordinary shares in Manawa Energy
Limited.
Consideration included $351 million cash
and $1,649 million in Contact shares.
The acquisition has been treated as a
business combination under NZ IFRS 3:
Business Combinations, which requires
the separately identifiable assets and
liabilities acquired to be accounted for
at their fair value at acquisition date.
The assessment of the fair value of these
assets and liabilities acquired required
significant judgement, specifically in
relation to the fair value of the property,
plant and equipment (primarily energy
generation assets), valued at $2,553m,
and of the electricity price derivatives,
valued at $109m.
The impact of the business combination
is disclosed in Note A4 of the
consolidated financial statements.
In obtaining sufficient appropriate audit
evidence, we:
• Assessed whether all significant
identifiable assets and liabilities had
been identified.
• Agreed relevant elements of the
purchase price to the sale and
purchase agreement.
• In relation to the valuation of
derivatives, we performed the
procedures described above in the Key
Audit Matter related to electricity price
derivatives.
• In relation to the valuation of the
energy generation assets, we:
• engaged our valuation experts to
assess the appropriateness of the
valuation methodology adopted and
of certain inputs to the generation
asset valuation model, including the
discount rate and the energy price
path; and
• considered management’s forecast
generation volumes used in the
valuation model.
• Assessed the adequacy of the business
combination note disclosures in the
financial statements.
121
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Information other than the financial statements and auditor’s report
The directors of the Company are responsible for the other information. The other
information comprises the integrated report, but does not include the financial
statements and our auditor’s report thereon.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other
information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon, other
than our limited assurance conclusion in relation to the Group’s Global Reporting
Initiative disclosures as described below.
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility
is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information
is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge
obtained during the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
If, based upon the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have
nothing to report in this regard.
Directors’ responsibilities for the financial statements
The directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and
fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with
New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and
International Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal control as the
directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements
that are f ree f rom material misstatement, whether due to f raud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are responsible for
assessing on behalf of the entity the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern,
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going
concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group
or cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated
financial statements as a whole are f ree f rom material misstatement, whether due to
f raud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable
assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted
in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) will always
detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise f rom f raud
or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the
basis of these consolidated financial statements.
A further description of the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial
statements is located at the External Reporting Board’s website: https://www.xrb.govt.
nz/standards/assurance-standards/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1-1/.
This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Independent Limited Assurance report
to the Directors of Contact Energy Limited
on the Global Reporting Initiative Disclosures
Assurance Conclusion
Based on our limited assurance procedures performed and the evidence we
obtained, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe the Group’s GRI
Disclosures (as defined below) included in the Integrated Report for the year ended
30 June 2026 are not prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the Global
Reporting Initiative Reporting Standards 2021.
Scope
Ernst & Young (“EY”) has undertaken a limited assurance engagement to report on
Contact’s GRI Disclosures as referenced on pages 127 to 134 of the Integrated Report
(the “GRI Disclosures”) for the year ended 30 June 2026. The GRI Disclosures relate
to the Company and its subsidiaries (together the “Group”).
Criteria applied by the Group
In preparing the GRI Disclosures, the Group applied the Global Reporting Initiative
Reporting Standards 2021 (the “GRI Standards” or the “Criteria”). In applying the
Criteria, the methods, and assumptions adopted by Contact are described throughout
the report.
Information other than the GRI Disclosures and our limited assurance report
The directors of the Company are responsible for the Integrated Report, which
includes information other than the GRI Disclosures and the limited assurance report.
Our limited assurance conclusion on the GRI Disclosures does not cover the other
information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon,
other than our audit opinion in relation to the Group’s financial statements as
described above.
In connection with our limited assurance engagement in relation to the GRI
Disclosures, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so,
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the GRI
Disclosures or our knowledge obtained during the engagement, or otherwise
appears to be materially misstated.
Management’s responsibilities
Contact Energy Limited’s management is responsible for the preparation of the GRI
Disclosures in accordance with the Criteria. This responsibility includes establishing
and maintaining internal controls, maintaining adequate records and making
estimates that are relevant to the preparation of the GRI Disclosures, such that
it is f ree f rom material misstatement, whether due to f raud or error.
EY’s responsibilities
Our responsibility is to express a limited assurance conclusion on the presentation of
the GRI Disclosures based on the evidence we have obtained.
Our engagement was conducted in accordance with the International Standard
for Assurance Engagements (New Zealand): Assurance Engagements Other Than
Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information (“ISAE (NZ) 3000 (Revised)”’) and,
122
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
in relation to elements of the reporting related to greenhouse gases, International
Standard for Assurance Engagements (New Zealand): Assurance Engagements on
Greenhouse Gas Statements (“ISAE (NZ) 3410”). These standards require that we plan
and perform this engagement to obtain limited assurance about whether the GRI
Disclosures have been prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the Criteria.
The nature, timing, and extent of the procedures selected depend on our judgment,
including an assessment of the risk of material misstatement, whether due to f raud or error.
We believe that the evidence obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis
for our limited assurance conclusion.
Description of procedures performed
Procedures performed in a limited assurance engagement vary in nature and timing
f rom, and are less in extent than for, a reasonable assurance engagement. Consequently,
the level of assurance obtained in a limited assurance engagement is substantially
lower than the assurance that would have been obtained had a reasonable assurance
engagement been performed. Our procedures were designed to obtain a limited level of
assurance on which to base our conclusion and do not provide all the evidence that would
be required to provide a reasonable level of assurance.
Our procedures did not include testing controls or performing procedures relating to
checking aggregation or calculation of data within IT systems.
A limited assurance engagement consists of making enquiries, primarily of persons
responsible for preparing the GRI Disclosures and related information, and applying
analytical and other appropriate procedures.
Our procedures included:
• Inquiries of management to gain an understanding of the Group’s processes for
determining the material issues for the Group’s key stakeholders;
• Interviews with relevant staff responsible for providing the information in the GRI
Disclosures;
• Understanding management’s processes and controls for collating relevant
information;
• Comparing the information presented in the GRI Disclosures to corresponding
information in the relevant underlying sources to assess whether all the relevant
information contained in such underlying sources has been included in the GRI
Disclosures;
• Considering whether the disclosures reported align with the GRI Standards;
• Obtaining management representation.
We also performed such other procedures as we considered necessary in the
circumstances.
Although we considered the effectiveness of management’s internal controls when
determining the nature and extent of our procedures, our assurance engagement
was not designed to provide assurance on internal controls.
Inherent Uncertainties
The GHG quantification process is subject to scientific uncertainty, which arises
because of incomplete scientific knowledge about the measurement of GHGs.
Additionally, GHG procedures are subject to estimation uncertainty resulting f rom
the measurement and calculation processes used to quantify emissions
within the bounds of existing scientific knowledge.
Use of our Assurance Report
We acknowledge a copy of our limited assurance report is included in Contact
Energy Limited’s Integrated Report for information purposes only. We disclaim any
assumption of responsibility for any reliance on this assurance report to any persons
other than Contact Energy Limited and its Directors, or for any purpose other than
that for which it was prepared.
Our review included web-based information that was available via web links as of the
date of this statement. We provide no assurance over changes to the content of this
web-based information after the date of this assurance statement.
Our Independence and Quality Control for the Combined Assurance Report
We have complied with and are independent of the Group in accordance with
the independence and other requirements of Professional and Ethical Standard 1
International Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International
Independence Standards) (New Zealand) (PES1) issued by the New Zealand Auditing
and Assurance Standards Board as applicable to audits of financial statements of public
interest entities. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance
with PES 1. PES 1 is founded on fundamental principles of integrity, objectivity,
professional competence and due care, confidentiality and professional behaviour.
The firm applies Professional and Ethical Standard 3 Quality Management for Firms
that Perform Audits or Reviews of Financial Statements, or Other Assurance or Related
Services Engagements, which requires the firm to design, implement and operate a
system of quality management including policies or procedures regarding compliance
with ethical requirements, professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory
requirements.
In addition to the engagements resulting in this integrated report, Ernst & Young
provides services to the Group in relation to trustee reporting, market remuneration
surveys, review of climate targets, agreed upon procedures in relation to Everen and
the Company’s issuance of the Euro medium term note and equity raise, and other
assurance services relating to the Company’s Greenhouse Gas emissions reporting,
unique emission factors and green borrowings programme reporting. Partners and
employees of our firm may deal with the Group on normal terms within the ordinary
course of trading activities of the business of the Group. We have no other relationship
with, or interest in, the Group.
The engagement partner on the combined assurance engagement resulting in the
independent auditor’s report and independent limited assurance report is Lianne Austin.
Chartered Accountants
Wellington
10 August 2026
123
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Glossary
AGSAhuroa Gas Storage
AIArtificial intelligence
ASXAustralian Securities Exchange
CENContact’s stock ticker on NZX and ASX
CEOChief Executive Office
ContactThe company called Contact Energy
Limited. Unless otherwise stated,
all activities and indicators in this
report are for Contact.
Contact26Contact’s strategy which sets out the
company’s priorities and key activities
for the five years from 2021–2026.
Contact31+Contact’s strategy that sets out the
roadmap of activity for financial years
2027–2031 and beyond.
CTSCost to serve
DRPDividend Reinvestment Plan
DSRDeferred Share Right
EBITDAFEarnings before interest, tax, depreciation,
amortisation, asset impairment and write
offs, and changes in fair value of financial
instruments. EBITDAF is a non-GAAP
(generally accepted accounting practice)
measure. Information regarding the
usefulness, calculation and reconciliation
of this measure is provided within note A2
to the financial statements.
ESGThe environmental, social and governance
factors used to evaluate performance.
FID Final investment decision
FY25The financial year ended 30 June 2025
FY26The financial year ending 30 June 2026
FY27The financial year ending 30 June 2027
GHGGreenhouse gas emissions
GRIThe Global Reporting Initiative is an
international independent standards
organisation that helps businesses,
governments and other organisations
understand and communicate their
impacts on things like climate change,
human rights and corruption.
The GroupThis is Contact Energy Limited, its
subsidiaries, and its interest in associates
and joint arrangements that make up the
group. These are identified in note E9 of
the financial statements.
GWhA gigawatt-hour is a unit of energy equal
to one billion watt-hours, commonly
used to measure large-scale electricity
generation or consumption.
HSWHealth, safety and wellbeing
kWA kilowatt is a unit of power equal to
1,000 watts, commonly used to measure
the rate at which electricity is generated
or consumed.
kWhA kilowatt-hour is a measure of energy
equal to using one kilowatt of power
for one hour, commonly used to track
electricity consumption.
ktCO
2
eThe term kilotonnes of carbon dioxide
equivalent is a unit used to measure
greenhouse gas emissions, where different
gases are converted into the equivalent
amount of CO₂ based on their global
warming potential.
MWA megawatt is a unit of power equal to one
million watts, commonly used to measure
the output of large power plants or the
energy demand of big facilities.
MWacMegawatt Alternating Current is a unit
of electrical power capacity equal to one
million watts of alternating current.
NZASNew Zealand Aluminium Smelter is the
country’s only aluminium smelter and
is located on Tiwai Peninsula, across the
harbour from Bluff in Southland.
NZCSNew Zealand Climate Standard
NZXNew Zealand Stock Exchange
PJA petajoule is a unit of energy equal to one
quadrillion joules (1,000,000,000,000,000 J),
commonly used to measure large-scale
energy consumption or production, such
as national energy use.
PPAA Power Purchase Agreement is a contract
between an electricity generator and a
buyer that outlines the terms for selling
and purchasing electricity.
PSRPerformance Share Right
SIBStay-in-business capital expenditure
STIShort-Term Incentive
TCCTaranaki Combined Cycle our gas-fired
power station.
TISR Total Incident Severity Rate is a leading
indicator measure that assesses the
potential severity of health and safety
and process safety incidents.
TRIFRTotal Recordable Injury Frequency Rate
TSRTotal Shareholder Return
TWhTerawatt hour. A unit of energy equal to
outputting one million watts for one hour.
124
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Te Reo Māori glossary
HapūKinship group, subtribe
HarakekeNew Zealand flax
IwiExtended kinship group, tribe
KaitiakiGuardian, stewardship
Kaitiakitanga Guardianship, stewardship, trusteeship
KaihautūLeader, presenter
KanakanaLamprey
KōreroNarrative, discussion, conversation
MahiWork, activity
MamaeUnderlying hurt, pain
Mana whenuaTerritorial rights or jurisdiction over land or territory
MāoriIndigenous people of Aotearoa New Zealand
MauriLife force, vital essence, vitality of a being or entity
OhakiNgāti Tahu have instructed Contact that ‘Ohaki’
(sulphur or brimstone) is the official pronunciation
and should be used when referring to the Ohaki
Marae (Tahumatua) or other Ngāti Tahu taonga.
Ohaki Pā is the paramount marae of the iwi.
There are many generations of Ngāti Tahu
occupation in and around the Ohaki area, which
was a highly valued kāinga for its geothermal
features, Waikato Awa and many natural resources.
OhaakiOhaaki is the name used for the Contact power
station and operations
RangatahiYoung people
RōpūGroup of people
TaiaoEarth, natural world, environment
TakiwāDistrict, area, territory
Tangata whenuaPeople of the land, in Aotearoa New Zealand,
Māori as the indigenous people are known as
tangata whenua
TaongaTreasure, something that is socially or culturally
valuable
TunaEel
Tuna hekeMigrating eel
WhānauExtended family, family group
WhenuaLand
Translations have primarily been sourced from Te Aka Māori Dictionary.
125
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
GRI and Climate
Statement directories
Table of Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards disclosed within the 2026 Integrated Report
that have been cross referenced within Contact’s Climate Statement 2026.
StandardDisclosureIR26 Page
NZCS1 8(b)Director Skills Matrix68
NZCS1 8(d)Strategic Targets Monitored for FY2616
NZCS 17 and 18Contact’s Enterprise Risk Management69–70
NZCS 22(h)Remuneration linked to climate-related risks and opportunities77
126
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
GRI 1 usedGRI 1: Foundation 2021
Applicable GRI Sector Standard(s)There is no current applicable sector standard.
GRI
Standard/
Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation
GRI 2: General Disclosures 2021
2–1Organisational
details
95, 135Contact Operates in Aotearoa New Zealand.
2–2Entities
included in the
organisation’s
sustainability
reporting
Contact Energy, Western Energy and Manawa
Energy are the only entities included in our
sustainability reporting unless otherwise
specified. In consolidating this information
there have been no adjustments made for
minority interests and no differences in the
approach across disclosures in this standard
or across material topics. See page 117 for
entities included in our financial auditing.
2–3Reporting period,
f requency and
contact point
Inside
cover,
135
2–4Restatements of
information
No restatements have been made.
2–5External
assurance
70,
120–123
2–6Activities, value
chain and
other business
relationships
65
2–7EmployeesThere was significant fluctuation during
the reporting period with the acquisition
of Manawa Energy Limited. See employee
tables on our ESG Reporting webpage.
2–8Workers who are
not employees
OmittedInformation unavailable: Processes have
been improved for tracking non-employees
however, the data is not yet sufficiently
complete for disclosure purposes. Work will
continue in FY27.
2–9
Governance
structure and
composition
67–68,
85–86
Further detail can be found in our Corporate
Governance Statement and on our website.
2–10
Nomination
and selection
of the highest
governance body
–
Information is in our Corporate Governance
Statement.
2–11
Chair of
the highest
governance body
67
2–12
Role of the
highest
governance body
in overseeing the
management of
impacts
67–70
2–13
Delegation of
responsibility
for managing
impacts
69–70
2–14
Role of the highest
governance body
in sustainability
reporting
Inside
cover,
64
2–15
Conflicts of
interest
85–86
Further detail can be found in the Board
Charter, Corporate Governance Statement,
and Code of Conduct.
2–16
Communication
of critical
concerns
69
Any critical concerns are presented to the
Board in the form of written papers and oral
presentations.
2–17
Collective
knowledge of
the highest
governance body
67
Further detail can be found in our Corporate
Governance Statement.
2–18
Evaluation of the
performance
of the highest
governance body
67
Further detail can be found in our Corporate
Governance Statement.
2–18 c. Omitted. Confidentially constraints.
The results of Board evaluations are
considered confidential and cannot be
reported publicly.
2–19
Remuneration
policies
71–73
GRI content index
Contact has reported in accordance with the GRI Standards for the period
1 July 2025 to 30 June 2026.
GRI
Standard/
Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation
127
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
2–20Process to
determine
remuneration
68, 71,
73
Further detail can be found in our
Corporate Governance Statement and
our Remuneration policy and Director
remuneration policy.
2–20 a. ii. The views of stakeholders on
remuneration are not sought.
2–20 b. Stakeholders do not vote on
remuneration policies and proposals.
2–21Annual total
compensation
ratio
83
2–22Statement on
sustainable
development
strategy
4–8
2–23Policy
commitments
69See our Code of Conduct, website and
Modern Slavery Statement.
Each of our corporate policies give reference
to international standards or commitments
where applicable.
Our Mergers and Acquisitions Policy stipulate
due diligence.
None of our policies stipulate applying the
precautionary principle.
The commitments stipulate respecting
human rights. See our Human Rights Policy.
2–24Embedding policy
commitments
69See also our Modern Slavery Statement.
2–25Processes to
remediate
negative impacts
OmittedInformation incomplete: We engage with
individuals and local communities to remediate
negative impacts f rom our operations, and we
have a Stakeholder Engagement Policy detailing
our engagement approach and principles with
various stakeholders. A review of complaints
processes is planned to continue in FY27.
2–26Mechanisms for
seeking advice
and raising
concerns
69Individuals can seek advice on implementing
the organisations policies and practices for
responsible business conduct by discussing
with their manager, their Leadership Team
member, or the General Counsel.
2–27Compliance
with laws and
regulations
There has been no material instance of non-
compliance with laws and regulations.
2–28Membership
associations
See our ESG Reporting webpage.
2–29Approach to
stakeholder
engagement
For more information see our Stakeholder
engagement policy and our website.
2–30Collective
bargaining
agreements
9.7% of total Contact employees were
covered by collective bargaining agreements
as at 30 June 2026. We do not otherwise
base employee remuneration on collective
bargaining agreements.
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–1Process to
determine
material topics
64
3–2List of material
topics
64
Material Topics
Terrestrial Ecological Health
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
41–43,
67–68,
75,
120–123
See also our Biodiversity and Biodiversity
Management webpages, Biodiversity data
tables, and our Environment Policy.
GRI 101: Biodiversity 2024
101–1Policies to halt
and reverse
biodiversity loss
Our biodiversity commitment is described on
our Biodiveristy webpage and included in
our Environment Policy. These policies and
commitments are not currently informed
by the 2050 Goals and 2030 Targets in
the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity
Framework, however we are developing
a Nature Framework which will feature
alignment with the Global Framework.
Our policies and commitments apply to all of
our activities, with primary application to our
electricity generation activities, and all of our
business relationships.
Our primary target is to plant 100,000 native
trees around our generation sites. Additional
goals and targets to halt and reverse
biodiversity loss are under development.
GRI
Standard/
Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation
GRI
Standard/
Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation
128
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
101–2Management
of biodiversity
impacts
See our Biodiversity data tables.
101–3Access and
benefit-sharing
Omitted: Not applicable. Contact does not
access genetic resources and associated
indigenous knowledge as part of our business
activities or relationships.
101–4Identification
of biodiversity
impacts
We have determined which of our sites have the
most significant actual and potential impacts on
biodiversity based on our consent conditions
and with reference to the IUCN Red List of
Threatend Species and New Zealand Threat
Classifcation System (NZTCS). We have not
conducted an impact assessment throughout
our supply chain. This activity is planned for FY27.
101–5Locations with
biodiversity
impacts
See our Biodiversity data tables.
101–6Direct drivers of
biodiversity loss
101–7Changes to the
state of biodiversity
101–8Ecosystem
services
See our Biodiversity data tables.
Ecosystem service beneficiaries include
tangata whenua (Indigenous Peoples) and
local communities.
Ecosystem services and their beneficiaries can
be, and are, affected by Contact’s activities in
both positive and negative ways, for example
reducing access to provisioning services such
as natural medicines for tangata whenua, or
enabling greater access to recreational areas
for the local community through clearance of
exotic plants.
Freshwater Ecological Health
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
43–45,
47
More information on our Water webpage
and our Water commitment.
GRI 303: Water and Effluents 2018
303–1Interactions with
water as a shared
resource
43–45,
47
More information on our Water webpage.
303–2Management of
water discharge-
related impacts
No minimum standards beyond regulatory
requirements are set for the quality of our
discharges to waterways.
303–3Water withdrawalRefer to our ESG Reporting webpage.
303–4Water dischargeFurther information on priority substances
can be found at the Waikato Regional Council
website. Refer to our ESG Reporting webpage
and our Water webpage.
303–5Water
consumption
Refer to our ESG Reporting webpage.
GRI 308: Supplier Environmental Assessment 2016
308–1New suppliers
that were
screened using
environmental
criteria
100% of new suppliers were screened using
environmental criteria via our procurement
questionnaire and third-party scanning tool.
Performance criteria include completeness
and, at a minimum, compliance with laws.
308–2Negative
environmental
impacts in the
supply chain and
actions taken
46
Climate Change and GHG Emissions
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
14–16,
29,
28–32,
47–49,
77
See also our Emissions webpage. All
emissions data is now inclusive of Manawa
Energy. Note: all SBTi targets are on a
calendar year basis.
GRI
Standard/
Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation
GRI
Standard/
Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation
129
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
GRI 305: Emissions 2016
305–1Direct (Scope 1)
GHG emissions
49All GHG emissions are calculated in CO
2
equivalent (CO
2
e).
Biogenic emissions are zero in Scopes 1 and
2, and 9 ktCO
2
e in scope 3 f rom agricultural
livestock.
Refer to page 33 of our Climate Statement
for emission factors and Global Warming
Potential (GWP) rate and sources.
The consolidation approach for emissions is
operational control.
Refer to pages 32 and 35–37 of our Climate
Statement for standards, methodologies and
assumptions.
GHG emissions intensity: 0.031:1 (tCO
2
e per
MWh). Calculated by dividing Scope 1 and 2
emissions by scope 1 and 2 activity amounts.
Scope 3 not included in this ratio as activity in
MWh is difficult to quantify. Further detail can
be found in our Climate Statement.
Further detail on emissions reductions can be
found on page 30 of our Climate Statement.
305–2Energy indirect
(Scope 2) GHG
emissions
305–3Other indirect
(Scope 3) GHG
emissions
305–4GHG emissions
intensity
305–5Reduction of GHG
emissions
305–6Emissions of
ozone-depleting
substances (ODS)
OmittedNot applicable: New Zealand legislation
prevents emission of ODS.
305–7Nitrogen oxides
(NO
x
), sulfur
oxides (SO
x
), and
other significant
air emissions
OmittedInformation unavailable: NO
x
, SO
x
and other
emission data for FY26 is currently unavailable
and is expected to be calculated later.
Own
measure
Percentage
of renewable
generation
10, 14,
28, 32,
49
Calculated by dividing renewable generation
against total generation.
Waste and Circular Economy
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
46See also our Waste and Circular Economy
webpage and Environment Policy.
GRI 306: Waste 2020
306–1Waste generation
and significant
waste-related
impacts
46See also our Waste and Circular Economy
webpage and Environment Policy.
306–2Management of
significant waste-
related impacts
306–3Waste generatedOmitted: Information incomplete. While we
report on waste quantities for the purposes
of calculating greenhouse gas emissions
f rom waste disposal, this information is
not comprehensive enough to fulfill the
disclosure requirements. Waste data will be
expanded under our waste management
program being developed in FY27.
306–4Waste diverted
f rom disposal
306–5Waste directed to
disposal
Our Contribution to NZ’s Decarbonisation
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
14–19,
21–26,
29–31,
34
Own
measure
Total contracted
flexible demand
16Total contracted flexible demand 206 MW
(including 171 MW in market).
The total contracted flexible demand figure
is made up of 120 MW on the Simply Flex
platform plus an additional 86 MW f rom
contractual arrangements with NZ Steel and
NZAS, and our Hot Water Sorter programme.
Energy Security
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
14–29,
21, 23,
25–26,
28–29,
31, 49,
55–56,
75
GRI
Standard/
Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation
GRI
Standard/
Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation
130
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Employee Attraction, Development, and Retention
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
Management of
material topic
50–52,
68
See also out Careers webpage and our ESG
Reporting webpage.
GRI 401: Employment 2016
401–1New employee
hires and
employee
turnover
See our ESG Reporting webpage.
401–2Benefits provided
to full-time
employees that
are not provided
to temporary
or part-time
employees
All full-time employees receive the benefits
described on our careers website. Temporary
or part-time employees do not receive these
benefits. We do not provide life insurance or
disability and invalidity coverage.
Significant locations of operation are
defined as the North and South Island of
New Zealand because this is where our
assets and operations are located.
401–3Parental leaveSee our ESG Reporting webpage.
GRI 404: Training and Education 2016
404–1Average hours of
training per year
per employee
See our ESG Reporting webpage.
404–2Programs for
upgrading
employee skills
and transition
assistance
programs
51Redundancy provisions are part of
employment agreements, and we offer
outplacement support to anyone who is
impacted by redundancy, including help
with career planning, CVs, and interview
skills. For assistance with transitioning to a
non-working life, we have financial planning
and general counseling available through our
partnership with Clearhead.
404–3Percentage
of employees
receiving regular
performance
and career
development
reviews
100% of all permanent employees received
at least an annual performance review in the
reporting period.
Own
measure
Staff engagement50Engagement surveys are undertaken three
times per year and open to all employees.
Contact’s overall employee engagement
score is based on the average score given by
survey respondents in response to the main
engagement questions. This metric is used
to inform wellbeing initiatives and measure
improvement.
Health, Safety and Wellbeing
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
51–52Refer to our Health & Safety Policy and
webpage and ESG Reporting webpage for
more information.
GRI 403: Occupational Health and Safety 2018
403–1Occupational
health and safety
management
system
Refer to our Health & Safety webpage.
Following the acquisition of Manawa Energy,
a project is underway to integrate the
Manawa and Contact H&S Management
Systems to meet the requirements of ISO
45001 for H&S, ISO7901 for Public Safety
and ISO45003 for Pyschosocial Safety. The
integration of the system will include a critical
risk management and will cover all of the
Contact workers, activities and workplaces.
403–2Hazard
identification,
risk assessment,
and incident
investigation
See our Health & Safety webpage, our
Learning Approach webpage, and our
‘Work-related ill-health’ section on our ESG
Reporting webpage for more information.
403–3Occupational
health services
See our Health & Safety webpage and our
Focus on health webpage.
GRI
Standard/
Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation
GRI
Standard/
Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation
131
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
403–4Worker
participation,
consultation, and
communication
on occupational
health and safety
See our Health & Safety webpage.
Each of our sites has a H&S committee with
diverse membership f rom the f rontline
through to site management. Meetings
are generally held monthly, including with
contractors, and two-way communication
sets expectations, gathering insights
around H&S. Building relationships at work
f ronts, having informal discussions and
formal mechanisms such as observation
cards enables collaboration with f rontline
workers to write and review our H&S system.
Workshops, testing, and field experiments are
mechanisms we use throughout.
403–5Worker training
on occupational
health and safety
More information can be found on our Health
& Safety webpage.
403–6Promotion of
worker health
More information can be found on our Health
& Safety webpage.
403–7Prevention and
mitigation of
occupational
health and safety
impacts directly
linked by business
relationships
See our Health & Safety webpage.
We offer occupational health monitoring such
as lung function and hearing testing. Anyone
who has potentially been exposed to asbestos
in the past is registered with NZ Provide, an
asbestos health monitoring program.
403–8Workers
covered by an
occupational
health and safety
management
system
Our H&S system has been internally audited
according to NZS4801 (superseded by
ISO 45001). No external audit has been
performed.
Our H&S system covers 100% of our 1,421
employees and 4,400 contractors who work
on our sites as “controlled contractors”.
403–9Work-related
injuries
Refer to our Health & Safety webpage and
ESG Reporting webpage.
403–10Work-related ill
health
Data is compiled through our H&S
reporting system, including injuries and ill
health. A report is generated with includes
classifications and injury summary. The
categorisation of these help us to determine
if it is a work-related injury or illness, and the
agency of the injury.
Own
measure
TISRTISR or Total Incident Severity Rate is a lead
indicator designed to help us quantify how
well our defences are working to prevent
serious incidents in the future. It uses a
weighting system to ensure the more serious
incidents are reflected within the calculation.
TISR for FY26 was 6,272 for controlled and
1,564 for monitored. For more information
see our ESG Reporting webpage.
Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
10, 47,
51–53,
83
See also our Inclusion and Diversity Policy
and Careers webpage.
GRI 405: Diversity and Equal Opportunity 2016
405–1Diversity of
governance
bodies and
employees
59–60,
62
See also our ESG Reporting webpage.
405–2Ratio of basic
salary and
remuneration of
women to men
OmittedInformation unavailable: The information to
breakdown our employee remuneration by
employee category and area of operation
is not currently captured. We will disclose
this information next year. We do include
information on pay equity.
Safe and Resilient Infrastructure
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
10, 45,
55–57,
68, 70,
75
See our ESG reporting webpage for more
information.
GRI
Standard/
Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation
GRI
Standard/
Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation
132
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Own
measure
Process safety
incidents
See our ESG Reporting webpage for more
information.
Process safety learning events and incidents
are recorded and validated by an Engineering
Authority and categorised by following the
Process Safety Incident Categorisation Chart
(based on the API 754 standard). Step back
learnings are completed where justified and
improvement actions generated. All reported
process safety incidents are included in the
metric, even if remediation actions are still in
progress.
Communities and Social Impact
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
10,
43–46,
47
See also our Community website page.
GRI 413: Local Communities 2016
413–1Operations with
local community
engagement,
impact
assessments, and
development
programs
45See our Community website page.
While we look at gender diversity internally,
external gender impact assessments in local
communities is not part of our Assessment
of Environmental Effects (AEE). Community
consultation committees and processes that
include vulnerable groups are not included in
site-specific community engagement plans
as they are considered at a wider level.
413–2Operations
with significant
actual and
potential negative
impacts on local
communities
OmittedInformation incomplete: While we discuss
our impacts on biodiversity, habitats, and the
environment throughout the report, we do not
discuss this in context of the local community
in detail that the disclosure requires. We will
review local community engagement plans.
Tangata Whenua Partnerhsips
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
41–42,
45–46
See also our Tanagata Whenua webpage.
3–3 e. Omitted. Information unavailable.
Targets goals and indicators for measuring
effectiveness of actions taken were further
developed during FY26 but are still not ready
for disclosure. We will publish these in FY27.
Energy Wellbeing, Affordability, and Trust
Energy Wellbeing, Affordability, and Trust
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
34–36,
43, 61
See also our Consumer Care Policy and
Wellbeing page.
GRI 418: Customer Privacy 2016
418–1Substantiated
complaints
concerning
breaches of
customer privacy
and losses of
customer data
See reportable privacy incidents table on our
ESG Reporting webpage.
Own
measure
Customer
satisfaction (Net
Promoter Score)
10, 36Each week, a random customer sample is
surveyed to measure their experience with
Contact using Net Promoter Score (NPS).
NPS f rom the last quarter (1 April – 30 June)
of the year is reported using the following
calculation: (promotors-detractors)/(total
responses).
Own
measure
Percentage
of customers
accepted
following credit
check
47Measured by analysing new sign-ups
following a credit check to determine sign-up
rate with Prepay included/excluded. Increase
in sign-ups with Prepay reflects energy
accessibility for those who would otherwise
be rejected.
Human Rights, Labour Practices, and Modern Slavery
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
46See also our 2026 Modern Slavery
Statement, Supplier Code of Conduct,
Human Rights Policy, and Environment Policy
and Responsible Procurement webpage.
GRI 406: Non–discrimination 2016
406–1Incidents of
discrimination
and corrective
actions taken
No incidents of discrimination were recorded
during the reporting period.
GRI
Standard/
Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation
GRI
Standard/
Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation
133
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
GRI 407: Freedom of Association and Collective Bargaining 2016
407–1Operations and
suppliers in
which the right
to f reedom
of association
and collective
bargaining may
be at risk
See our 2026 Modern Slavery Statement.
GRI 408: Child Labor 2016
408–1Operations and
suppliers at
significant risk for
incidents of child
labor
See our 2026 Modern Slavery Statement.
GRI 409: Forced of Compulsory Labor 2016
409–1Operations and
suppliers at
significant risk for
incidents of forced
or compulsory
labor
See our 2026 Modern Slavery Statement.
GRI 414: Supplier Social Assessment 2016
414–1New suppliers
that were
screened using
social criteria
100% of new suppliers were screened
using social criteria via our procurement
questionnaire and thirdparty scanning tool.
Performance criteria include completeness
and, at a minimum, compliance with laws.
414–2Negative social
impacts in the
supply chain and
actions taken
46
GRI
Standard/
Other sourceDisclosurePageExplanation
134
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Corporate directory
Board of Directors
Robert McDonald (Chair)
Alison Barrass
(appointed effective 1 September 2026)
Deion Campbell
Sandra Dodds
David Gibson
Jon Macdonald
Rukumoana Schaafhausen
David Smol
Leadership team
Mike Fuge
Chief Executive Officer
Chris Abbott
Chief Corporate Affairs Officer
Jan Bibby
Chief People Experience Officer
John Clark
Chief Generation Officer
Dorian Devers
Chief Renewable Growth Officer
Matt Forbes
Chief Financial Officer
Carolyn Luey
Chief Retail Officer
Tighe Wall
Chief Technology Officer
Registered office
Contact Energy Limited
Level 2, Harbour City Tower
29 Brandon Street
Wellington 6011
New Zealand
T +64 4 499 4001
W contact.co.nz
Company secretary
Kirsten Clayton
General Counsel & Company Secretary
Company numbers
NZ Incorporation 660760
ABN 68 080 480 477
Auditor
EY
PO Box 490
Wellington 6011
Registry
Change of address, payment instructions
and investment portfolios can be viewed
and updated online:
New Zealand (NZX) registered holders:
nz.investorcentre.mpms.mufg.com
Australia (ASX) registered holders:
au.investorcentre.mpms.mufg.com
New Zealand Registry
MUFG Corporate Markets
A division of MUFG Pension & Market Services
PO Box 91976, Auckland, 1142
Level 30, PwC Tower
15 Customs Street West
Auckland, 1010
enquiries.nz@cm.mpms.mufg.com
T
+ 64 9 375 5998
Australian Registry
MUFG Corporate Markets
A division of MUFG Pension & Market Service
Locked Bag A14, Sydney South, NSW 1235
Level 41, 161 Castlereagh Street, Sydney, NSW 2000
enquiries.nz@cm.mpms.mufg.com
T +61 1300 554 474
Investor relations enquiries
Shelley Hollingsworth
Head of Strategy and Investor Relations
investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz
Sustainability enquiries
Taria Tahana
Head of Sustainability
sustainability@contact.co.nz
Utilities Disputes 0800 223 340
If you live around one of our power
stations or offices and want to
get in touch, give us a shout on
0800 000 458 (North Island) or
0800 66 33 35 (South Island).
135
2026
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
contact.co.nz
---
Climate
Statement
2026
ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
2
About our climate-related disclosures
At Contact, our vision is to lead
New Zealand’s renewable energy
future. We’re playing our part in the
transition in response to the climate
challenges facing us all.
This Climate Statement 2026 details how our
business thinks about climate-related risks.
It explains how we are preparing to mitigate
these risks and take advantage of opportunities.
Contact Energy Limited (Contact) is a climate-
reporting entity under the Financial Markets
Conduct Act 2013. We previously reported our
climate risks f rom 2019 to 2022 in accordance
with the Task Force on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures (TCFD), and f rom 2024 onwards in
accordance with the Aotearoa New Zealand
Climate Standards (NZCS). This Climate Statement
has been prepared in accordance with NZCS 1, 2,
and 3. These disclosures cover the period 1 July
2025 to 30 June 2026.
This Climate Statement has been approved by
the Board and is dated 10 August 2026.
Robert McDonald
Chair
Sandra Broad
Chair, Audit and Risk Committee
In preparing this statement, we have applied the
following adoption provision of Climate Standard 2
(NZCS 2):
+
Adoption Provision 2 – Anticipated financial
impacts
The information presented in this Climate
Statement is subject to material limitations and
inherent uncertainty and is subject to ongoing
change. The information in these climate-related
disclosures should not be considered a prediction
of future financial or non-financial performance.
These statements are subject to a range of known
and unknown risks, uncertainties, and assumptions,
many of which lie outside of our control.
The climate scenarios outlined in this statement
were developed based on current assumptions
and projections using information available at the
time of development. There is inherent uncertainty
within each scenario – they are not intended
to provide a complete or accurate forecast of
future events. The climate risks and opportunities
identified may not eventuate and, if they do,
the actual impacts and consequences may be
significantly different to what is set out in this report.
This report includes forward-looking statements
about impacts, climate scenarios, targets, forecasts,
and future plans. Words like “likely,” “expect,” “will,”
“may,” “intend,” and similar terms indicate these
forward-looking statements. Such statements are
based on management’s current expectations and
reflect judgements, assumptions, estimates and
other information available when this statement
was compiled or when scenario analyses were
undertaken. They are inherently uncertain and
subject to limitations and may be affected by a
range of variables which could cause actual results
to differ materially f rom current expectations.
We do not guarantee that statements in this
report will remain correct after publication.
This report should not be relied upon as a
recommendation, forecast, or guarantee and
Contact disclaims, to the maximum extent
permitted by law, any liability whatsoever
(including for negligence) for any loss arising
f rom the use of, or reliance on, this report.
This disclaimer should be read together with
other limitations, uncertainties, and risks
mentioned throughout this report. This report is
not an offer or investment recommendation and
should not be considered legal or financial advice.
This statement should be read in conjunction with
Contact’s 2026 Integrated Report, which uses the
Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines and
the International Integrated Reporting Council’s
Integrated Reporting Framework to report on
material Environmental, Social, and Governance
(ESG) activities.
All financial figures presented in this report are
in New Zealand dollars.
For enquiries about this report, please contact:
Investor enquiries
Shelley Hollingsworth
Head of Strategy and Investor Relations
investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz
Media enquiries
Louise Wright
Head of Communications and Reputation
media@contactenergy.co.nz
3
ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
Contents
About this statement 2
Message from the Chair and Chief Executive 4
Governance 5
Risk 9
Strategy 11
Metrics and targets 30
GHG assurance 43
3
Lake Mangamahoe, Taranaki.
ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
4
Message from the
Chair and Chief Executive
Tēnā koutou
Welcome to Contact’s
2026 Climate Statement.
This statement outlines
our commitment to leading
New Zealand’s renewable
energy future.
We are one of New Zealand’s leading
energy generators and retailers, with
a responsibility to communicate
with our shareholders, stakeholders,
customers and communities about
our actions to manage climate-
related risks and opportunities.
This financial year marked the
completion of Contact26, our
five-year strategy f rom FY21 to FY26,
guided by four strategic pillars:
grow demand, grow renewable
development, decarbonise our
portfolio, and create outstanding
customer experiences.
Building on this, we ref reshed
our strategy with the release of
Contact31+, lifting our bold ambition
f rom leading New Zealand’s
decarbonisation to leading its
renewable energy future. Through
Contact31+, we are extending
our advantage as New Zealand’s
geothermal leader, accelerating
flexibility through batteries
and hydro, building into new
demand with wind and solar,
and empowering customers to
shift how they use energy at home.
Our renewable development
programme continued to advance
at pace during FY26. We completed
Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1, which
began trading in April 2026. It is
expected to prevent around 10,000
tonnes of CO
2
e emissions annually
by reducing our reliance on thermal
peaking. We continued construction
of our Kōwhai Park solar farm in
partnership with Lightsource bp and
Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal station,
and commenced construction on
a second, larger Glenbrook battery.
We also began a $30 million drilling
programme for our Tauhara 2
geothermal option and are starting
work on our Glorit solar farm.
Together, these projects represent
$1.7 billion in total construction
cost over the life of the projects,
1
demonstrating our continued
commitment to expanding renewable
capacity while managing climate risk.
These projects sit alongside our
$2.6 billion Manawa Energy purchase
that was completed in July 2025.
This was one of New Zealand’s largest
acquisitions, adding 25 hydro sites
to our portfolio. Integrating Manawa
has strengthened our ability to firm
renewable generation and support
customers through the electrification
of their homes and businesses.
It also adds valuable geographic
hydro diversity to our asset base.
This progress supports our
commitment to net zero emissions
f rom our generation operations by
2035. This financial year we reached
98 percent renewable generation, up
f rom 81 percent in 2021. During FY26,
we closed TCC, our last baseload gas
plant. This is expected to reduce
Contact’s Scope 1 and 2 CO
2
e
emissions by an average of 41 percent.
The retirement of TCC reflects the
increasing contribution of renewable
generation and was no longer
needed to support New Zealand’s
security of electricity supply. We also
secured medium-term gas contracts
and signed the heads of agreement
for a shared industry strategic fuel
reserve at Genesis’ Huntly’s power
station.
The energy landscape continues to
evolve as the economy electrifies,
input costs shift, and technology
and consumer behaviour change.
We test our strategy against this
context through our market and
climate scenarios and continue to
deliver on our climate commitments
for all New Zealanders.
Through Contact31+ continuing the
pace of our renewable build-out
positions us well to navigate the
challenges and opportunities ahead.
By taking decisive action, we work
hard to mitigate climate risks while
maximising the benefits of
New Zealand’s renewable energy
transition.
Ngā mihi nui,
Robert McDonald
Board Chair
Mike Fuge
Chief Executive Officer
Board Chair, Robert McDonald and Chief Executive Officer, Mike Fuge.
1 For those projects still under construction this includes project cost estimates approved at the final investment decision.
ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
5
Governance
Board oversight of climate-
related risks and opportunities
Our Board oversees Contact’s
governance, strategic direction, and
performance, including managing
climate risks and opportunities. Profiles
of our Board of Directors are available
on our website and in our 2026
Integrated Report (see page 59).
Climate change considerations and related risks
and opportunities have remained central to Board
considerations, including developing and overseeing
our Contact strategy. In FY26, the Board has
considered several key areas:
+
Considering and adopting Contact’s updated
enterprise strategy Contact31+, including testing
how Contact responds to climate-related
risks and opportunities under various climate
scenarios.
+
Progress reporting on renewable energy projects
under development, including geothermal, solar,
wind and grid-scale batteries.
+
Reviewing emissions data to track progress
against our decarbonisation targets.
+
Assessing potential climate change impacts on
our operations through the risk management
f ramework.
+
Analysing financial Board reporting, which
incorporates consideration of the physical
impacts of climate change on our inf rastructure
and investment decision-making.
Two committees support the Board’s climate-
related work: the Audit and Risk Committee
(ARC), and the Health, Safety and Environment
Committee (HSEC). The Leadership Team supports
the Board by providing specialist input, feedback
and advice. Day-to-day management of climate-
related risks and opportunities is embedded with
individual business units (see governance structure
diagram on page 8).
Audit and Risk Committee (ARC)
The ARC reviews climate-related risks and
opportunities, climate scenarios, results of scenario
analysis, and climate-related reporting. The ARC
Chair updated the Board four times in FY26 and
made recommendations to the Board on Contact’s
Risk Management Policy and Framework. During
FY26, the ARC reviewed Contact’s climate scenarios
and findings on climate risks and opportunities
including how they might impact Contact’s
strategy and performance over time.
Health, Safety and Environment
Committee (HSEC)
The HSEC oversees Contact’s environmental
policies, strategy and performance. It reviews and
recommends environmental targets to the Board
and assesses performance against those targets.
The HSEC reports to the full Board and receives
regular management reports. It met four times
in FY26 with sustainability initiatives a standing
item in the Environment paper presented to the
Committee at each meeting. At its FY26 meetings,
the Committee reviewed Contact’s performance
against emissions targets and discussed progress
on consenting for Contact’s new renewable
generation projects. It also reviewed updates on
climate risk and related disclosures. During FY26,
Contact reviewed its biodiversity targets and
developed an uplift plan, with progress reported
regularly to HSEC. In FY26, Contact undertook a
ref resh of environmental incident classification
with progress being reported to, and the ref reshed
3-tier classification being endorsed by, the
HSEC. The material topics, which describe the
environmental, social, and governance topics most
significant to Contact’s impacts, long-term value
creation, and stakeholders, were endorsed by the
Board of Directors in May 2026.
Strategic decision-making
In setting Contact’s strategy, the Board considers
a wide range of risks, opportunities and external
factors. In developing Contact31+, Directors
explicitly considered climate-related impacts
through environmental scans (which include latest
information on material nature and climate change
trends), as well as ARC and HSEC reports and
recommendations. As with Contact26, supporting
the shift to renewable energy and reducing
reliance on carbon-intensive assets are central to
the ambition of Contact31+; to lead New Zealand’s
renewable energy future.
The strategy becomes tangible through its
use within strategic decision-making and the
connection to Contact’s risk appetite, which
informs the management policies in place to
deliver on the strategy.
During FY26 the Board:
+
Adopted Contact31+, building on Contact26, with
a commitment to lead New Zealand’s renewable
energy future and clear strategic targets for 2031
(see page 11 for more information, including the
core pillars).
Climate change considerations also inform
recommendations for final investment decision
by the Board for all new renewable generation
projects. This is both explicitly in considerations
around site selection and design, as well as implicitly
ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
6
through the use of climate-aligned market
scenarios (see page 16 for more detail on how
strategy informs strategic decision-making
through the use of market scenarios).
For example, in February 2026 the Board
approved Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 2, reflecting
Contact’s commitment to lead on new flexibility.
The decision considered emissions to land, air,
and water, measures to minimise on-site impacts,
and opportunities to enhance biodiversity and
support cultural and social wellbeing.
Governance process and
frequency
Contact’s climate-related work is integrated
into our existing governance structures and
our Enterprise Risk Management Framework.
The governance structure diagram on page 8
shows the responsibilities of the Contact Board,
committees, leadership team, and business units,
and the relationships between them.
Board skills and competencies
Our director skills matrix is outlined on page 68
of our 2026 Integrated Report. It shows the areas
of director capability required to enable Contact’s
success and the expertise held by our current
directors.
The Board draws on expertise f rom within the
Contact business and f rom external specialists
to inform its planning and decision-making.
Industry engagement
Contact is an active member of business
associations that support emissions targets in
line with Paris Agreement goals, including the
commitment to net zero:
+
The Aotearoa Circle – a public-private
partnership aiming to restore natural capital
in New Zealand
+
Sustainable Business Council (SBC) – which
sets annual climate policy priorities and mobilises
New Zealand’s most ambitious businesses to
build a thriving and sustainable future for all
+
Climate Leaders Coalition – which aims to
build momentum towards a zero-carbon
future. Together with over one hundred other
businesses, Contact signed the SBC-backed
Climate Leaders Coalition Statement of Ambition
+
Electricity Retailers’ and Generators’
Association of New Zealand (ERGANZ) –
which supports New Zealand’s 2050 emissions
reduction targets, with a focus on how
New Zealand can achieve the emissions
reductions at the lowest possible cost without
leaving any households or businesses behind.
Monitoring progress
Contact’s corporate scorecard outlines our
performance metrics and outcomes for each
financial year (see page 75 of our 2026 Integrated
Report). We also set targets for our strategic
initiatives relating to emissions generation and
emissions intensity f rom generation. These are
reported annually with the scorecard found on
page 16 of our 2026 Integrated Report.
The process for setting the strategic metrics begins
with the leadership team. It proposes metrics and
targets to the responsible Board Committee which
reviews and recommends these to the full Board.
The ARC is responsible for financial and non-
financial metrics. The HSEC is responsible for targets
relating to environmental performance including
climate-related issues.
At each of the four HSEC meetings in FY26, the
Board (via the HSEC), monitored scorecard progress
through regular reporting. This includes reporting
greenhouse gas (GHG) emission metrics at each of
the HSEC meetings.
Our CEO and Executive team have a climate-related
KPI within the long term incentive hurdles, focusing
on Scope 1 and 2 emissions targets (shown on
page 77 of our 2026 Integrated Report).
Management remuneration comprises fixed
remuneration (salary and other benefits) and
pay-for-performance remuneration. Pay-for-
performance includes Short-Term Incentives (cash
and equity awarded through deferred share rights)
and Long-Term Incentives (equity awarded through
performance share rights).
The Short-Term cash incentive comprises:
+
70% based on corporate shared KPIs, of which:
• 50% relates to financial results
• 20% relates to safety targets
• 30% relates to strategy delivery and key
operational milestone targets
+
30% based on individual KPIs.
Management’s role in assessing
and considering climate-related
risks and opportunities
Leadership Team
Our Leadership Team (LT) ensures the business
identifies, assesses, and monitors climate-
related risks and opportunities, and implements
appropriate risk mitigations. Our Chief Financial
Officer and Chief Corporate Affairs Officer have
specific climate-related responsibilities as set out
in the governance structure diagram on page 8.
The LT considers the relationship between these
issues and Contact’s strategy and reports to the
ARC (on risk, strategy or finance) or the HSEC (on
sustainability, environmental policy and process).
Key issues are then reported to the full Board.
The LT also monitors and manages climate-related
risks and opportunities through its work on
Contact’s strategy. This is reviewed annually with
progress monitored monthly. Our Chief Executive
and LT members engage with the Board ten times
each year, and with the ARC and HSEC four times
each year.
ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
7
Details of our LT members are included in our
Integrated Report on page 60, and profiles of
our LT members can be viewed on our website.
Operational teams
Our Contact teams manage climate-related risks
and opportunities every day. Specific areas of
responsibility fall into two key operational areas:
+
Risk, Strategy, and Finance teams report
to the Chief Financial Officer. The Risk team
implements risk management policy, oversees
climate-related risk processes, and reports
risks to the LT and the ARC. The Strategy team
undertakes scenario modelling and analysis
and develops the strategic planning process.
The Finance team collates and analyses
financial data.
+
Sustainability team reports to the Chief
Corporate Affairs Officer. This team has
responsibility for sustainability initiatives
and implementing environmental policy
and processes. Individual business units are
responsible for day-to-day climate-related
monitoring and reporting.
Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1, Auckland.
ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
8
Board
Audit and Risk Committee (ARC)
Leadership Team (LT)
Chief Financial Officer
Operational level
Chief Corporate Affairs Officer
Health, Safety and Environment Committee (HSEC)
+
Establishing the purpose and overall strategic direction of Contact including the
strategy for managing climate risks and opportunities
+
Ensuring Contact has appropriate risk management policies in place and setting risk
appetite
+
Monitoring climate-related risks and opportunities, with assistance f rom the Audit and
Risk Committee
Reports to the Board
+
Supporting the Board on climate-related risks and opportunities, climate scenarios,
results of scenario analysis and climate-related reporting
+
Overseeing, reviewing and making recommendations to the Board on Contact’s Risk
Management Policy and Framework
+
Monitoring progress on embedding climate-related risk processes into business practices
Reports to the Chief Executive
+
Responsible for ensuring Contact is identifying, assessing, and monitoring climate-related risks and opportunities and implementing appropriate risk mitigations
Reports to the Chief Executive. Responsible for:
+
Risk Management Policy and Framework
+
Strategy and financial decision-making process
+
Co-accountability for Contact’s annual Climate Statement
Risk team
Reports to the Chief Financial Officer.
Responsible for:
+
Implementation of Risk
Management Policy and oversight
of climate-related risk processes
+
Monitoring and reporting risks to
the Leadership Team and Audit
and Risk Committee
Strategy team
Reports to the Chief Financial
Officer. Responsible for:
+
Scenario modelling and
analysis
+
Strategic planning process
Finance team
Reports to the Chief Financial
Officer. Responsible for:
+
Collating and analysing
climate-related financial data
Sustainability team
Reports to the Chief Corporate
Affairs Officer. Responsible for:
+
Sustainability initiatives
+
Implementing environmental
policy and processes
Individual business units
Reports to the relevant LT
member. Responsible for:
+
Day-to-day monitoring,
management and reporting
on climate-related risks and
opportunities
Reports to the Chief Executive. Responsible for:
+
Sustainability
+
Environmental Policy
+
Co-accountability for Contact’s annual Climate Statement
Reports to the Board
+
Overseeing Contact’s environmental policies, strategy and performance,
including climate mitigations
+
Reviewing and recommending targets for environmental performance to the
Board and assessing performance against those targets
+
Ensuring the Board has the appropriate climate-related skills and
competencies
+
Setting financial and non-financial targets for management through the
corporate scorecard and strategic objectives
+
Approving climate-related disclosures
Governance structure
GovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
9
Risk
Contact’s Organisational Risk
Management System
Risk Management Framework
Our enterprise risk management f ramework
aligns with the ISO 31000 risk management
guidelines. We use this f ramework to ensure we
have appropriate processes and systems to identify,
assess, treat, monitor, and report on material
risks across our entire value chain. This approach
is detailed on page 69 of our 2026 Integrated
Report. It supports the effective management
of our climate-related risks and opportunities in
alignment with the NZCS.
Risk Management and Identification
Our climate risk management f ramework, aligned
with the NZCS, enables us to identify and assess
climate-related risks and opportunities across the
organisation. It is reviewed annually.
This year, we updated our climate-related risks
and opportunities to reflect the acquisition of
Manawa Energy’s assets. Where necessary, we also
ref reshed the articulation and risk assessments
to ensure they remain current and effectively
managed.
We held our annual risk workshop with climate-
related risk owners and subject matter experts to
review material changes, identify any new risks
and opportunities, and assess climate-related risks
consistently across the combined business.
Risk assessment
Assessing Transitional Risks
Transitional risks
In FY26, we assessed transitional risks for
the combined Contact-Manawa business.
We considered how changes in areas such
as regulation and climate science could affect
our operations under aligned climate scenarios.
We then assessed these risks using Contact’s
enterprise risk matrix. These risk assessments
help risk owners prioritise and implement
risk treatment actions to reduce the risk to
an acceptable level.
Assessing physical risks
We reviewed physical climate risks for the
combined Contact-Manawa business by
considering how acute and chronic weather
events could affect our assets, operations, and
supply chains. We then rated these risks using
our enterprise risk matrix to support consistent
decision-making.
Time horizons
We considered three time-horizons to inform our
view of when a climate-related risk or opportunity
would most likely manifest:
+
short-term (next 5 years)
+
medium-term (>5 years to 2050)
+
long-term (2050–2080)
In FY26, the time horizons were reviewed to
confirm they remain consistent with current
climate science, emerging trends, and business
practice. Following this review, the short-term
horizon was updated f rom a fixed 2030 endpoint
to a rolling five-year period, with the medium-
term horizon commencing f rom the end of the
short-term horizon. The long-term horizon remains
unchanged.
Managing Climate-related Risks
All risks are recorded in Contact’s central risk
management database, along with the controls
and treatment actions in accordance with our risk
management f ramework. Some climate-related
risks are standalone while others span multiple
parts of the business.
Roxburgh Power Station, Otago.
GovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
10
Once a risk is entered into our risk database, the
risk owner takes responsibility for managing and
monitoring it. Treatment plans are put in place to
eliminate the risk, or to mitigate or transfer it to an
acceptable level.
Frequency of review and assessment
We assess Contact’s climate-related risks and
opportunities periodically in alignment with our
standard processes. In FY26, this included:
+
Strategy setting process
Contact ref reshed its enterprise strategy, with
the introduction of Contact31+. Central to the
strategy-setting process was the development
of three market scenarios that describe the
different potential futures for New Zealand and
the energy sector. These were grounded in
assumptions around electrification of the wider
economy, economic price points of different
inputs (fuel, carbon, electricity), technology
development and cost, and consumer behaviour.
In this way, the strategic market scenarios
mirrored, and were mapped to, Contact’s climate
scenarios (Disorderly Decarbonisation, Hot
House, and Coordinated Decarbonisation).
(See page 16 for more detail).
+
Regular strategy updates
This involves commissioning regular
environmental scans of the different areas of
Contact’s value chain including emerging risks
and opportunities (including those linked to
climate change). New risks and opportunities are
incorporated into our enterprise climate-related
risk assessment and management process where
they meet materiality and likelihood thresholds.
+
Regular risk reviews
These have been extended across the business to
include climate-related risks and ensure existing
risks are actively managed in line with our risk
management f ramework.
+
Normal business processes
At an operational level, we actively reviewed and
managed climate risks through normal business
processes.
+
Reporting to the ARC
We reported climate-related risks to the ARC
as part of our standard governance reporting
process.
Prioritising and integrating risks
The output of our climate-related risk assessments
is integrated into Mau Taniwha, Contact’s business
planning and prioritisation process as required.
Actions for material climate-related risks that
require funding or shared resources are prioritised
by this process. Severe or highly-rated risks will
generally be prioritised for funding and allocation
of shared resources.
Kōwhai Park Solar Farm, Canterbury.
StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsRiskAbout this statement
11
Our value chain
We generate/dispatch
We sell & serve
We trade
We sell the electricity
we generate on the
wholesale market.
We purchase goods
and services f rom
a wide range of
suppliers. We also
trade a range of
financial products to
manage our risk and
create value.
We innovate
We create smart
solutions to help
customers, partners,
suppliers and
communities to
improve energy
efficiency and reduce
carbon emissions.
We develop
We build and invest
in new renewable
energy directly
and in partnership.
Facilitating new
development with
long-term PPAs and
sales.
As a retailer we
sell products and
services to thousands
of individuals and
businesses to
meet their energy,
broadband and
mobile needs.
Relationships
Workforce
Technology
Sustainable
Business Practice
GEOTHERMAL
HYDRO
THERMAL
(GAS/DIESEL)
MOBILE
GAS
BROADBAND
POWER PURCHASE
AGREEMENTS –
WIND, SOLAR AND
GEOTHERMAL*
LINES
COMPANIES
NATIONAL
GRID
BATTERY
SOLAR
UNDER
CONSTRUCTION
Strategy
Contact’s business
model and strategy
During FY26, Contact ref reshed its
enterprise strategy with the release
of Contact31+.
This ref resh builds on the
momentum and direction
established under Contact26 while
lifting our ambition f rom leading
New Zealand’s decarbonisation to
leading New Zealand’s renewable
energy future (see page 17 of our
2026 Integrated Report).
This shift in ambition does not signal
a move away f rom our climate
commitments. Contact remains
focused on achieving net zero
emissions f rom our generation
operations by 2035. Rather, it reflects
the progress made under Contact26
to decarbonise our operations and
portfolio (see page 13 for more
detail), and the role Contact can play
in supporting the electrification of
New Zealand’s economy.
As one of New Zealand’s largest
electricity generators and retailers,
Contact’s business model is to
supply the energy that will power
New Zealand’s future economy.
Continuing the pace of renewable
build-out through Contact31+
positions Contact to both lead
New Zealand’s renewable energy
future and support New Zealand’s
transition to a low-emissions
renewable economy.
RENEWABLE STORAGE AND
GENERATION DEVELOPMENT
UNDER CONSTRUCTION
*Expires December 2026.
We contract/partner
StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsRiskAbout this statement
12
Dunedin
Kōwhai Park
Roxburgh
Clyde
Lake Hāwea
Wellington/Simply Energy
Levin
Auckland
Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 2
(under construction)
Glorit
(under construction)
Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1
Whirinaki
Simply Energy
Tauhara
Te Huka 1 & 2, Te Huka 3
Ohaaki
Te Mihi Stage 2
(under construction)
Te Mihi
Taupō
Wairākei
Poihipi
Stratford
Wheao/Flaxy
Mangahao
Arnold
Branch
Bream Bay
Cobb
Coleridge
Christchurch
Tauranga
Deep Stream
Esk
Highbank
Kaimai
Kaniere Forks/McKays Creek
Dillmans
Mangorei
Matahina
Motukawa
Paerau/Patearoa
Pātea
Wahapo
Waihopai
Waipori
Kuratau
Wairere
Piriaka
Mokauiti
Key
Thermal
power station site
Battery storage
Hydro
power station site
Geothermal
power station site
SolarStorage lake
Western Energy
Offices and
call centres
Hinemaiaia
Our diverse and resilient portfolio
Contact’s balanced portfolio of hydro, geothermal, thermal, solar and
battery storage assets provide the flexibility, resilience and reliability
needed to power today and enables our ambition to lead New Zealand’s
renewable energy future.
Battery storage site
1
26
Hydro sites
*
Geothermal sites6
2
Solar farm sites
**
3
Thermal sites
Site counts represent physical locations with generation
assets, flexible storage assets or assets under construction.
The map includes associated facilities, development
projects and supporting infrastructure. Multiple assets/
power stations within a single scheme or location are
counted as one site.
* Our acquisition of Manawa Energy in 2025 tripled our
generation stations, giving us a balanced portfolio of
geographically diverse hydro generation spanning the
North and South Islands.
** Contact’s solar developments are owned and operated
through a 50:50 joint venture with Lightsource bp.
StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsRiskAbout this statement
13
Generation
In FY26, Contact completed the purchase of
Manawa Energy and successfully integrated
the business, assets, and people into Contact’s
operations. The addition of Manawa’s 25 sites,
located across New Zealand, has strengthened
Contact’s hydro generation capacity and improved
our resilience through greater seasonal and
geographic diversification.
The purchase of Manawa Energy also included
three long-term, generation-following electricity
supply agreements providing Contact with 0.6TWh
of wind generation (in average conditions), further
diversifying Contact’s generation and technology
stack.
During FY26, Contact also continued work on
decarbonising our generation portfolio with both
the closure of our last gas-fired baseload generation
plant, the Taranaki Combined Cycle plant (TCC), and
the completion of our first grid-scale battery.
As at 30 June 2026, Contact generates electricity
through six geothermal sites, 26 hydro sites and
three thermal peaking sites.
In FY26, we continued to invest in new renewable
energy through the active development of our
project pipeline. This includes additional consented
geothermal development options, several solar
development options nationwide through a joint
venture with Lightsource bp, and a pipeline of
wind farm opportunities. We currently have two
solar farms, a replacement geothermal project,
and a grid-scale battery project under construction
or in final commissioning.
Trading
Contact is an active participant in the wholesale
electricity market, where we both sell all the
electricity we generate and buy all the electricity
we need for our customers. We also actively trade
in a range of financial risk management (hedging)
products both in futures and through bilateral
contracts.
With the completion of the Glenbrook Ohurua
Battery 1 project in FY26, Contact also buys and
resells electricity on an intra-day and weekly basis.
This works to shift electricity supply across time
periods, maximising the value of electricity to
the market and reducing the grid’s reliance on
thermal peaking.
Purchased electricity comes f rom a range of
generation sources including renewables, gas and
coal, reflecting the wholesale market mix. We also
use network and transmission services provided
by regulated entities, in line with New Zealand’s
energy market structure.
Retail
We sell electricity, gas, broadband and mobile plans
to small-to-medium enterprises and households
across New Zealand. We also sell electricity directly
to large commercial and industrial customers.
Simply Energy
Simply Energy, a Contact business unit and brand,
sells energy and flexible demand management
solutions to commercial and industrial customers.
Western Energy
Our subsidiary, Western Energy, provides
specialised geothermal well services to customers
in New Zealand and internationally.
Transition is Contact’s strategy:
Contact26 marked a clear step forward in our strategic
direction, combining operational efficiency with a
strong focus on decarbonisation and the wider energy
transition. Over the five years f rom FY21 to FY26,
this strategy guided investment across four pillars:
1. Grow demand,
2. Grow renewable development,
3. Decarbonise our portfolio, and
4. Create outstanding customer experiences.
Through this period, Contact progressed a series
of major initiatives, including the closure of Te
Rapa (gas cogeneration) and TCC (baseload gas
plant), the development of Te Huka 3 and Tauhara
geothermal stations, investment in renewable
flexibility through Glenbrook Ohurua Battery 1
and 2 and the acquisition of Manawa Energy, and
investments in new solar generation at Kōwhai
Park and Glorit, in partnership with Lightsource bp.
Together, these actions expanded our renewable
generation base, reduced reliance on baseload
gas, diversified our technology and geographic
footprint, and strengthened our ability to support
customers through electrification and flexibility
products. In doing so, Contact26 helped reduce our
exposure to climate-related risks while positioning
the business to capture opportunities arising f rom
New Zealand’s low-carbon transition.
Through Contact26, we sought to help build a
cleaner, more resilient Aotearoa New Zealand by
supporting the electrification of the economy.
Over this strategy period Contact reduced its
Scope 1 & 2 emissions by 69 percent, f rom 1,046
ktCO
2
e to 320 ktCO
2
e.
Building on this progress, Contact’s new strategy,
Contact31+, is to lead New Zealand’s renewable
energy future. Through this strategy Contact will
work to:
+ extend our advantage as New Zealand’s
geothermal leader, scaling on high-quality
existing fields, exploring new options and
continuing to improve our cost leadership
position;
+ lead on new flexibility in New Zealand,
accelerating batteries, building advantage in
hydro flex and maintaining gas flex, optimising
our portfolio in real time;
+ build into new demand with wind and solar,
delivering lowest-cost diversified wind and
rapidly deploying solar, anchored on long-term
industrial partnerships;
+ lead the energy transition at home, empowering
our customers to shift energy use, while making
every interaction easy and personal.
StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsRiskAbout this statement
14
Contact31+ positions us to support New Zealand’s
energy transition as the needs of households
and commercial and industrial customers evolve,
resulting in growth in demand for renewable
electricity and reduced reliance on fossil fuels.
How Contact’s strategy leads to tangible
emissions reduction and transition benefits:
As with Contact26, the four pillars of Contact31+
provide the strategic direction through which we
make decisions, invest and achieve our ambitions.
They define the areas where we see the greatest
opportunity to add value and support New Zealand’s
[TRUNCATED]
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.
Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time
Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.
- IFT — Infratil Limited: Infratil Full Year Results for the year ended 31 March 20262026-05-25
“Contents Financial overview Report of the Chair Report of the Chief Executive Management model Sustainability Portfolio Digital Renewables Airports Healthcare Financial performance Corporate governance Directory Portfolio / Renewable infrastructureContact EnergyInfratil Annua…”
- MCY — Mercury NZ Limited: Strong performance supports record renewable investment2026-08-17
“h provided by operating activities increased by $279 million to $762 million, reflecting higher underlying earnings and lower income tax payments. The lower tax payments reflect reduced provisional tax instalments in FY26, following lower profit in FY25. BALANCE SHEET Total…”